sears, roebuck page models 69, ch. 100. 2c 1066 ......cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor...

175
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE SPECIFICATIONS FREQUENCY RANGES: AM-540 ta }700 K<. FM— 88 to 108 M«. TUNING CAPACITOR: 6 section gong (3.A«^and 3-FM); entire R.F. tuning assembly is rubber mounted. I.F. FREQUENCY: POWER SUPPLY: T 17 volts A.C. Radio - 85 watts Phono—115 watts POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted—2.8 watts Maximum —5.4 watt- SPEAKER: MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066, Ch. 100.202 ANTENNAS: AM—low impedance loop FM—Single ended half wave dipole WEIGHT: Pocked—117 lbs. DIMENSIONS: Length—35 Vj' Height—34" Depth AM—455 Kc. 12 inch P.M. Dynamic ttcignt-j* AM —10.7 Mc. Voice coil impedance—3.2 ohms Depth —17 // 1066, utilizes Radio Chassis 100,202. The chassis is the same as Radio, cnassts 100, 201. The only difference consists of a change in cabinet styling, BROADCAST BAND—"AM"—ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 1 Disconnect leads from FM-AM antenna terminal strip (labeled FM— FM—AM—AM) at back of chottis; alto disconnect speaker leads and phono plugs. Rernove chassis and speaker from cabinet. If desired, allow speaker fo remain in cabinet and connect la receiver by extension leads. 1. Loop antenna leads (on cabinet) do not have to be connected to terminal strip en chassis while I.F. stages ore being aligned, before starting alignment of Ant., R.F., and Ost. stages, reconnect AM loop antenna leads to AM antenna terminal strip—do not attempt to use extension leads; place chassis as close as required to cabinet so that connections may be made direct to antenna terminal strip at back. 3. With the gang condenser fully meshed, dial pointer should be in the position indicated by the last division below 55 an the dial. If it is set incorrectly, hold tuning shaft steady and reposition pointer. 4. Connect on output meter across speaker voice coil, or from plate of 6V6C^ tube to chassis through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser. 5. Connect ground lead of signal generator to the receiver chassis. 6. Set volume control to maximum volume position and use a weak signal from the signal generator. 7. Set bond switch to the "AM" (middle) position. DUMMY ANT. IN SERIES WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR CONNECT HIGH SIDE Of SIGNAL GENERATOR TO SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY RECEIVER DIAL SETTING TRIMMER OR SLUG .1 MFD. Condenser 260 MMFD. Mica Condenser 260 MMFO. Mica Condenser 260 MMFD. Mico Condenser Lug on trimmer No. 6 at top of gang (see figure below for location of trimmer). TRIMMER DESCRIPTION Any point where 455 KC ' ^ "o* a *• e, the signal. 1500 KC 1300 KC i enn kc lu,, ,0 1 Kc - wW IVV generotor signal. 600 KC I Tune to 600 Kc. generator signal. Broadcast Oscil la tor Broadcast «.F. Broadcast Antenna Adiustable core of Broadcast «.F. Coll. Adjustable cor, of Broadcast Antenna Coil. TYPE Of ADJUSTMENT Adjust for maximum output. Then repeal odjottmenl Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Repeat Qdjustment of trimmers 6 4 7 and slugs 8 4 9 until one no longer detunes the other. ov osc. R.r nr. n.r I OS MC 1500 KC 600 KC. 106 MC 1500 KC. i6) rs , LS^ 0 [< -f H _/ OlSCfilMINAtOR I'RiMAPV 107 MC. emrj i 6wer ifiin) - isie) i5oAoN ^ c - ©"TP 0 " -s \ AN I (SYWj ^ FIG. 1 \i: n c 10.7 MC. V V 10.7 MC. <55 KC. 0>—Hs) OlSCRlUINAroO - StCONOAHY 10.7 MC. J FIG. 2 . v:^w v.t

Upload: others

Post on 12-Nov-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGES: AM-540 ta }700 K<. FM— 88 to 108 M«.

TUNING CAPACITOR: 6 section gong (3.A«^and 3-FM); entire R.F. tuning assembly is rubber mounted.

I.F. FREQUENCY:

POWER SUPPLY: T 17 volts A.C. Radio - 85 watts Phono—115 watts

POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted—2.8 watts Maximum —5.4 watt-

SPEAKER:

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066, Ch. 100.202

ANTENNAS: AM—low impedance loop FM—Single ended half wave dipole

WEIGHT: Pocked—117 lbs.

DIMENSIONS: Length—35 Vj' Height—34" Depth AM—455 Kc. 12 inch P.M. Dynamic ttcignt-j*

AM —10.7 Mc. Voice coil impedance—3.2 ohms Depth —17 // 1066, utilizes Radio Chassis 100,202. The chassis is the same as Radio,

cnassts 100, 201. The only difference consists of a change in cabinet styling, BROADCAST BAND—"AM"—ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1 Disconnect leads from FM-AM antenna terminal strip (labeled FM— FM—AM—AM) at back of chottis; alto disconnect speaker leads and phono plugs. Rernove chassis and speaker from cabinet. If desired, allow speaker fo remain in cabinet and connect la receiver by extension leads.

1. Loop antenna leads (on cabinet) do not have to be connected to terminal strip en chassis while I.F. stages ore being aligned, before starting alignment of Ant., R.F., and Ost. stages, reconnect AM loop antenna leads to AM antenna terminal strip—do not attempt to use extension leads; place chassis as close as required to cabinet so that connections may be made direct to antenna terminal strip at back.

3. With the gang condenser fully meshed, dial pointer should be in the position indicated by the last division below 55 an the dial. If it is set incorrectly, hold tuning shaft steady and reposition pointer.

4. Connect on output meter across speaker voice coil, or from plate of 6V6C^ tube to chassis through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.

5. Connect ground lead of signal generator to the receiver chassis. 6. Set volume control to maximum volume position and use a weak

signal from the signal generator. 7. Set bond switch to the "AM" (middle) position.

DUMMY ANT. IN SERIES

WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECT HIGH SIDE Of

SIGNAL GENERATOR TO

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

RECEIVER DIAL

SETTING

TRIMMER OR SLUG

.1 MFD. Condenser

260 MMFD. Mica Condenser

260 MMFO. Mica Condenser

260 MMFD. Mico Condenser

Lug on trimmer No. 6 at top of gang (see figure below for location of trimmer).

TRIMMER DESCRIPTION

Any point where 455 KC '♦ ^ "o* a*•e,

the signal.

1500 KC 1300 KC

i enn kc lu,,• ,0 1 Kc- ■ wW IVV generotor signal.

600 KC I Tune to 600 Kc. generator signal.

Broadcast Oscil la tor

Broadcast «.F.

Broadcast Antenna

Adiustable core of Broadcast «.F. Coll.

Adjustable cor, of Broadcast Antenna

Coil.

TYPE Of ADJUSTMENT

Adjust for maximum output. Then repeal odjottmenl

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Repeat Qdjustment of trimmers 6 4 7 and slugs 8 4 9 until one no longer detunes the other.

ov osc. R.r nr. n.r I OS MC 1500 KC 600 KC. 106 MC 1500 KC. i6) rs

, LS^0 [<

-f H _/

OlSCfilMINAtOR I'RiMAPV 107 MC.

emrj i 6wer

ifiin) - isie) i5oAoN^c-

©"TP0 " -s

\ AN I (SYWj ^

FIG. 1 \i: nc

10.7 MC. V

V

10.7 MC. <55 KC.

0>—Hs) OlSCRlUINAroO ■- StCONOAHY 10.7 MC.

J FIG. 2

. v:^w v.t

Page 2: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 201; 1066, Ch. 100,202

FREQUENCY MODULATION—"FM"—ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. If olignment of both AM and FM channaU ■» raquirad it ii nsceuary to align the AM channel fir»t, then align the FM channel a, initrueted in chart below (AM alignment procedure it given on the preceding page).

2. Disconnect oil leads from antenna terminal strip (labeled FM—FM— AM—AM) at bock of chassis; also disconnect speaker leads and phono plugs.' Remove chassis and speaker from cabinet. If desired, allow speaker to remain in cabinet and connect to receiver by extension leads.

3. With the gang condenser fully meshed, dial pointer should be in the

position indicated by the last division below 86 on the dial. If It Is set incorrectly, hold tuning shaft steady and reposition pointer. Set volume control at maximum volume position and use a weak signal from the signal generator. Dress FM circuit leads at short and straight as possible, particularly those in the oscillator circuit. I.F. plate and grid leads should also be kept short and straight. Set band switch to the FM (extreme counterclockwise) position.

CONNEC. HONS

SWEEP GENERATOR

FREQUENCr CONNECTIONS FREQ.

VTVM OR OUTPUT METER

CONNEC- TIONS

Connect hi oh side to lug on trimmer 3t17 (see Fig. 1 for location of trim- mor) using o .01 Mfd. condenser In series with gener- ator lead. Connect ground lead to the recoiver chassis In vicinity of gang condenser.

10.7 MC. Unmodulated

Conned VTVM

as shown in Fig. 4.

Connect VTVM

as shown in Fig. 5-

AHenuate signal to proven! overload

and distortion of response curve.

Connect high side to lug on trbnmer #17 (sea Fig. I for location of trim mer) using a .01 _ Mfd. condenser in ' • WIC :— -u,:.!. Sweaaina ••• •—- ±300 Kc. ator lead- Connect ground lead to the receiver chassis in vicinity of gong condenser.

OSCILLOSCOPE CONNEC-

TIONS

RECEIVER OR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUST- MENT AND OUTPUT

INDICATION

Any position where it does not affect the

Discrim«nator t#cofidary

DUcrimlnator primary

#12-13 SmfcIF

#14-15 1 it IF

c- #10 Same as , . . Discriminator secondary

Conned as shown In

Fig. S.

Set vertical ompli- fier of 'scope for maximum amplifi-

Synchroniie oscillo- scope with sweep generator by con- necting "horizontal input" terminals of 'scope to sourco of horizontal sweep modulating voltage on the sweep gen-

Adjusl these trimmers for maximum meter reading — the output voltage will be of nog- alive polarity.

Note thai as slug #10 is rotated, a point will be found where the volt- meter will swing rather sharply from a positive to o negative reading or vice versa. The car- red setting is obtained when the meter reads zero as the slug it moved thru this point.

A pattern similar to dial shown in Fig. 3 should appear on the oscilloscope screen. Check for symmetry about the 10.7 Mc. cen- ter point ond linearity of the slope.

10.7 MC.

#10 Diicfiminator secondary FIG. 3 vy

If the choroderistie is not shaped property, attempt to obtain sym- metry by changing the setting of slog #10. Should that fail to pro- duce the desired re- sults, then a slight re- adiustmant of slugs #11, 12, 13, 14 ond IS should be undedaken.

Page 3: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE !

MODELS 69, Ch. 100.20 1066, Ch. 100.202

FREQUENCY MODULATION—"FM"—ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (Continued)

STANDARD SIGNAL (MNERATOR SWEEP (GENERATOR

CONNEC- TIONS FREQUENCY CONNECTIONS

VTVM OR OUTPUT

CONNEC- TIONS

OSCILLOSCOPE CONNEC-

TIONS DIAL

SETTING

TRIMMER OR SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUST. MENT AND OUTPUT

Connect gancralor "high" tldv in »•- r i.i wlih a J70 ohm corbon resistor to end terminal morked "FM" on strip at bask of chassis. Generator ground lead must connect to next terminal marked "GNO."

108 MC. with

400 cycle Connect VTVM

as shown in Fig. 5. ew cycie AM Modulation.

108 MC.

Tone 10 106 Mc. generator signal.

#16 FM Oscillator

Set trimmer to re- ceive 108 Mc. signal as indicated by maximum meter reading.

Adiutl trimmer for maximum meter read- ing.

Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting and these frequencies does not exceod -±0.3 MC. and R.F. circuit Is tracking properly, then align- ment may be considered satisfactory and no further ad)uttment is neces. sary. Where the calibration error if greater than £0.3 MC., It if advlfable to make the following odiustments; Tune receiver to an S8 MC. tignal and note whether dial pointer it above or below correct calibration point. Than tune receiver to that dial pointer it at the 88 MC. position. If generator signal was previously received at a setting above 88 MC., It will be necetfory to slightly spread the windings of tho FM oicillalor coil so that signal will now be received ot the correct dial setting. On the other hand. If generator tignal was roeehred at a

dial setting below 88 MC., then slightly compress the windings of the oscillator coil until the signal comes in at the correct calibration point. Check calibration at 108 MC. ond if it is in error by more than ±0.3 MC., readjust sotting of trimmer #16. Then repeat adjustments of trimmers #17 and IS at 106 MC. Repeat calibration adjustment at 68, 106 and 106 MC. until desired accuracy Is obtained. Observe dial calibration at 106 MC. If it Is found to be incorrect by an appreciable amount, then make a very tligbl od/ustment In /he spacing of Iho gang candonsor plates to receive the 106 MC. signal at the correct dial setting. Then check adjustment of R.F. trimmer #17 and ANT. trimmer #16 to obtain maximum output indication ot 106 MC.

Uli . mcttwuTH-u.e.

GROUND TO RECEIVER

CHASSIS

i:

•SCOPE

OND.

MLS

L IX I «

T?ll) it

FIG. 4 VTVM Connections for I.F. Alignment

FIG. 5 VTVM and Oscilloscope

Connections for Discriminator Alignment

Page 4: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-4 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 201; 1066, Ch. 100.202

SOCKET VOLTAGES THE VOLTAGE SHOWN IN THIS CHART WERE MEASURED

UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS 1. Power Supply—117 volts 60 cycles A.C.

2. All voltages ore measured between socket terminals and chassis unless otherwise indicated on the chart.

3. All measurements mode with a voltmeter having a sensitivity of 1000 ohms per volt except where indicated by (*). The (*) symbol designates a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.

4. Where a particular voltage is dependent upon band switch position, the value shown on the chart carries a letter suffix which is interpreted os follows (no suffix letter indicates that voltage is the same for any of the three switch positions).

"A" Indicates band switch set to "AM" (center) position. "F" indicates band switch set to "FM" (counter-clockwise) position. "P" indicates band switch set to "PHO" (clockwise) position.

5. When measuring FM voltages, receiver should be tuned to B8 Mc.

6. When measuring AM voltages, receiver should be tuned to 540 Ke.

7. All terminals on strip labeled "FM—FM—AM—AM" of rear of chassis ore shorted together by using a jumper wire.

8. Volume control set to maximum position with no signal.

9. Tone control set to maximum clockwise position.

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

117 VOLT 60 CYCLE A.C. POWER SUPPLY USED

FOR THESE MEASUREMENTS. AIL ¥0LT*"ES MEASURED BETWEEH SOGKr > -RMIHALS AND CHASSIS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

6AG5 IJ. AMP.

-=^0-6.3

(4S'v"*23a»f

I2AT7 MIXER-OSC.

-5.8A

\ 230^*

230AF

6BA6 ht IJ. AMP.

(P* 230AF

0 80A

85r

BBA6 90 (F-M)Iid I.F. AMP.

1 ^7-340 h~^

340

5Y36T RECTIFIER

230r 63 A.C

6AL5 DISCRIMINATOR — A.V.C.

-Q'5F -QI5P

. -0.2F * n nt

®[320p

250^ 0 4^

svmtX255P

MTPIT

-0^ 0 *-0.8

,80 -0.1A

6SQ7GT U.-(All) in,-ATX.

REAR OF CHASSIS NOTE X. Grounding of center stud on tube socket is necessary to reduce capacity

coupling between other pins- Oscillation may result if this ground is emitted.

Page 5: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK RAGE 2

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 20 1066, Ch. 100.202

rii

1 '' HI

□ M 3 [S CD If]

1 • E ■® & 2 o £ w £ • .2

I*: c|2 -.1 '=

8 " •

« w «n U £ J

aT

—' Ms

„ o> ■? M 8 i

-S-2 - 8 c "5 0 » 8 ® J c »f & w «> " .9 «- 5 c.^ o» S

"2 □ *0 N. hx ^ O 0 *> ■O CO "C w » P p •— _ c •>* k 6J io

11iiil

Page 6: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-6 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 201 HOW TO ORDER PARTS 1066, Ch. 100.202

1. Use Correct Order Form. 2. On the Purchase Order always give the following Information:

(a) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown In this list) and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. When no part number is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of port (Indicate if no selling).

(b) The CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 1G0.201, will be found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassis. 3. In all correspondence relating to cabinets, always mention the source code letter stamped into the upper

rear rail of consoles or the bottom of table models, and the CATALOG NUMBER shown on the sticker on the back, bottom or inside of cabinet.

PARTS LIST FOR CHASSIS Notices Some parts listed below have special characteristics. Do not use substitutes for replacement purposes.

SCHE- SCHE- MATIC MATIC LOCA- PART LIST LOCA- PART LIST TION NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE TION NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE

13 A to F W506J48 14 W5I2037 13 W5I3406

17 W5I3002 1* W513013 22 W5I3013 23 W513002 26 W513401

28 W513000 30 .... . .W513007 11 wit 7nno 33

36 WS06336 37 W3I3442

38 W513013 41 W5I3409

42-A W506080

43-A, B W306333

44 W5130I3 46 W3I30I3 48, 49, 50 W513013 53-A W303797

53-8 W505797

54.A W505905

33 W313013 38 B, C W306338

59, 60 W513013 63 W3I3013 63-A W306332

65-8 W506332

66 W3130I3 6 8 W3I3007 69 W312005 7 0 W5I3003 7 1 W3120J7 8 2 W512033 8 3 W512001 84..■ W3I2009 16 W504937 91 W513008 92-A,B,C,D W505908

CONDENSERS Condenser—variable gang (with drum) S Condenser—05 Mfd. 200 volt Condenser—ceramic 22 Mmfd. 300 volt (Tem-

perature compensating) Condenser-—ceramic 47 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt Condenser—ceramic 47 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—ceramic 5 Mmfd. S: 10% 500 volt

(Temperature compensoling) Condenser—ceramic 1.0 Mmfd. 300 volt Condenser—ceramic 330 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—.01 Mfd. 200 volt Condenser—ceramic 10 Mmfd. "t 10% 300

volt (Temperature compensating) Condenser—trimmer; 3 to 30 Mmfd Condenser—ceramic 10 Mmfd. ± 10% 500

volt (Tomperolure compensating) Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt Condenser—ceramic 39 Mmfd. — 5% 300 volt

(Temperature compensating) Condenser—ceramic 33 Mmfd. (part of Iff FM

l.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 72 Mmfd. (part of lit FM

l.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 330 Mmfd. (part of lit

AM l.F. transformer) Condenser^—cerarilic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt Condenser—ceramic 3000 Mmfd. 430 vail Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 430 volt Condenser—ceramic 107 Mmfd. (part of 2nd

AM l.F. transformor) Condenser—ceramic 86 Mmfd. (porf of 2nd

AM l.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 83 Mmfd. (port of 2nd FM

l.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 430 volt Condenser—ceramic 100 Mmfd. (part of diode

filler unit) ,. Condenser—ceramic 3000 Mmfd. 430 volf Condenser—ceramic 3000 Mmfil HIT mill Condenser—ceramic 8 Mmfd. (part of dii-

criminalor transformer) Condenser—ceramic 47 Mmfd. (port of dis-

criminator transformer) Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 430 volt Condenser—ceramic 330 Mmfd. 300 volt Condenser—.003 Mfd. 600 volt Condenser—ceramic 100 MmmJ. 355 yolt—t.-— Condenser—.03 Mfd. 200 volt, Condenser—.1 Mfd. 200 volt Condenser—.001 Mfd. 600 volt Condenser—.01 Mfd. 200 volt.. Condenser—electrolytic 3 Mfd. 30 volt Condenser—ceramic 470 Mmfd. 330 volt Condenser—electrolytic

A—30 Mfd. 450 volf ) 8—40 Mfd. 430 volt I C—10 Mfd. 430 volt T D—20 Mfd. 25 volt J

RESISTORS—Continual 93 W312009 Condenser—.01 Mfd, 200 volt 98 WS12001 Condenser—.001 Mfd. 600 volt 104 W3132S6 Condenser—.01 Mfd. 600 volt 107 W3130I3 Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 430 volt '09 W313013 Condenser—ceramic 3000 Mmfd. 450 volt

18 W5I0117 ! 20 W310I64

21 W310237 32 W510I41 3 9 W310249 4 0 W310155 43 W510237 47 W310I67 51 W510165 32 W510237 56 .W310193 37 W5I0173 58-A W506338

6 1 W3I0t63 6 2 W510185 64 W5I0237 67 .,..W310159 72 W310170 73-A,B,C W308483

74 W310I2B 78 W310193 83 W31019S 87,88 W310153 8 9 W3I0179 90 W510128 94 W3I01B3 93 W510148 9 6 W510732

9 7 W310261 99 W310113 108 W510113

RESISTORS Resistor—cartson 82 Ohms ± 10% V? wall Resistor—carbon 33,000 Ohms '/j watt Resistor—carbon 1000 Ohms 1 wott..- Resistor—carbon 1800 Ohms 10% Vi watt S Resistor—carbon 4700 Ohms 1 watt Resistor—carbon 10,000 Ohms Vi watt ..... ... Resistor—carbon 1000 Ohms 1 wait Resistor—carbon 47,000 Ohms Vi wott Resistor—carbon 39,000 Ohms ± 10% Vi w. Resistor—carbon 1000 Ohms I watt Resistor—carbon 2.2 Meg. V» watt Resistor—carbon 100,000 Ohms Vjj wall Resistor—carbon 47,000 Ohms (part of diode

filler unit) Resistor—carbon 39,000 Ohms ± 10% Vi w. Resistor—carbon 470,000 Ohms Vi wott Resistor—carbon 1000 OhtMs 7**011 Resistor—carbon 18,000 Ohms ± 10% Vi w. Resistor—carbon 68,000 Ohms Vi waft Volume and tone control

A—2 Meg. 5 A—2 Meg. 5 8—2 Meg. V C—"ON-OFF" switch )

Resistor—carbon 330 Ohms Vi watt Resistor—carbon 2.2 Meg. Vi wott Resistor—carbon 4.7 Meg. Vi watt Resistor—carbon 8200 Ohms ± 10% Vi watt Resistor—carbon 220,000 Ohms Vi wotf - Resistor—carbon 330 Ohms Vi waft Resistor—carbon 470,000 Ohms Vi wott Resistor—carbon 4700 Ohms ± 10% Vi wott Resistor—wire wound 2000 Ohms d: 10%

10 watts _... Resistor—carbon 22,000 Ohms 1 waff Resistor—carbon 47 Ohms Vi watt Resistor—carbon 68 Ohms 10% 'i watt ...

TRANSFORMERS AND COILS IU . WOOBSVa Antenna-- built-in (PMJ - 1 1 W306333 Cail—FM Antenna 12 W306354 Coil—AM Antenna

W506349 Slug core for AM antenna coil 24 W306349 Cail—AM R.F

W306344 Slug core for AM R.F. coll ..... 23 W307933 Coil—choke 27.. W506331 Coil—FM*R,F 29 W507386 Coil—choke 3 3 W506335 Coil—AM Oscillator 3 4 W506352 Coil—FM Oscillator

—This port is not supplied as cj Serv'ce replacemenl item.

Page 7: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

DESCRIPTION

SCHE- MATIC

LIST LOCA- PtlCE TION

OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS—Continued W506080 Tramformer—lit FM I.F - 2.05. W306333 Transformar—lit AM I.F - 2-15

..W505797 Tfarnform»f—2nd AM I.F. - 2.15 , . W505905 Tranjformer—-2nd FM I.F 2.05 ...W506332 Transformai—discriminoldr ^-20

W508841 Slug cart For primofy or (ocondary of dls- crlminalor transformer - -20

...W508486 Transformer—oolpuf — 2.60 W506709 Transformer—power - 11-00

OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS 16-A to E WS06347 58 A.B.C W506338

W509160 W309301 W309203

W308487 W506737 W308991

wsoeeso W508499 VS 506996

W508493 W306380 W508497 W508998 W506640

W509046 W509044 W509045 W509043 W170188

W508397 w5oe98i

Switch—FM-AM-Phono — 2.40 Diode filler unit

A—Resistor-carbon 47,000 Ohm* Vs wolf 1 8—Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd. 400 voll I- .45 C—Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd. 400 roll J

Cartridge - -.... 8.60 Motor—115 volt 60 cycle 12,40 Switch—"ON-OFF" for record changer 65 Speaker—P.M. Dynamic (12 inch) — 15.75 loi.v—dial (Maxdo 47) 6-8 volt 150 Ma $ .15

CAWNET PARTS Brocket for mounting OFF-ON indleotor lite

at bate of cabinet 10 Bracket—retain* dial plate '0 Bracket—illde; retain* radio compartment, 50 Bracket—lie for record changer poll-out mechanism - - 12 Dull's-eye for OFF.ON indicator lite at base

of cabinet - Cabinet .{165.00, Catch for record storage compartment 65 Door ond radio tilt compartment assembly

(le»* hordworo) 26.30 Door foe changwr comportmcnt (!•*»

hardware) '6-60 Door for record storage compartment (less

hardware) 17-00 Ctculcheon—dial - 2.80 Fastener for loop antenna 02 Handle for radio or record changer door 1.80 Handle for record storage compartment door | .80 Hinge—for record storage compartment; .'.....per pair .65 Knob—"P HO. AM FM" M Knob—"TONE" 30 Knob—"TUNE" •40

Knob—"VOIUME-ON" r 25 Nul—Wing #10-24; for tension adiuslment of

radio compartment tilt mechanism 10 Hut—wing #10 32; for tension adjusfmenf on

record changer pull-out mechanism 13 Pivot boll for radio lilt compartment .10 Pull-out mechanism for record change? com-

partment (left side) — - 6.50 Pull-out mechanism for record changer com-

partment (right s'de) 6 6^

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 2

MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 20 -1066, Ch. 100.202

NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE

CABINET PARTS—Centinuad W509052 Record changer base assembly 16.50 W506990 Rod—lie; for record changer pull-oul

mechanism 1.00 W160496 Rubber pad between dial plate and retaining

bracket 08 WI60496 Robber pad for mounting chassis 08 W118621 Rubber pad for record changer pull-out

mechanism - 06 W170t67 Screw—#8-32x%"; far mounting chassis, 02 W508480 Socket for indicator lamp at base of cabinet

(with leads) - $ -55 W506760 Spring—compression for record changer pull-

out mechanism and radio comporlmenl lilt mechanism - 05

W50676I Spring—tension for radia compartment lilt mechanism 35

W507831 Spring—tension for record changer pull-out mechanism -30

W509028 Trim strip for record changer base . 65

W5089B6 W301270 W505165 W508488 W506343 W505I01 W160326 Wl 14955 Wl 17057 W508985 W50103I W500966 W506370 Wl 19087 W 38501 Wl 16584 W503588 WI62148 W508485 W506349 W506344 W508841

W305307 W506372 W504597 W506331 Wl 16690 W160392 W160039 W30516I W505924 Wl 11456

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Background for dial (foil) Base for mounting eleitrolyfic condenser "C" washer for tuning shaft or pointer shaft Clamp—retains diol scale Clip for mounting AM antenna or 8.F. coil Clip for mounting I.F. transformer Clip—reloins diol background Clip—retainer on end of diol cord Cord— dial drive (3 ft. required) per ft. Diol scale—glass - - Plug for phono, motor cable Plug for phono, pick-up cable

Ring for dial cord Rubber bushing for band switch Rubber spacer for mounting dial stale Shaft ond drum for dial - Shaft and link assembly; Band switch Shaft—tuning - Slug core for AM antenna coil - Slug core for AM R.P. coll Slug core for primary or secondary of dlt-

criminolor transformer Socket and phono, motor cable.. Socket—dial lamp; pair (with lead) — Socket—miniature (7 pin) Socket—miniature (9 pin) .... Socket—octal base - — Socket—octal (rectifier) Socket—phono, plug Spring—dial cord tension — Terminal strip (FM-FM-AM-AM) Washer—spring washer for tuning shaft •»

pointer shaft -

•—Thl, par| J, not supplied as a Service replacement item.

DESCRIPTION SELLING

PRICE

Cabinet $150.00 Door and radio tilt compartment (less hardware) 10.00 Door for record changer compartment (less hardware) 10.00 Door tor record storage compartment (less hardware) 14.00 Handle for radio or record changer door 1.50 Handle for record storage compartment door 45

Page 8: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODEL 4, Ch. 478. 233

ELECTRICAL

SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply 105-125 Volts D.C. or

105-125 Volts, 50-60 Cycles A.C., 30 Watts

Frequency Range 532,5 co 1620 kc.

Infermediafe Freq. 455 kc. Tuning

Speaker

Power Output

Sensitivity

Selectivity

.Two gang capacitor

4 inch PM 3-2 ohm voice coil impedance

I watt undistortcd ' 1.5 watt maximum |

800 Microvolts at 50 milliwatts Output

120 kc broad at 1000 times signal at 1000 kc.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE PRELIMINARY:

Output meter connection Across 3.2 ohm speaker voice voi\

Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across speaker voice coil 0.4 volt

Generator Modulation 30%, 400 cycles

Position of volume control maximum (fully clockwise)

Position of pointer with Rotor full open (Plates out of mesh) slightly beneath the 1620 kc calibration mark on the dial (pointer horizontal to right)

Position off Timor

Rotor Full Open (Plotos out of mesh)

Rotor Full Open (Plotes out off meshl

1400 he.

400 kc.

* VCith a generator \reqiiency of 600 Kc, tune the set to the point where maximum output is obtained, ubtch should be approximately 600 Kc on the dial.

Align for maximum output. Reduce input as needed to keep output near 0.4 volts.

The alignment procedure should be done in the order given for greatest accuracy.

Always keep the output from rhe generator at its lowest possible value to orevent the AVC of the receiver from interfering with accurate alignment.

ANTENNA SYSTEM

This radio unit is equipped with a hank of antenna wire attached to the antenna coil. Tor normal re-

ception, unhank the antenna wire and stretch it around the room or permit it to hang outside the window.

In areas where reception is poor due to weak signal strength, an additional external antenna can be con-

nected to the antenna wire.

SIGNAL GENERATOR Trimmer Frequency Couplinq

Factor Connection to

Receiver Oround

Connection Adiustmenti

(In order thown)

455 kc. .1 mfd Grid of 12BE6

(Pin 7) Chassis Input and Output Trimmers on I.F Can T3 and T4

1620 kc. .1 mfd Grid of 12BE6 (Pin 7) Chassis Oscillator Trimmer

T2

1400 kc. 75 mmf Antenna Hank Chassis Antenna Trimmer

Tl

600 75 mmf Antenna Hank Chassis (Check Point)*

Page 9: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE %

MODEL 4 Ch. 478. 22

Page 10: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-10 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODEL 4. Ch. 478.233

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

1. Use Correct Order Form.

2. On che Purchase Order always give the following information; (1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown on this list)

and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. When no part is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling).

(2) The CHASSIS NUMBER, is this found on a metal plate at the rear of the Chassis.

In all correspondence relating to cabinets, always mention the source code letter stamped into the upper rear rail of consoles or the bottom of table models, and the CATALOG NUMBER shown on the sticker on the back bottom or inside of cabinet.

REPAIR PARTS LIST

PART NUMBER

RC 180-1 RC 390-5 RC 222-5 RC 183-2 RC 224-1 RC 334-1 RC 475-1 RC 106-1 VC 11

CM 100-1 CM 151-1 CM 501-1 CP 202-2 CP 502-2 CP 203-1 CPM 203-1 CP 503-1 CE 15 CV 14

LA 8 LC 10A LF 24 CB 106-SE KN 20-2 KN 37 MP 9-D MP 10-D BK 39 HK 22 LD 65 SO 17 SO 11 SP 47-10A

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

C 10 C 4,5 C HA.llB C 2A,2B

DESCRIPTION

RESISTORS

18 Ohms 1/2 Watt 20% 39 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10%

2,200 Ohms 1 Whtt 10% 18,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10%

220,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt 20% 330,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt 20%

4.7 megohms 1/2 Watt 20% 10 megohms 1/2 Watt 20%

2 megohms Volume Control, 100K Stop

CONDENSERS

10 mmf 500 Volts Mica (part of LA 8) 150 mmf 500 Volts Mica 500 mmf 500 Volts Mica

.002 mfd 400 Volts Paper

.005 mfd 400 Volts Paper .02 mfd 400 Volts Paper

.022 mfd 400 Volts Molded .05 mfd 400 Volts Paper 2X40 mfd 150 Volts Electrolytic Variable Condenser

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

Antenna Coil Oscillator Coil I. F. Transformer Cabinet, Ebony Knob, Ivory Large Knob, Ebony Decorative Pistol Cowboy and Horse Cabinet Back Antenna Wire Hank Line Cord Miniature Wafer Socket, 1 inch Mounting Wafer Socket, 1 5/16 inch Mounting 4,, P. M. Speaker with Output Transformer

SELLING PRICE

© John F. Rider

Page 11: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE %

MODELS 1058, 1059,10' 1063, Oh. 101.860

• „ '/ ■ • • •

CATALOGS 1058 - MAHOGANY 1059 - BLOND OAK

CATALOGS 1062 - WALNUT 1063 - MAHOGANY

GENERAL DESCRIPTION The 101,860 chasbis Is an 8 tube, 2 band, A C type, AN-PW receiver,

1058 (Mahogany) and 1059 (Blonde Oak) have a 10M electromagnet speaks 106? (Walnut) and 106^ (Mahogany) have a 12" electromagnet speaker.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER SUPPLY

All models 117 volts AC, 60 cycle unless other- wise specified. Power Consumption 105 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE

Standard Broadcast Frequency Modulation (FM)

ANTENNA EQUIPMENT

540-1600 KC. 88-108 MC.

These models have a Silvertone built-in an- tenna system which will provide excellent

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES

AM IF Carrier 455 K( FM IF Carrier 10. 7 M<

POWER OUTPUT

Undistorted 2. 75 Wat Maximum 4. 50 Wat

local reception on both the AM and FM band For locations where an outside antenna is ne< essary a special Silvertone AM-FM Anteni Kit Catalog No. 6710 is available.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

WARNING; No attempt should be made to adjust the alignment of this receiver without using tl following equipment: Signal Generator, FM Sweep Generator, Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Outp Meter, Insulated Screw Driver.

AM AUGNMENT

Output meter connection Generator ground lead connection. Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of tone control Position of FK-AM-PHO Switch _

.Across speaker voice cc Receiver chass 30% 400 cycU Fully < .Fully counterclockwi A

Page 12: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-12 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 1058, 1059, 1062, 1063, Ch. 101,860

TUNER POSITION

1650 KC. 1400 KC.

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

455 KC.

1650 KC. 1400 KC.

DUMMY ANTENNA

GENERATOR CONNECTION

0.1 Mfd. Transl-Grid

50 Mmfd. Ext. Ant. 50 Mmfd. Ext. Ant.

CORE & TRIMMER

ADJUSTMENTS IN ORDER SHOWN

T4-A, T4-B T2-A, T2-B

Cll C 5

CORE OR TRIMMER FUNCTION

FM IF ALIGNMENT

Sweep generator frequency Sweep generator deviation Dummy antenna Sweep generator ground lead connection. Position of tuner Position of volume control Position of tone control Position of FM-AM-PHO switch

10.7 MC. 300 KC. 0. 1 Mfd. Receiver chassis ^Open Fully on .Fully counterclockwise FM

Make shielded probe shown in Figure 1 for use with Oscilloscope where indicated below. GENERATOR OSCILLOSCOPE CORE ADJUST FOR CORE CONNECTION CONNECTION ADJUSTMENTS CURVE IN FUNCTION

FM - First IF grid

Trans-Grid

FM - Second IF grid

FM RF ALIGNMENT

Probe - across T5 - Primary

Probe - across T5 - Primary

Across C35

T3-A, T3-B

Tl-A, Tl-B

T5-A, T5-B

Figure 2

Figure 2

Figure 3

Output meter connection Sweep generator deviation Dummy antenna Sweep generator connection Position oi volume control Position of tone control Position of FM-AM-PHO switch

POSITION OF

TUNER

Open 108MC, Closed 88 MC.

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

108.5 MC. 108.0 MC." 88.5 MC. 88.0 MC,

TRIMMER & COIL ADJUSTMENT

Across speaker voice coil 22. 5 KC. Two 120 ohm resistors FM antenna board Fully on Fully counterclockwise FM

TRIMMER OR COIL FUNCTION

Osc. Transl. Osc. Transl.

I

-n

100 MMFD IN34 1 10 M L, O

•soon 100

MMFD' OSCILLOSCOPE

Page 13: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODELS 1058. 1059, 106 1063, Ch. 101.860

FIG. 1 - SHIELDED PROBE FOR FM I. F. ALIGNMENT

FIG, 2 - FM I.F. RESPONSE FIG. 3 - FM DISCRIMINATOR OUTPUT

R77-4I699-1

R74-74557

v

R96-4I47I-I

FIG. 4 - STRING AND POINTER HOOKUP

3 1/4 TURNS

1

T L

1

1 i

^1

ki t I ci

6AU6

R.F. AMP

FM ANTENNA CONNECTIONS

6W6GT OUTPUT

TRANSL.

=-i SPEAKER EJ SOCKET

o o \

O o O) 6AT6 6AL5

i i A.M DET / FM. A.VG-A.F In ISC

7Z4 REGT.

6AU6 A.M.-F.M

'j

01 □

AM ANTENNA CONNECTIONS

PHONO-MOTOR A. C. SUPPLY

FIG. 5 - RADIO CHASSIS LAYOUT - TOP VIEW

Page 14: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-14 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 1058, 1059, 1062, 1063, Ch. 101.860

L| cl5 til

nim Ml

Si d

wm>

Ml ra 5i M rTT'Hl' _a "

imj (m

m

B

B S!

o .* 3 Sa i/ hi Iti'

^ M

^Ui L?t

G OJC v

Ml

3 O

i-i

ip5

S81 "2^—i

Page 15: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23-

MODELS 1058, 1059, 106: 1063, Ch. 101.860

R14

C27

i C38 RI5

■AC28 RI3

R23 R22 C26 ON-OFF SWITCH R2I

R24

C4I C25 036

FM-AM-PHO. SWITCH ^Rl2

C34

t2

RI9

T5(S> (C3I

0

C17 d

I dS ,C15 fPon ^C13

16

CIO

R6y® 018 Cll C9

L3 ®,—| T2[B|

a C4 RIO R9 R20

L2

^7 01 H

ttRiS 020 V \\ \n C30 R6W<S> 018 \ >.YV—^-035 TI |A] c,2\ ^ S? RT 0,2

032 rr tv 029^ <

^ URII 0^

bri6 ® f^r\ T30

FIG. 6 - RADIO CHASSIS LAYOUT - BOTTOM VIEW

^ . HOW TO ORDER PARTS 1. Use Correct Order Form. 2. On the Purchase Order always give the following information:

(1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown in this lisi and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. When no part number is assigned, order h description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling).

(2) The CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 101.860. This number is found on a metal plat at the rear of the chassis.

In all correspondence relating to cabinets, always mention the source code letter stampe into the upper rear rail of consoles or on the bottom of table models, and the Catalo Number shown on. the sticker on the back, bottom or inside of the cabinet.

REPAIR PARTS LIST SCHEMATIC PART SELLING LOCATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION PRICE EA.

R85-61164-1 Adapter - Record $ .03 R81-66167-1 Arm - Stop Assembly (1062,1063) .43 R74-74742-1 Background - Dial .46 R73-74597-1 Board - Antenna - FM .20 R71-66224-1 Bushing - Line Cord .06 R86-74751-1 Bushing - Rubber .06 R71-65538-1 Button - Snap .01

C38 R45-641032-1 Capacitor - .01 Mfd. - 400 V. - Molded Paper .23

C14, C15 R43-74592-2 Capacitor - 6, 0 Mmfd. - Ceramic .29 C43 R43-74592-3 Capacitor - 10. 0 Mmfd. - Ceramic .29 C25 R43-602710-20 Capacitor - 270 Mmfd. - Ceramic . 20 C18, C34 R43-604710-20 Capacitor- 470 Mmfd. - Ceramic .20 C33 R43-602020-36 Capacitor - . 002 Mfd. - Ceramic .23 C35 R43-603329-33 Capacitor - . 0033 Mfd. - Ceramic .29 C16, C28, C29, R43-704726-62 Capacitor - . 0047 Mfd. - Ceramic . 20 C31,C41, C42 C19, C20, C21, R43-701036-63 Capacitor - . 01 Mfd. - Ceramic .23 C26, C32

/«* T _

Page 16: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-16 SEARS. ROEBUCK

MODELS 1058. 1059. 1062. 1063, Oh. 101.860

REPAIR PARTS LIST (cont'd)

SCHKMATIC PART LOCATION NUMBER

C4 C13, C27 C23, C24, C30

R44-452202-20 R44-454701-20 R44-351012-20

Cl, C2, C12, C17 R44-454712-20 C22 R44-353921-30 C36 R41-69193-1

R41-74576-1

R42-61629-1 R42-74596-1 R71-67326-1 R71-17319-1 R50-74626-1 R50-66184-1 R50-74586-1 R50-74588-1 R50-74589-1 R50-74626-1 R50-74591-1 R37-74577-1

R19-74593-1 R74-74746-1 R74-74555-1 R71-47266-1 R74-74753-1 R74-74752-1 R74-67965-2 R30-20963-1 R05-72417-1 R27-74729-1 R74-74802-1 R73-67023-1 R74-74557-1 R80-67187-1 R36-67223-1 R35-336901-1 R35-331011-1 R35-331211-1 R35-S31811-1 R35-332721-1 R35-331531-1 R35-332231-1 R35-334731-1 R35-334741-1 R35-331051-1 R35-332251-1 R35-331061-1 R35-431811-1 R71-66225-1 R81-74553-1 R81-67091-1 R73-44897-1

R23 R9 R4, R16 R1 R2,R7,R19 R6, R10 R21 R3,R20 R11.R14 R12, R18, R24 R5 R8 R17 R22

DESCRIPTION

Capacitor - 22 Mmfd. - Mica Capacitor - 47 Mmfd. - Mica Capacitor - 100 Mmfd. - Mica Capacitor - 470 Mmfd. - Mica Capacitor - . 0039 Mfd. - Mica Capacitor - Electrolytic

4 Mfd. - 50 V. Capacitor - Electrolytic

60 Mfd. - 250 V. 60 Mfd. - 250 V. 25 Mfd. - 25 V.

Capacitor - Trimmer - Loop Capacitor - Variable - 4 Gang Clip - Transformer Mounting Clip - Tuning Shaft Retaining Coil - AM Antenna Coil - AM Oscillator Coil - FM Antenna Coil - FM Oscillator Coil - FM Oscillator - Cathode Choke Coil - FM RF - Plate Choke Coil Assembly - FM RF Grid Control - Dual

Volume & On-Off Tone

Cord - Line Dial - Station - Lucite Escutcheon Grommet Knob - Function Knob - ON-OFF & Volume Knob - Outer Lamp - Mazda #47 Leaflet - Instruction Loop - Antenna - AM Nameplate Plug - 2 Prong - Female Pointer - Dial Pulley Resistor - 4.3 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 68 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 100 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 120 Ohm - 1/2 W, Resistor - 180 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 2,700 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 15, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 22, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 47, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W.

SELLING PRICE EA

Resistor — 470, 000 Ohm - Resistor - 1 Megohm - Resistor -2.2 Megohm - Resistor - 10 Megohm - Resistor - 180 Ohm - Retainer - Line Cord Shaft - Tuning Shield - Tube - Miniature Socket - 1 Prong

_ 1 /9 W 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1 W.

Page 17: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

"MODELS 1058, 1059, 106 1063, Ch. 101.860

REPAIR PARTS LIST (cont'd)

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

SELLING PRICE EA,

R73-74598-1 R72-73227-1 R72-73227-2 R72-74694-1 R72-61013-1 R72-41542-1 R12-74757-1 R73-64567-1 R12-74762-1 R73-64567-1 R77-41699-1 R77-66164-1

R86-66173-1 R96-41471-1 R71-74763-1 R33-74578-1 R57-74580-1 R57-74582-1 R57-74579-1 R57-74581-1 R57-74583-1 R56-74584-1 R55-74585-1

Socket - 8 Prong Socket - Tube - 7 Prong - Miniature Socket - Tube - 7 Prong - Miniature Socket - Pilot Lamp Socket - Tube - 8 Prong - Lock-in - Molded Socket - Tube - 8 Prong - Octal Speaker - KT EM (1058,1059) Plug - 8 Prong Speaker - 12" EM (1062,1063) Plug - 8 Prong Spring - Drive String Tension Spring - Tension - Stop Arm Actuating

(1062,1063) Stop - Rubber (1062,1063) String - Drive (35") Stud - Stop Arm Mounting (1062,1063) Switch - FM, AM, PHO

Transformer - IF #1 - AM Transformer - IF #2 - AM Transformer - IF #1 - FM Transformer - IF #2 - FM Transformer - Discriminator - FM Transformer - Output Transformer - Power

SUPPLEMENT NO 1

Chassis 456, 860-1 is the same as chassis 101. 860 except that permanent magnet type speakers are used instead of electromagnetic types and the output circuit is revised accordingly.

Except for the Repair Parts listed below and the schematic diagram refer to joj.&60 for all Service Information, Repair Parts, and Ordering Instructions.

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

PART NUMBER

R45-642032-1 R35-332232-1 R36-6Z773-2 R12-74104-4 R12-73651-4 R56-74936-1

DESCRIPTION

Capacitor - .02 Mfd. - 400 V. Resistor - 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 1,850 Ohm - 5 W. Speaker - 10" PM (1058, 1059) Speaker - 12" PM (1062, 1063) Transformer - Output

SELLING PRICE EACH

$ .23 .06 ,50

5.50 7.55 2.46

MU CODE

Page 18: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-18 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 1058, 1059, 1062 1063, Gh. 456.860-1

i

si

2^

0^!

t ^ o go <H|.

!feWS»

.0^1

*

m

m M

o\

Page 19: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PA :

AT f <o

1.1 I® a « 0 0^3 0003=! Q O ITJ « o : o co D. , O M ^ - t.

V ^ ^ L. % c O O ^ o a i; jy •« _ m w ^ "J D< .rH .^H jrt ^ O tft ifi (3 rt O 4) 4^ Q, ^ J K « CO E-

ooc-JCOCO-^CD _ c-g c- "2 csi c- O co f cm in m t- r; 5 S ■ en eg c~ co CM < - 10 t— c~ co in c— c~- 10 in in t- in ip cm to tt o cm co eo t-h m K K OS OS 03 CC K

—< m CM CM CP 05 03 H

> . > § ^ ^

0 5J ^ in ^ O 00 0. .

O »g O «l (L ^ -2 c tQ ^ Ctf il sp ® S. ^ ;i 03 w H 31

r lm

MODELS 2063 Ch. 101.860-1

t

M

\m

m rj &U Ph

CO "g* CD t— O CO CM ^ CO t- t- I I I CD CM CD co in 03 03 03

■a

CD »h in CO CM CM U 03 03

Page 20: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-20 SEARS, ROEBUCK

i i n

S| el I > g x: S- ir o O o 5 ^oo^O

' ffl S ^ 2 ?

5 5 6 ^ © i; ii a; ^ o. w w c y* ■>-< •-< c Q V) W S « 5 (i> 0) Q, ,-'

>J K K co H

o ? us ^ '-' J ^ « i ca IA TH UJ ^ i •—« i it

cvj ov Tf to »A CM t- O CO 1 Tl4 CM t— »-l 0» o t-» CO CO •M* 5 t- co to C- U-), t I I I t _l£ t- lA to CO to < 5 CM CO CO i-« IA <c CZK (£ CtK °

C *cj o <<8 25

>2 mS wK l^a

9n»9,i

«e9.> %ii' H

97Q9-> IW

9079^i

917 9-J C79 > N^JI,

** J"

Nuj, XrZi

rt g w" 5 A Z W h A 5 ■D ^ .i S* « a 3 r; v

^ tK 12 eK

«- ^ C <U O o 5 rt OJ 0) J- o. jh c W -W o 0) • XJ '3 p, C £ E b® rt r

-I ^ 6 o 5: S ^ u M

fc. 41 rj sl|iro

pj >* M £ H , c a> -f* < £ ^ ^ 5 KJ2* 2 W;

W CD ® rt ^ -5 -01 ,« 3 5 o ro i u w a -

S « 0

Vi2~ u g 3 ^ ^ S 0 £ ^ 13 «H

2 -M tn 5 »- 4) 41 0)

1=1 I o. rt W 13

u <->o H'1 1 fMft ^ rvjC uoT 5'

* oC US

' i 2 1 01 fc. t, 3 o o -M -L-l •*-< . U w 1

eS rt 0 a a.2* rt rt — u o o

CO I I CO t- Ol O CO CO '-COO to Ol CO to c— c— I I I CA to to t" O' t- 03 K PS

m-i /-\1i "R cc - < («\ i Czj

>■0 s1*# SI? S V-N

H' si S|S 7—M' J

o ^ I o

r "^1 - 't

ff| ls -^H'' c

»R

Jsi I

Page 21: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODELS 13, 1 Ch. 478.239

SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply ,nr .. .

117 Volts D.C., or 117 Volts, 50-60 Cycles A.C. Frequency Range 532.5 to 1620 kc. Intermedlote Frequency - 455 kc. .- Tuning Two gang capacitor f ^ . Speoker 4 inch PM, 3.2 ohm voice coil impedance ^ ;'• Power Consumption 30 Watts \ Power Output Iwalt undistorted, 1.5 watt maximum I jjffiT % J "iXwip 1 Sensitivity 200 uv/m at 50 milliwatts output "« ffh .••;Jf- Selectivity 45kc. broad at 1000times signal at lOOOkc.

TUBE COMPLEMENT 12BE6 Mixer and Oscillator ^ 12BA6 I.F. Amplifier 12AT6 Detector, A.V.C. and 1st Audio 50C5 Audio Output 35W4 Power Rectifier

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE PRELIMINARY: Output meter connection : across 3.2 ohm speaker'voice coil Output meter reading to indicate 50 MW across speaker voice coil 0.4 volts Generator modulation 30%, 400 cycles Position of volume control maximum (fully clockwise) Position of pointer with rotor full open (plates out of mesh). . . slightly below 160 Kc calibration

mark on the cabinet dial (pointer borizontal to right)

Trimmer Adjustmenl (in order shown) f

SIGNAL GENERATOR Position of

Variable Frequency

Dummy Antenna

Connection to Receiver

Ground (Connection

IF Rotor full open (plates out of mesh)

455 Kc .05 Mfd. Grid of 12BE6 (pir/7)

(Chassis

RF Rotor full open

(plates out of mesh) 1400 Kc

600 Kc

1620 Ke

1400 Kc 600 Kc

•Test Loop

•Test Loop •Test Loop

•'l est Loop

#Tesl Loop •Test Loop

Input & output trir mers on IF cans |A fMllASlfAin

* Connect generator lead to Hazelline Test Loop, Model 1150, placed two feet from the set loop, or three turns of wire about six inches in diameter, placed about 'one foot from the set loop.

**With a generator signal of 600 Kc, turn the set to the point where maximum output is obtained, which should be approximately 600 Kc on the dial. Adjust antenna section plates of variable for maximum

output. The alignment procedure should be done in t) order given for greatest accuracy. Align for ma: mum output. Reduce input to keep output near C volts. Always keep the. output from the generator at : lowest possible value to prevent the AVC of tl receiver from interfering with accurate alignmei

V.v] rUtl rv] rfh ['$

III ('

Page 22: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-22 SEARS. ROEBUCK

MODELS 13, 14, Ch. 478.239

.Oil «*5 .

p:!

n\ it W \ f. - T ®ii g

«k5|

S

1

i

Page 23: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODELS 13, 1 Ch. 478.239

HOW TO ORDER PARTS 1— Use Correct Order Form.

2— On the Purchase Order always give the following information: (1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown on this list) and DESCRIP-

TION for each part ordered. When no part is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling).

(2) The CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 478.239. This number is found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassis.

SCHEMATIC SELLING 1 LOCATION PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE

RESISTORS 1 (Carbon, 1/2 Watt + 20% Unless Otherwise Specified)

R 17 RC-180-2 18 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 14 RC-151-1 150 Ohms i/2 Watt .14 R 3 RC-181-2 180 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 18 RC-222-4 2,200 Ohms I Watt .31 R 1 RC-223-1 22,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt .14 R 2 RC -184-1 180,000 Ohms l/2 Watt .14 R 10 RC-224-1 220,000 Ohms l/2 Watt .14 R 13 RC-474-1 470,000 Ohms l/2 Watt .14 R 5 RC -225-1 2.2 Megohms 1/2 Watt .14 R 9 RC-106-1 10 Megohms l/2 Watt .14 R 8A, 8B VC-21 Off-On Switch and Vol. Control

1 Megohm with 100 K stop 1.65

CONDENSERS

C 13 CM-151-1 150mmfd Mica .29 C 14 CP-2 02 -1 .002 mfd Paper .29 C 17 CP-502-2 .005 mfd Paper .26 C 18 CP-203-1 .02 mfd Paper .26 C 19 CPM-203- 1 .022 mfd Molded Paper .40 C 6,7,8 CP-503-1 .05 mfd Paper .26 C 20A.20B CE-15 2x40 mfd 150 Volts Electrolytic 1.62 C 1A, IB C V -22 Variable Condenser 2.70 C 2,3 Trimmers (part of C 1A,1B) C 4,5 (part of T 2) C 11,12 (part of T 3)

COILS b TRANSFORMERS

T 2,3 LF-29 I. F. Transformers 1.94 T 1 LC-20-D Oscillator Coil .88 L 1 LP-12 Loop Antenna 2.31

CABINET, HARDWARE fc ACCESSORIES

CB-122-M Cabinet, Magohany (Model 13) or 3.35 CB-122-I Cabinet, Ivory (Model 14) 3.35 KN-33-3 Knobs, Mahogany (Model 13) .54 KN-33-2 or Knobs, Ivory (Model 14) .54 KN-32-2 Pointer Knob, Ivory .34

- -MS-124 — Pointer Shaft Mounting Bracket 1 * • AT GR-38 Decorative Grille 2,31 BF -19 Baffle .20 MS-141-D Dial Ring 1.03 SG-7 Dial Spring .09 CR-2 Drive Cord .09 SP-47-Z2 4" PM Speaker with output 4.60

transformer, or SP-47-22A 4" PM Speaker with output transformer 4.60 } LD-65 Line Cord .77 IB-36-1-D Customer Instruction Book .15

Page 24: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-24 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 25, 27, Ch. 478.238

SPECIFICATIONS

Power Output Undistorted—1.25 watts Maximum—2.25 watts

Smstthrity Uv/m aVerage! for 50 MW output rM— 50 uv average ) r

Selectivity AM—49.5 Kc. broad at 1000 times signal at

455 Kc. FM—810 Kc. broad at 1000 times signal at

10.7 Mc.

TUBE COMPLEMENT

VI 6BJ6 —FM RF Amplifier V2 12AT7—FM Mixer and Oscillator V3 6BJ6 —AM-FM IF Amplifier V4 12BA6—FM IF Amplifier V5 19X8 —Ratio Detector, AM Detector and

First Audio V6 12BE6—AM Mixer and Oscillator V7 35C5 —Audio Output

Power Supply 105-125 V. D.C. or 105-125 V., 50-60 cycles A.C.

Frequency Range AM—530 Kc. to 1630 Kc. FM— 87 Mc. to 109 Mc.

intermediate Frequency AM—455 Kc. FM—10.7 Mc.

Antenna AM—Loop FM—External hank

Tuning Clock dial, 4 section ganged variable

Speaker 4 inch Permanent Magnet type

Voice Coil impedance 3.2 ohms

Power 35 watts at 117 volt line

;o. / 0

oi (o to' V Io o •

T4U

®(^ io

(ikiJ 6 07

sscsl'p- f \

FIG. 2 — BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

V7 12

T 4 f— 2H0 IF ^ 15 ** 4>

IJTIF i FM

RATIO DETECTOR ® T3 W®

T« I»t IF AM W

STATlOR FIG. 3 — TOP VIEW Of CHASSIS

Page 25: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 2

MODELS 25, 2 Ch. 478.238

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY — Output meter ronneclion Output meter reading to indicate 500 MW (Standard Output) Generator modulation - Position of volume control Set Dial Pointer — Set band awitch — —T» left for

AM AUGNMENT

Across speaker voice cot

ird Output) — 1-27 vo1

_ 30%—400 cycle Fully clockwisi

Horizontal, variable condenser closet

T» left for AM alignment; to right for FM alignmen

POSITION OF

VAtlABLE

Open 455 Kr .05 Mfd Mixer grid thassis ©ClXlXD * F; 1620 Kc 1620 Kc "Test loop Test loop QD Oscillator 1400 Kc 1400 Ke •Test loop Test loop © Antenna ••600 Kc 600 Kc •Test loop Test loop Check point Antenna

•Connect generator lead to a Standard Hazeltine Test Loop, Model 1150, placed two feet from the set loop, or three turns o wire about six inches in diameter, placed about one fool from the set loop. .. . . .j t

••With a generator signal of 600 Kc, tune the set to the point where maximum output is obtained, which should be appro* mately 600 Kc on the dial. Adjust antenna section plates of variable for maximum output.

The alignment procedure should be repeated in the original order for greatest accuracy. Align lor muxiimmi output. Always keep the output from the signal generator at its lowest possible value to make the A. V. C. action of the receiver me ectiv.

FM ALIGNMENT

6ENRAT0R FREOUENCT

455 Kc 1620 Kc 1400 Kc 600 Kc

DUMMY ANTENNA

.05 Mfd

6FNERAT0R CONNECTION HIOH SIDE

GENERATOR CONNECTION

ADJUST TRIMMERS IN ORDER SHOWN

GROUND LEAD FOR MAX. OUTPUT TRIMMER FUNCTION

1 — Connect two 100,000 ohm (±5%) resistors in series across R22. I — Connect minus lead from voltmeter to pin 2 of the 19T8 (V5); plus

lead to chassis. 3 — Set FM generator to 10.7 Mc and connect high side through a .01 Mfd.

condenser to pin 1 of the 12BA6 (V4); low side to chassis (Fig. 5).

4 — Adjust^) for maximum vollage. f — place minus lead of voltmeter at the junction of the two 100,000 ohm

resistors in series across R22 used in step 1; plus lead to high side of Volume Control, R28 (Fig. 6).

g — Adjust (6) for zero reading. A positive or negative reading will be obtained on either side of the correct setting.

7 — Connect high side of generator to mixer coil (L3), low side of genera- tor to chassis.

1 — Short A.V.C. to chassis al junction of R21 and R9.

P — Disconnect negative lead of electrolytic condenser C47 (Fig. 7). 10 — Connect vertical input of scope across R22. (Grounded terminal to

chassis, ungrounded terminal to high side of R22.) II—Adjust ©. (s). 0 and (JO) for greatest vertical sweep of pattern.

Stagger tune so that pattern is as shown in Fig. 8. II —After alignment is completed resolder negative lead of electrolytic

condenser C47. RF ALIGNMENT

DETECTOR AND IF ALIGNMENT USING SIGNAL GENERATOR AND OSOLLOSCOfE

HlOH &I0C 01 VOL COMTNOt

GEN. 107 MC. H'G"

CHASSIS GND

107 MC SWEEP HIGH SEN —r—] 1— LOW I

I—1 •V i

I C47 ■ .irBXrtt,

POSITION OF

VARIARIE Open Closed

GENERATOR GENERATOR DUMMY CONNECTION FREOUENCT ANTENNA HIGH SIDE

109 Mc 300 Ohm FM Ant. Term. ("A") 87 Mc 300 Ohm FM Ant. Term. ("A")

GENERATOR CONNECTION

GROUND LEAD Km Ant. Term. ("G") Fm Ant. Term. (~G")

♦ DO AC -WO RC FIG. B

ADJUST TRIMMERS IN ORDER SHOWN

FOR MAX. OUTPUT

Spacing oi l.5

TRIMME FUNCTIO

Oscillat

Repeat the above oscillator adjustments until proper coverage is obtained on both ends of band since the two adjustments affi each other.

106 Mc 106 Mc 300 Ohm FM Ant. Term. ("A") Fin Ant. Term. ("G") @ RF 90 Mc 90 Mc 300 Ohm FM Ant Term. ("A") Fm Ant. Term. ("G") Spacing of L3 RF

Repeat "RF and Oscillator adjustments until proper tracking is obtained at both 90 and 106 Mc, since tracking the set at one fn quency affects the tracking at the other frequency. All RF trimmers arc adjusted for maximum output, measured with output meter across speaker voice coil. For RF alignment, use FM generator signal modulated with 400 cycles 45 Mc sweep (22.5 Kc deviation).

106 Mc 90 Mc

Page 26: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-26 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 25, 27, Ch. 478.238

>ICI

S*T k

5;i{ -.1 5

®a |l 5l

_5*

jUTirr

S: !«> ^ -5

Si ^ :3 W* »s 5«

-JrJl

->ih

"*«5»i

■'i ifj

i! 1 ' r;;? Ss®

1

in a

M

P*

r K

iili f i

'«■ j

Wi tilt

Page 27: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE

MODELS 25. 2 Ch. 478. 238

1% 2^ TURNS

FIG. 4 — DIAL STRINGING ARRANGIMINT

HOW TO ORDER PARTS 1—Usr Correct*Order Form. 2—On the Purchase Order always give the following information: . . i- . j r^rc^oiD

(I) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown on this list) and UL^CKIP- T!ON for each part ordered. When no part is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling).

.(2) The CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 47R^38. This number is found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassis.

PARTS LIST

SCHEMATIC SEEUNG | L.OCATICW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE

RESISTORS (Carbon, 1/2 Watt t 20% Unless Otherwise Specified)

a 36 XC-47A-5 4.7 Ohm 1 Watt 10% .31 R 3,10,13 RC -680-2 68 Ohm 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 39 RP-6 85 Ohm 5 Watt 10% W.W. .63 R 37 aw-ioi-a 100 Ohm 2 Watt 10% W.W. .29 R 33 RC.181-2 180 Ohm 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 38 RW-471-8 470 OKme 2 Walt. 10% W.W. .29 R 1,4,7,8,9,44 RC.102-1 1,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt .14 R 5 RC-222-2 2,200 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 6 RC.103-2 10.000 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 29 RC-221-1 22,000 Ohm. 1/2 Watt .14 R 22 RC .27 3.2 27,000 Ohms l/2 W.tt 10% .14 R 15 RC-393-2 39.000 Ohms 1/2 Watt 10% .14 R 2,20 RC.104.1 100,000 Ohm. l/2 Watt .14 R 21,31 RC-224-1 220,000 Ohms 1/2 Watt .14 R 32 RC -474-1 470,000 Ohms l/Z Watt .14 R 27 RC-225-1 2.2 Megohm. 1/2 W.tt ■>« ! R 16 RC.106-1 10 Magohm. 1/2 Watt .14 R 28 Vc-21-D Volume Control (1 Meg)

l> On-Off Switch 1.51 CONDENSERS

C 12 CSP-I 1 Mmfd Stachpole .14 C 36 CC-2.2-7 2.2 Mmfd Ceramic .14 C 29 CC.3,3.11 3.3 Mmfd StackpoU .23 C 11 CMS-010-8 10 Mmfd Silver Mica 50 V. .34 C 19 CMS.033-9 33 Mmfd Silver Mica .29 C 1.9 CC-04708 47 Mmfd Ceramic .23 C 44 cc-oos-r 68 Mmfd Ceramic .23 C 5 CC-101-7 100 Mmfd Ceramic .29 C 41 CM.151-1 190 Mmfd Mtc. .29 C 11 CM-231-8 330 Mmfd Mica .29 C 2,16 CC-102.OP .001 Mid Ceramic GMV .29 C iA.B.C CC-3-0 3 x .0015 Mfd He rice .57 C 26A.B.6A,B CC-2-1 2 x .002 Mfd Hcrkcc .43 C 43A.B C 32,90.91 CP.202.Z .002 Mfd Paper .26 C 2QA,B CC-2.2 2 * .004 Mfd He rice .52 C 4,27.41,58 CC-l-l .005 Mfd Herlec .29 C 95 CPM-203-1 .02 too V. Molded Paper .40 C 51 CP-203-20 .02 Mfd 800 V. Paper .37 C 25,45 CP-503-1 .05 Mfd 400 V. Paper .26 C 47 CE-19 4 Mfd 50 V. Electrolytic 2.65

SCHEMATIC LOCATION PART NO.

SELLING DESCRIPTION PRICE

CONDENSERS (Continued) C 52Ax 10 Mfd 25 Volt. \ C 52B( CE-23-D 20 Mfd 200 Volt. ( 4 Section C 92C f 40 Mfd 200 VolU I Electrolytic 2.74 C 52D' 40 Mfd ZOO Volt. > C 17 C 21,22 C 28 C 23,24 C 39,40 C 8,37,38 C 10

Trimm* r« TA-3

(part ol T 1) (part of T 2) (part ol T 3) (part of T 4) (part of T ft) (part of Variabla Cond^naar C 7 T M. Oiclllator Trimmer

C 7A,7B,7C.7D CV -23-D Variable Condenser 4.42 COILS «• TRANSFORMERS

T 3 LF -33 Ratio Detector Tran.former 2.85 T 1 LF-30 FM IF Transformer 2.42 T Z Lr-34 FM IF Tran.former 1.94 T 6 LF-32 AM IF Tran.former 2.78 T 4 LF-35 AM IF Transformer 1.94 L 1 LC-IZ RF Coil .14 L 5 LC-U FM Oscillator Coil .14 L 12,13,14 LC-13 Filament Choke .46 L 2 LC-14 Plate Choke .48 L 3 LC -15 Grid Choke .46 L 4 LC-16 Cathode Choke .46 L 7 LC-20 AM Oscillator Coll .88 L 8 LP-23-D Loop Aotenna and Back .91 . CABINET. HARDWARE h ACCESSORIES

SG-1 Dial Spring .06 CR-2 Dial Cord .09 SW.ISD AM-FM Switch 1.71 SR-2-D Selenium Rectifier 3.45 CB-159-M Cabinet, Mahogany (Model 25) 3.89 KN-39-2-D Station Indicator Knob, Ivory .29

(Model 25) or CB-I59-I Cabinet, Ivory (Model 27) 5.03 KN-39-3-D Steticn Indicator Knob, .29

Mahogany (Model 27) KN-40-D Control Knob. .20 TLD-101 interlock Cord 1.17 TPL-150 Interlock Plug .34 SV^-l-D 4" PM Speaker with output 4.88

transformer IB-35-1-D Customer Instruction Book .19

Page 28: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-28 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODEL 2061, Ch. 101.861

SPECIFICATIONS

ANTENNA EQUIPMENT

This model has a Silvertone built-in antenna system which will provide excellent local re- ception under normal conditions.

POWER SUPPLY

117 volts AC, 60 cycle unless otherwise spec- ified, Power Consumption 105 watts.

For locations where an outside antenna is necessary, special noise reducing antenna kit, catalog #6705 Is available. Where noise re- duction Is not required antenna kit, catalog #6703 may be used.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES

FREQUENCY RANGE

Standard Broadcast

AM AUGNMENT

540-1600 KC.

AM-IF Carrier

POWER OUTPUT

Undistorted Maximum

455 KC.

2. 4 Watts 3. 6 Watts

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Output meter connection Generator ground lead connection Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of tone control Position of AM-PHO Switch

A Hazeltine loop may be used to radiate a antenna connections listed below.

Across speaker voice coil B- Buss 30% 400 cycles Extreme clockwise Extreme counterclockwise AM signal into the receiver loop instead of the dummy

TUNER GENERATOR POSITION FREQUENCY

1650 KC. 1400 KC.

455 KC.

1650 KC. 1400 KC.

DUMMY ANTENNA

0. 1 Mfd.

50 Mmfd. 50 Mmfd.

CORE & TRIMMER

GENERATOR ADJUSTMENTS CONNECTION (IN ORDER SHOWN)

CORE OR TRIMMER

FUNCTION

Converter Grid

Ext. Ant. Ext. Ant.

T2-A, T2-B Tl-C, Tl-D

C5 C9 & C1

Warning: No attempt should be made to adjust the alignment of this receiver without using the following equipment: Signal Generator, Output Meter, Insulated Screw Driver.

R77-4I699-!

R74-74557-1

.o o

R96-41471-I

FIG. 1 - STRING AND POINTER HOOKUP

2 1/4 TURNS

Page 29: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE

MODEL m Ch. 101. 8(

AC LINE /< CORD PHONO MOTOR

PHONO SOCKET S

25L6GT

/ AUDIO OUTPUT

25L6GT

' AUDIO ] OUTPUT

SPEAKER SOCKET 25Z66T

^RECT^

6AT6

PHASE INV.

6BA6

6AT6 6BE6

DETJA.V.C.> l?J A.F. AMR

CONVERTER

AC LINE CORD

•PHONO MOTOR SOCKET

PHONO SOCKET

FIG. 3 - RADIO CHASSIS LAYOUT - BOTTOM VIEW

Page 30: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL 2061 ICh. 101.861

1 HOW TO ORDER PARTS

1. Use Correct Order Form. 2. On the Purchase Order always give the following information:

this list) (1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part If different from that shown in and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. When no part number is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling).

(2) The CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 101.861. This number is found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassis.

In all correspondence relating to cabinets, always mention the source code letter stamped Into the upper rear rail of consoles or on the bottom of table models, and the Catalog Number shown on the sticker on the back, bottom or inside of the cabinet.

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SUGGESTED SCHEMATIC PART SELLING LOCATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION PRICE EACH

R85-61164-1 Adapter - Record $ .06 R74-74742-1 Background - Dial .46 R71-66224-1 Bushing - Line Cord . 06 R86-74751-1 Bushing - Rubber . 06 R71-65538-1 Button - Snap .01

C13, C16, C17, R45-661032-1 Capacitor - .01 Mfd. - 600 V. - . 26 C21, C22 Molded CIO,CIS R45-77212-1 Capacitor - . 1 Mfd. - 600 V. - . 17

Molded C7, Cll, C24 R45-664732-1 Capacitor - . 047 Mfd. - 600 V. - .34

Molded C14 R45-662222-1 Capacitor - . 0022 Mfd. - 600 V. - . 26

Molded C12 R45-664722-1 Capacitor - . 0047 Mfd. - 600 V. - .29

Molded C3 R43-74592-4 Capacitor - 3. 5 Mmfd. - Ceramic . 26 C6, CIS R43-401010-21 Capacitor - 100 Mmfd. - Ceramic . 17

R41-77561-1 Capacitor - Electrolytic 2. 85 C19 50 Mfd. - 150 V. C23 50 Mfd. - 150 V. C20 60 Mfd. - 150 V. C2, C4, C5, C8, R42-77558-1 Capacitor - Variable - 3 Gang 3. 50 C9

R71-67326-1 Clip - Transformer Mounting .01 R71-17319-1 Clip - Tuning Shaft Retaining .02

L2 R50-77563-1 Coil - Oscillator 1.03 LI R50-77564-1 Coil - R. F. 1. 57

R37-74577-1 Control - Dual 2. 17 R9 Volume & ON-OFF - 2 Megohm Rll Tone - 1 Megohm

R19-60993-1 Cord - Line .71 R74-77596-1 Dial - Station - Lucite 1.97

Page 31: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 2'

MODEL 20 Ch. 101.86

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

R20 R1 R2 R3 R6,R8 R14 R13 R15 R7, R12, R17 R5 RIO R4 R16 R19 R18 R21

R74-74555-2 R71-47266-1 R74-74753-1 R74-74752-1 R74-67965-2 R30-20963-1 R05-72626-1 R27-77566-1

R74-74802-1 R73-67023-1 R74-74557-1 R80-67187-1 R36-62456-17 R35-332201-1 R35-33470i-l R35-332231-1 R35-334731-1 R35-338231-1 R35-331841-1 R35-333941-1 R35-334741-1 R35-332251-1 R35-331061-1 R35-331561-1 R35-43680J-1 R35-433911-1 R35'435611-l R36-77557-1

R71-66225-1 R81-74553-1 R76-67091-1 R73-44897-1 R72-6240o-2 R72-62460-1 R72-74694-2 R72-62407-1 R73-65722-1

Escutcheon Grommet Knob - Function Knob - ON-OFF & Volume Knob - Outer Lamp - Mazda #47 Leaflet - Instruction Loop & Back Cover Capacitor - Antenna Trimmer Name Plate Plug - 2 Prong Female Pointer - Dial Pulley Resistor - 4. 7 OHm - FS - 1/ Resistor - 22 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 47 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 22, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 47, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 82, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 180, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 390, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 470, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 2, 2 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 10 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 15 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 68 Ohm - 1 W. Resistor - 390 Ohm - 1 W, Resistor - 560 Ohm - 1 W. Resistor - *34 Ohm - 8 W.

♦Tapped at 17 ohms Retainer - Line Cord Shaft - Tuning Shield - Tube - Miniature Socket - 1 Prong Socket - Tube - 7 Prong - Min. Socket - Tube - 7 Prong - Min. Socket - Pilot Lamp Socket - Tube - 8 Prong - Octal Socket - 3 Prong

WHEN ORDERING SPEAKER PARTS ALWAYS GIVE THE PART NUMBER APPEARING ON THE SPEAKER

R12-74104-7 R77-41699-1 R96-41471-1 R33-77559-i

T1 R57-77562-1 T2 R57-77554-1 T3 R56-77556-1

Speaker - 10" PM Spring - Drive String Tension String - Drive (per foot) Switch - AM-FHO Transformer - IF #1 Transformer - IF #2 Transformer - Output

Page 32: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-32 SEARS. ROEBUCK

Page 33: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODELS 2060, 2061, Ch. 101. 86^

T* II

-

m fii m

N 00 OJ CT> t- C- iA CO CO CO CO t- t- c- I I I CO c~ c— ■>a« m ift DS 05 K

CO "-H OJ O H H

l!

Page 34: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-34 SEARS. ROEBUCK

MODELS 3061, 3062, Oh. 101.861-1

§

' ^ c TJ 1 3 c

§g«i 2 3 c» ^ M tl bfi a < rt _ 3 o Q. nj «-> mo a w

=> Z 3 o o

X) Xl x> o o o c c c >4 X Ui

c —< CM 0 * * "S ^ ^ W HH M u • 1

to c a> « - s s 1 u u w o o 5 W W ^ c c rt cs rt o ^ ^ J H H

e « -S3 .S*" I

i uts

bo O I tt .

moo

cm in — i i < CM CM C) •*J« 0» CO t- m t- Tr Tji CO t- t- CO I I I ■M" «n -M* b- t- K K K

CM CO I I I I I I cm in .-( oo o> m to c*o c— t— c— o> os ao co t— CM CO CD

t- co r- c- c- I I I I I ■M* T»< lO t- c~ o in in as cc as as m

CMcMcomcocMincDeM M'cncnincomcDeMtD t-iniomt~c-os«oin c-c-r-t-t-t-cot-t- '•'••'•it M'cn'M<-M<Tr-cr-M<int~

DSKOSKOSPSKPSK

Page 35: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPECIFICATIONS

SEARS, ROEBUCK PA

MODELS 3004, 300 3006, Ch. 757.130

Power Supply 105-120 Volts AC-DC 35 Watts, 50-60 Cycles.

Frequency Range Broadcast 535-1640 KC

Power Output Undlstorted Maximum

1.2 Watt 2.2 Watt

Speaker Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms

^ ' // ^ V «

o

GANG SHOWN

FULLY CLOSED

os-orp switch STATION SCHCTOS

3 TURNS DIAL CORD DRIVE

TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR SERVICE MEN Tuning Range 535 Kc to 1640 Kc. Intermediate frequency—455 Kc. IF and RF measurements made at 0.5 watt output— approximately 1.27 volts on a rectifier type voltmeter connected across the voice coil.

in?Uls for ^ wattoutimt: ^ 50 uv, RF with standard loop: at 600 Kc, 500 uv/m; at 1000 Kc, 350 uv/m; at 14(X)K.ct 250 uv/m.

ALIGNMENT DATA ^esMen Osnsrofor Osnsrofor Ad/wsf Trimmer* w . Omnmrator Dummy Connerflon Connection fin order Variable Frequency Ant. (Sigh) (low) rtown) JjJj

0P*'» 455 Kc .05 mfd M)«ed Grid Float Gnd. A4, A3, A2, A1 . Open iFolly) 1640 Ke 50 mmf • Float Gnd. A6

1400 Kc 1400 Kc 50 mrof • Float Gnd. A5 0

,000 Kc 1000 Kc 50 mml * Float Gnd. CheckPoInt ^ 600 Kt 600 Ke 50 mmf * Float Gnd. Check Point

• A loop fashioned of several turns of wire radiating the signal into receiver's antenna or through the external antenna connection.

Open Open (Fully)

1400 Kc 1000 Kc 600 Kc

Generator Frequency

455 Ke 1640 Ke 1400 Kc 1000 Kc 600 Kc

Dummy Ant.

.05 mfd 50 mmf 50 mmf 30 mmf 50 mmf

Generator Connection

fMghJ Mixed Grid

Generator Connection

flow; Float Gnd. Float Gnd. Float Gnd. Float Gnd. Float Gnd.

VOLUME CONTROL a switch

II CIS

si T J

0 CIA /"x D 'EAT*

SI n

I l LI LOOr LOCATION or PANTI UNOC* CMAUS LI LOOP

LOCATION OP TUBES AND TRIMMERS

Page 36: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-36 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 3004, 3005. 3006, Ch. 757, 130

JLBAftJL r—nnrmrrrv

u>» d o n ■A/VW

«

. n

I'iC

-.hi- si 0

-Lg o

-S-Tv:u

z u. £#-; ° J

r'n

B

2^2 S

?< 5 * o ^ = ^ 0

« g «« ;5> S * -» O ^ * *k * »fc,

Page 37: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODELS 3004,' 300 3006, Ch. 757.130

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

1. Use Correct Order Form. 2. On the Purchase Order always give the following information:

(1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown in this list) and DESCRIP- TION for each part ordered. When no part number is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicate if no selling),

(2) THE CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 757.130 . This number is found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassis.

Schematic Location

E3015 (PC-150)

E894

E493

/E4020

E509B

ES091

E509G

E5022

Description

Cabinet. Brown

Cabinet, Ivory

Cabinet. Green

Coll, Oscillator

Condenser Variable, 2-Gang With Drum

Condenser, P.T., .05 MFD. 400V.

Condenser, 220 MMF, Ceramic Condenser. .002 Mfd. Ceramic Condenser, 005 Mfd, Ceramic

Condenser, P. T,. .01 Mfd, 600V

Condenser Electrylytlc 50-30 Mfd, 150V

Condenser. Molded Paper. 047 Mfd, 400V

Cord, Line, with Plug

Cord, Dial

Dial Pan

Knobs, Brown

Knobs. Ivory

Knobs. Green

Label. Identification

Schematic Location Description

£5921 Leaflet, Instruction

LI E603 Loop, Antenna and Bear Cover Assembly

E454 Pointer, Dial

R1 Resistor. 22K Ohms, 1/2W

R2 Resistor. 180 Ohms, 1/2W

R3 E254 Resistor, .5 Meg. Ohms, Volume Control with Switch

R4 3.3 Meg. Ohms, 1/2W

R5 R6. R7

E3015 (PC- 150)

Resistor, 6.8 Meg. Ohms Resistor. 470K Ohms

R8 Resistor, 120 Ohms, 1/2W

R9 Resistor, 1500 Ohms 1W

R10 Resistor. 22 Ohms. 1/2W

E432 Shaft, Drive Assembly

E452 Spring, Dial

T3 El 05 Speaker Assembly, Includes 5 1/4" PM SPK., «. 1/2 x 1/2 Output Transformer

Tl, T2 E622 Transformers, l.F.

E716 Window, Slyrene

Page 38: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-38 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 3052, 3053, Ch. 132.053 SPECIFICATIONS

Power Supply Power Output 105-120 volts 60 cycle AC, 65 watts Undistorted .8 watts

Frequency Range Maximum 1.5 watts Broadcast - 1600 - 540 Kc. Speaker Voice Coil Impedance 3,2 ohms

3052 and 3053 have three speed record changer 488.219-4. TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR SERVICEMEN

Tuning range 540 Kc, to 1600 Kc. Intermediate frequency 455 Kc. I-F and r-f measurements mad® at ,5 watt output approximately 1.26 volts on a rectifier type voltmeter connected across the voice coil. Approximate inputs for . 5 watt output; I-F with standard loop: at 600 Kc 500 uv/xn; at 1000 Kc. 400 uv/m; at 1400 Kc, 400 uv/m, R-F external antenna connection: at 600 Kc 250 uv; at 1000 Kc, 200 uv; at 1400 Kc. 200 uv.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Position of

Generator Generator Dummy Connection F roquency Ant. (high)

455 Kc. .05 uf Pin 8 of 12SA7

1650 Kc. 50 uuf Ext. Ant. Conn.

1400 Kc. 50 uuf Ext. Ant. Conn,

600 Kc, 50 uuf Ext. Ant. Conn,

Generator Adjust Trimmers Connection (in order Trimmer

(low) shown) Function

Float. Gnd. Al, A2, A3. A4, I. F.

Float. Gnd, A5 Oscillator

Float. Gnd. A6, A7 R. F. Ant,

21 L C 2

LIE — Unsjl-i ^

SWl C 7 R7 1—^-n

LOCATIONS OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS

TUNING PHONO- volume control V „ RAajg V _ a SWITCH

life:

TUBE LAYOUT

IZ SK7V , gt m

tJIST. I.F.,

\

Page 39: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 2^

MODELS 3052, 3053, Ch. 132.0

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

1, Uee Correct Order Form. 2, On the Purchase Order, always give the following inforznation:

(1) PART NUMBER (number printed on the part if different from that shown in this list) and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. When no part number is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indicated if no selling).

(2) THE CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 132.053 for Radio Chassis and 488,219-4 for the three speed changer.

In all correspondence relating to cabinet, always mention the source code letter stamped into the upper rear rail of consoles or the bottom of table models, and the CATALOG NUMBER shown on the sticker on the back, bottom or inside of cabinet.

PARTS LIST

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

CAPACITORS

N40761 Variable, 3-Gang .05 uf. 400V. P.T. .05 uf, 200V. P.T. 50 uu/, 500V. Mica. 220 uuf, 350V. Ceramic .01 uf. 400V. P.T.

N24249 Electrolytic, 80-50 uf. 150V. .001 uf. 200V. P.T.

RESISTORS

Rl. R9 RZ R3 R4 R5 R6 R7, SW-1 R8 R10 RU, R13 R12 R14 RI5

N40801

330K ohms, 1/2W. 2200 ohms. 1/2W. 22K ohms, 1/2W. 6.8 megohms, 1/2W. 1 megohm, 1/2W. 15 ohms, 1/2W. 500K ohms, Volume Control with Switch 3. 3 megohm, 1/2W. 470K ohms, 1/2W. 150 ohms. 1/2W. 1000 ohms, 2W. 33K ohms, 1/2W. 68 ohms. I/2W.

CHOKES, COILS tt TRANSFORMERS

N25706-1 Coil, R.F, N23751-1 Coil, Oscillator N25728-1 Transformer, 1st I.F. N25729-1 Transformer, 2nd I.F. N239J1-1 Transformer, Output

Page 40: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-40 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 3052, 3053, Ch. 132.053

NOCO'^O'OO—<OsO(T<in ^og^orsj-^—.O—.f

• ? M «■ -o

• ^ O < »2

O .2 X J Q IX «» . . d 4J Q i> V VMM ti w u 5 o o < co w

o ^ § y. ' o^Z 0 o.S

Mf "tj •2 ^ " .Q (2 ^

C u tl . o. > y CO CO ?

--i'— inr-fo—tpgr-m^ro ^ooco^>-oinfsjoO"t~i~ ^•OOiOkTiO^^Tj'tyvO^ zzzzzzzzzzz

x > tx > <0 to

•"Df^OOiTlO'OO 0l/>0»0tf>0r0^1« —« "V Oj

V JS J3 > % * u J o Q . m "S C *i 5 3°;

« . M •O *0 « k h > O O O u o u

I 1/1

~ ? z 2 -

6 - o v o « " „ k * k ^ <! « CX - 0- — ^ c ®

2 " ^ o

§? J x 2 -

U Q Q

fvjOD'fkn— CO co CO f*"* O ^ CT* -•—'ff-oooor-r- 9^0(000000 zzzzzzzz

1f0000ll§

.1 —■—-^a.

Page 41: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 23

MODEL 101 Ch. 528. 2U

SPECIFICATIONS

Power Supply;

Power Output: Undistorted 1.0 Watt Maximum 2.2 Watt

117 Volts, DC or 56-60 Cycles AC, 40 Watts

Frequency Range: Broadcast 535-1605 KC

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil 0.4 " Generator ground lead connected To B- through 0.1 mfd, capadu

Generator modulation 30%, 400 cych

Position of volume control Fully c

Position of pointer with tuner fully closed Pointer should be horizontal, pointin to left (9 o'clock).

PosmoN OF

Tuner Generator Frequency

Dummy Antenna

Generator Connection

Trimmer Adjustment

Trimmer Function

Open 455 KC 0.1 mfd. pin 7 6BE6

T2 (top & bottom)

2nd I.F.

Open 455 KC 0.1 mfd. pin 7 6BE6

Tl (top & bottom)

1st I.F.

Open 1610 KC 0.1 mfd. pin 7 6jB£6

ClC (frimmer)

Oscillator

1400 KC 1400 KC Hazeltine test loop

ClB (trimmer)

R.F.

1400 KC 1400 KC Hazeltine test loop

ClA (trimmer)

Antenna

ALIGNMENT NOTES; 1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation tfans/ormer when aligning on AC. 2. The alignment must be done in the order given above. 3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signs

generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.

Page 42: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-42 SEARS, ROEBUCK

I

0 ^®)

hhi li

=1

% n—iR4

^5 ^

tCLtNtUU Recnpim

C13-C14 iswrrcHi

n 1R14

i

I

Page 43: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23-^

MODEL 1017, Ch. 528.210

rXg ■vooi T"Vfi

M Jo*3

i 2 ^ >r _ o o u

1

? . UJ ^ uio >0^2

O Occ 3 (O 2 (J ° h- m O2 O D X J 03 H l/> Z

«o <«* aS"'0

>•

o «/> ^ UJ

w o

2^

o . O y UJ . i- O < < o < •

z 3

a: > o 5 z r- 5i-~ o

(A (/) o z i >- o t-

< z O kU _) z 3 H <o > W

(T Ui u z UJ a < .

io^k- O 2 PJ Q "*

a 1 o1" u. ^ o**?.

in • UJ o ' CE — O O o CC a- 5W CI

TOR

7-10

4 3 O •* < O < UJ

^ lift < r 2 „ _i in JV a ►- „ z ^ — w ^ i UJ *

< • u o . z

v> O Z UJ 5 ^ O 5 ^2 a: « UI O ^ H- UJ in (— ^SH- -1 z UJ £E

-J t- X < oo o o < o t- a > »- > a.

Page 44: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-44 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODEL 1017, Ch. 528.210

G S -S O w ^ •a w g cj w

S ^ -d 14 O O^J c "ts & .S C -s

•p <u.2 |-5 u

^ 0 | jj'S = •s a a ai "fi d > 0.0-

"Sftu, O <« n c

ri s is*.

O -?, « T3 C ^

Jrt O n 45 si S2 — C/^ tn 2 ^ !S c<^

Hp'S

^ |i ^

Wi

• O xO®1' - >-.o2 :;

• IN K O W * c» - ' C k k C o o o. o ^ ^ ««•«>«

I § g E : :

22^21 V — 00 •- 3

I :i

■«

8 § > o =|*a>^: V W V w A« *- ^ <w «B JS — J5 i n ■ « k © » ® 4, >

m of ac m

^>3^5*3 * •I j; " w w w

> A k ? V » |:'l 0. w o O

: • £ :

ill i

nil

* ^ ^ t- 5 ® «■£ ±-5-5-j

I O O C - , : = X 3W i a a o* »i ' k • a> u o -* - u O , U W o e o o a a M W «A M I

: :

i® - 1 e

ilfi k k k r, o « • y

>s»'OorNeo»-««« £,!2£?£??W,,»^K^ N«KNKNNNcoao

« O * k m n »» »«r * w r- •- •- «o co io n m

•* r! S S ■? 3 c c e • S S J 2 8 55 M M (A M M M t- t~ t- >

n - vn •- »- » o is n m » n O- n rc rs — «r ^- •- M ■- •- iO lO PC to N <0 K K K h. Is N CO «0 Is »- CC ^ «o CO n n an «e •- — p» — p- to to pi to 9 9 9 9 9 P P 4 <3 P p *r 4 * is is to to — oo « k a k o-o o o o o <e P K K K » o. KKKPP CO Pf K K K « «- •- M CO l-l-^^-l-l-l-l-l-l- I- I- I- k- »- I- »- I- I- I- I- h-K»-»-^ h- h-l-l-l-

Pl^toONcO — — — a- — Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of vi W H £ S

*8«vs ;8 - i ="T -o * : k -o ^ ■£© T ? 2 Et- E 0 1- ■*■ i P C C k •" C 0 F

• ® ■ -. ■ £ ■ x

s- ;1 §-• V — * B a tar^ tck^in>0c ■ - tuj* s >.; -SEg gE.on-ESk. -^J^

£ • O^k — Sin's -fefs i |. 5 O. ^ Spq-ci^p®- Iz^t- : ^k* c c J k E J o 5 : = 2> - _ 000 0000o0tfck:-3^^0^ ? © S i: £ - ^ ~ 2 ^ a? Ik ^ s •--5 o-^ C ~ wuw uwuuvua—.Dfooo

*i m ||^M|ii==i|f^ to ODO oooo^oJisoooooo CD U *J *J *J kl kl U U klkl ©klUuOOkl O- «n Is 0- S 005 a-tort©-©- — o-

?« •: I1 -2 ■ »3 UI 5

psi

fm o * * *:

<32 0 f E i O • *5. § j "5 ^ a ox E o c 0 □ o * -c -

• • e i . '■ • 5 E E ' 'l-sl

• • So 0 i ^ ^ o o a — 2 b w » o • * re k-Q, fes ^ St

-olsss & £ Of Of Of

U (0 CO a- (J U U - k» U U - . » o < W s S - O rt *1 ~ n » •- - - PC « O » P« - - - _| _J S QC puuuwvuu V

Page 45: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23-4

MODELS 1017, 1018 Ch. 528.210-1, -2

SUPPLEMENT No. 1

Chassis 528.210-1 is the some as 528.210 except that an antenna coupling has been added to the loop. The repair parts list for chassis 528.210-1 is the same as 528.210 except tor the following changes;

Schematic Location

Part Number DESCRIPTION

REMOVE: CIA. Cl B. C1C TI9-215 Capacitor, variable (3 gang) 11 T82-73 Loop, antenna L2 T10-535 Coil, R.F 13 T10-573 Coil, oscillator

ADD Cl, A, BSC

11 L2 13 14

Capacitor, variable (3 gang) Clip loop antenna (Part of loop antenna) Coil, RF Coil, ojcil'ator

Chassis 528.210-2 is the same as 528.210-1 except as follows: The primary of L3 has been rewired so that Terminal No. 2 is now connected to Terminal No. 5 of the 12BA6 RF tube socket. R1 is connected between Terminal No. 1 of the RF coil and Terminal No. 6 of the 12BA6 socket.

The repair parts list for chassis 528.210-2 is the same os 528.210-1 except for the following change:

Part No. T60-759 (located on the schematic diagram at Rl) Resistor, 4700 ohm, 16 w.f 10% has been removed.

Part No. T60-786 (also located at Rl on the schematic diagram) Resistor, 6800 ohm, 16 w., 10% has been added.

i I %

♦;

1

K

m m i $

0

Fig. 1. Bottom View of Chassis 528.210-1 and Chassis 525.2/0 2

Complete cabinet lists for No. 1017 and 1018 follow.

PART NUMBER FOR MAHOGANY CABINET

Seart Cat. No. 1017 T42-509 T44-20 T52-36B T52-369 T52-370 T52-37I T67-S65 T58-88 T83-748 T98-23 T98-24 T71-57 T37-136 T71-56 T86-164 T97-134

DESCRIPTION Cabinet, wood, tablo Baffle, wood Knob—''Volume" control Knob—"Tone" control Knob — "Tuning" control Knob—"Phono-Radio-Off" control Dial Scale Plate Pointer—Locife Back, cabinet Grille cloth-cabinet Grille cloth-speaker Button, pointer Cover, insulator, dial lamp Shield, dial light Washer, plate (cabinet base) (3) Screw (6) No. 5x3/8 Ig. bromo or blued

PART NUMBER FOR LIMED OAK CABINET

Seers Cat. No. 1018 T42-551

GANG CONDENSEF SHOWN FULLY OPI

T44-20 T52-364

POINTER DRUM

T52-365 T52-366 T52-367 T67-565 T58-8B T83-748 T98-32 T98-33 T71-57 T37-136 T71-56 186-164 T97-134

SHOULDER RIVET

4 TURNS AROUND TUNING SHAFT

Page 46: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-46 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 1017, 1018, Ch. 528.210-1

*"T°. "5

Sj co 31 ■I Hi" ri~r~ 01 ®- -• 0 2

- o S§o| "I Ik.

a, , *

Ui * I x * QfViy o

T •

1 ^2 >l- o u

"l-o ► iH

, ^li-

I I II

y 1

Ui ^ UJ o > u'-Z _ O 0(E O »- CD O ^ O 3 I 2

^Js

HI—t?- jff.. 11

n^szr v.—

o _» K> Q.

Sh^I,

*- v> — V) w

z Z) -i z 3 •

VI «n 0 1 < o u. -i tr Ui

X Z 3 o

z 2 t- P- • 1. J Q < Q * ^

Ui a «*

tu" CO • ~ o a v Is o1"

<A ^ K ^ o«

o o i— O N h- < — u. Ui

O v a k 4 •

«o i 2 ^ O O Ui K 2 a u * 3 W Ui W H -J Z -1 z uj a •* 1- -11- Z 4 > o < o »- a

Q . Oo UJ . ^ O < < o < , 0 > ec > 1 2 5 ^ — o z ^ _ o ►— ^§t:< a 0.*,-

0-ww » CM 0W

U. H °0

UC Q ' -j a 2 Oo 3 3 5> ^0?ui 3 zar-' V)o^z ui 2 ^ S O 3 ujO 22?!: -J _i 10 O O o o > i- > a

Page 47: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 2:

MODELS 1017, 101 Ch. 528.210-2

O

m .Q

P

I Tl

B yi

©

©

K

I

D—i

u«i

-THi"

UJ ~ UJ o o Oa 2 WZoj

I- CO o* O =) x = CD K- t/> 2

!£ S"0* n, c-n

UJ ■ — • -J o< < O < . o^tc >

o z w# in s K _ O H- < Z °t-< UJ _i a: UJ O o —

o >#- z 3 1-

o z

^ o-inw

2 T Z J— • < O UJ tr ■<

u. U. Q

1- 0 CD

^U- ~ o

to • a ^ ?7

UJ AT Z> m 3 O •* O < u

O ti Ui tr or z o 1— ... < -— Z Q- -J m & t- z _ in < • in O z * i CLI * a: ^ t> o UJ2

UJ o <

* J- y UJ O o u/ in K- t- U) - -i I UJ K -j _J Irt

-1 H z < o o o o < O h- a > ♦- > a

Page 48: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-46 SEARS, ROEBUCK

MODELS 3001, 3002, Ch. 132.054

Power Supply 105-125 Voltf

Frequency Range Broadcast 540-1600

Power Output Undlstorted Maxinum

0.8 Watts 1. 5 Watts

Speaker Voice Coil larpedanoe 3.2 ohms

Tuning range diate frequency -455 Kc. Measurements at 500 milliwatts "output - approximately 1.26 volt on a rectifier type voltmeter connected across the voice coil. Dummy load for I-F. .05 ufd capacitor in series with generator lead. For R-F, 50 uufd capacitor in series with generator lead. Connect generator ground to receiver floating ground.

ALIGNMENT DATA

Position of Variable

Frequency of Dummy Generator Antenna

455 Kc .

1720 Kc.

1400 Kc.** 1400 Kc.

600 Kc. 600 Kc.

. 05 uf

50 uuf

50 uuf

50 uuf

Generator Output Lead

Pin 7 of 12BE6

Adjust Trimmer Trimmer For Maximum Function

A1,A2 I. F.

Ant. Coil* A3

Ant. Coil* A4

Oscillator

Antenna

Ant. Coil* Antenna Section Check Plate Point

NOTES: * Disconnect hank during alignment. »♦ "A Rocking In" type of tuning is necessary while adjusting A3, (Sec RL 562).

Approximate inputs for 500 MW output: I-F, 300 uv. R-F at 1400 Kc., 780 uv, at 1000 Kc., 960 uv. at 600 Kc., 1380 uv, CAUTION: Remove the electric or power cord from the wall of floor outlet be- fore replacing tubes, removing, adjusting, or cleaning the chassis, or while connecting an antenna.

—1 TX,

amg; h* 1 Cl

S 1

T 1

S3

I

isS

0

m

i

TUBE LAYOUT LOCATION OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS

Page 49: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 23

m

< ^ ^ a r 2 < Jif Q ID UJ ^ v tt o 2

^Oui

2 J5 _i I/? < _ O O 2 ? > z o t

^ qS l— ^ rr

°3i5

z5<.5 ujujCSQ

§is|g -1. «C «ff 5 7 •> o J - UJ iu ■ O OJ ^

|§52

o-ESl

H>i

Page 50: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-50 SEARS. ROEBUCK

MODELS 3001, 3002, Ch. 132.054

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

1. 0ae Correct Order Forau 2. On the Puroh&ae Order, always give the following Information.

(1) PART NUMBER (mnnber printed on the part If different from that ahown in thia list) and DESCRIPTION for each part ordered. "When no part nunher is assigned, order by description and rating. Also give PRICE of part (indieate if no selling).

(2) THE CHASSIS NUMBER, which is 132,054 . This number is found on a metal plate at the rear of the chassie.

PARTS LIST

Schematic Part Location No. Description

C1 A, B N41089 C2, C3, C5 C4 C6 C7 N4I102

Capacitors

Capacitor, Variable Capacitor, Disc. .02 uf Capacitor, Disc. . 002 uf Capacitor, Disc. .01 uf Capacitor, Electrolytic 40-20 uf

150V, 20 uf, 25V.

Resistors

Resistor, 330K ohm, 1/2W, 20% Resistor, 22000 ohm. 1/2W. 20% Resistor, 2.2 meg., 1/2W, 20% Resistor, 47 ohm, IW, 10% Resistor, 10 meg, 1/2W, 20% Resistor, 120 ohm, 1/2W 10% Resistor, 2200 ohm, IW, 10%

Chokes, Coils h Transformers

N22864-I Coil, Antenna Assy. N41106-1 Coil, Oscillator Assy. N41168-2 Coil, I.F. Assy. N41119-1 Transformer, Output Assy.

Miscellaneous

N25264 Printed Circait(Centralab PC 70) N41223-1 Grill Backing Assy. N41110 Leaflet, Instruction N22875 Speaker 4" P.M. N25781-1 Silvertone Name Plate N41022 Volume Control 1 meg. N41519-1 Cabinet (Brown) N41519-2 Cabinet (Ivory) N41087 -1 Knob, Volume (Ivory 3001) N41087-2 Knob, Volume (Red 3002) N41095-1 Knob. Dial (Ivory 3001) N41095-2 Knob. Dial (Red 3002)

Page 51: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SENTINEL PAGE 23

MODELS 1U-345P

POWER SUPPLY THIS RADIO CAST BZ OTHHATBH OH BZTHHH:

110 to 120 VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT OR

110 to 120 VOLTS, 60 to 60 CYCLE, ALTERNATING CURRENT OR

BATTERIES—WITH ONE 4% VOLT "A" and ONE 00 VOLT "B"

LOOP AERIAL This radio has a built-in rod antenna. Rod antennas are directional, there- fore the volume of a weak station may be improved, or electrical noise may be reduced, by lifting and turning the radio to a different position after the station Is tuned In. A trial will reveal position of best reception.

INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED BATTERIES Diagram shows proper location and connections of the following required types of batteries;

One 4% Volt "A" Battery, such as Kveready 746A, or Ray-O-Vac P83A or Bveready No. 736A, or equivalent.

One 80 Volt "B" Battery, such as Bveready Type No. 490B or equivalent. TO ZHSTAXB BATTHHZXS. GENTLY OPEN CABINET BACK AND CONNECT AND PLACE BATTERIES IN EXACT POSITION SHOWN ON THE DIAGRAM. THEN CLOSE BACK. BE CAREFUL NOT TO INJURE ANT OP THE EXPOSED RADIO PARTS.

BATTERY OPERATION (A) Open cabinet back. <B) Insert plug on end of radio line cord Into the AC-DC receptacle as

shown on the above diagram. (C) Bo sure to fold excess line cord and place on top and to the right of

the receptacle before closing back.

ELECTRIC OPERATION To operate the receiver on 110 to 120 Volt Direct Current, or 110 to 120 Volt, 60 to 60 cycle Alternating Current: (A) Open cabinet back and take line cord out. (B) Place the cord in notch in cabinet, CLOSE BACK, and Insert plug into

110 to 120 Volt AC or DC electric power outlet.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR "DIRECT CURRENT" OPERATION

If the current supply Is DIRECT CURRENT, and the radio does hot play after it has been turned on for approximately one minute, simply reverse radio power cord plug in electric power receptacle.

TDK RtMOVat. MSTIUieTIONS TO REMOVE TUBES, MMTLT UfT R00 ANTENNA FROM MOUNT** BRACKETS, (8) FOR CORRECT OFERATION ALWAYS REFLACC ROO ANTENNA M THE MOUNTINO MACKCTS.

WAWNIHO 00 NOT SUMJCCT CASMT TO ABOVE NORMAL TEHKRATURCS. LEAVIHS RAMO IN A CLOSED AUTOMOBILE OR STORE WINDOW OURINS HOT WEATHER OR. PLACIN4 THE RECEIVER ON TOR OR CLOSE TO HCATUW DEVICES MAY fMMME THE CASMCT. DO NOT USE FURNITURE POLISH OH THIS CABINET, CLEAN WITH LUKEWARM WATER AND MILD SOAP ONLY.

I ■III I

YA i 1

i

M

V BATTERY

SESSS IZ

I REMOVE DIAL POINTER FROM FRONT OF CASRaT AND KNOO FROM SM OF CASMCT.

E. OUCONNECT BATTERY LEADS AND REMOVE BATTERIES.

S. LAY CABINET FACE DOWN ANO REMOVE THE FOUR SCREWS HARKED V.

WRKJ EXCESS LINE CORO AND PWCE

Page 52: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23*2 SENTINEL

MODELS 345P, 1U-345P

ra'S < .5-- X 'o-S o

01 S w v c 6* > "7

c . y

■S4S w

• U-aE- c *§2 i sis as ^ "n 1-1 qjUJ 0) t oi S ij>p c ^ o M.2 a c •£ 0 Co S .6peo : w S . S JJ • o ® 1 cZl 8 gst

•S &S.s ■" . .T3 o 4) o « *j TJ ►rr l- aj . u 3 »> o g'w <a O D - s« c

1? Ill ov

+* T* >- C ^ « 5® C 4» O ^ c "= 0 c ® c 42 ^ q q O C <D W J2 o

i -si

tx, w-2 C .C lM ■r M o

OJ c _ «-l !l> O aj £ H 5 ^ M «.2. « .«-o ? ^ M tH (J) a) c W

sS "

C H — g Eh -o o O c cq

ti§

s|g 95 o ■< 0'c J a) *-■ a,

wS

c *-* 9 2

« S So® "m o & v *u "IS 60 O f W-^ .2-4-> ®-g P. ^ ® _

si ® o o co ® j3 « <j -~' ♦» 0 o o j-' ® q t. J 2 Co® as

3 © ,a^~0

•HH aj *» >. £ o 0 W«4H "c^ W S,s0 g § s-§ 1..^^ S O S"a M

S « fcfg S X P o 3»-S o? S d HX X g ® fe HH ^ i/j ^ aj 5 ^ -w ® w _ p1

^ J ® § o feW . 2 qc JZ** ZS> W ^ 00 § m M

a OU M-g W o O .- 1*4 —; — . Src M ® -3 3»: S PC So-^Z O

■S "1 H w ® <; c^ co | Wto Z^S^ 3 x H.£ z 3 as rJ C W O M O " ^ z 2 H "T:Z ^ ^ **0 C A ^ 3 H|ife U 2 e^S ® 2 « co oH . ca

Z*JS

W c -W

® ^3 tu W

Page 53: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SENTINEL PAGE 25

MODELS 345P 1U-345P

JT r * f 1

>J t MM COM. .

Ss

t-m « -i-

1 pi -S-< w?

{: i: i:

if: <

glSH

ioffl m jti

I BI O.H.T tVITCH Q VOtJIIf CMTflOL MOATrrt AffC •MUNH* OlMCrkr TM QMMM.

ofl!

VOLTAIC TAitt (mttbh v^v or e»aMi«)

0.

EZTrS

IB ■Faimi ii , im ■KTlIT*^®

WARNING—neglected batteries may damage the radio —remove bat- teries from cabinet if your radio is operated on AC or DC current ex- clusively or if the radio is to stand unused for a long period of time.

IMPORTANT- do not

leave run-down batteries in your radio. Remove them immediately.

Page 54: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-4 SENTINEL

MODELS 345P, 1U-345P

SSBSSSSS S 8

PO ————

_. £ E E E E ^ 5 -c -c -c -c -c *i 2 o o o o o * k— CT u* oi _ a, « €» o • ® ? S 22323 J S »*• P* — CM !>. O . °TV. e c c c" c" -5 o o o o o i; -O -O -fl -Q -Q

« « « « « O ' oooooo

<*» _ w fn o1) ro «N

e £ e e e e c j; ^ ^ -gooooo 2*0 o o o m J; p-. I-- «»< g m > cm *■ m O

: e c e e c c ' -2 -Q -O -O -D ^ !«««««« IOOOOOO

« !? § 'v u u> to Ln io u> ui — — — vo o P-P~^-r-.»nOr,» LU CO f-*-* — cs^-co ■^•v-CN'Tm — rn S: -o Hi III ill ill in HI ill 111 111 II* 111 r-. r- r-- r- r-- oo r- r- r- r^. r-% r» r«. «S| «N *M «M «V| NCMMf^tNCMtN . PC

< CO Jo m«iA-or>-«o o —

a: on a: cc cc a: a: ok ti ck ti d d: ck ek err

— * — u> — -c- cp O — rsmoo «e«4«o> p-. pc pc 7 9 cc o p> pc

5 s s < '! o o k. DC *5 ^ 5 »- E £ J «J fj — O v— h—'y Z u." cc O

— "o S3 -~u o u

r-. 4U UJ m 0 o o 01 r«4 CN

> > 8| m ^ ♦ 0£ ££ 0 25 £

t u> m '*• <M n cs o* o o o u> r«i <n

j « ^ « c i "2 ^ O ~ I JO • > 0 -D !^i£Q ^ ^

-o o o CJ -o ▼ — tNCS^-^ o — n cs CH cs CN UJ 111 Ui HI LU UJ LU Hi ro <*0 ro W) ro C>4 r>4 «S4 CM ra (M cmcm <00 < OQ O O o _ PC — rvc^i ^ ^ m -o rs co o — — — 6o uo 66oo 666666 66

o cp- pc o o o o- pc o o o — •♦p^P^m—; PC p> — ' PP O* PC IP CP PC

Hlii U 5 ^ J o - • < CO ea c < >-

o"3lic3= OW

3-5^" -O M : S S*^ o o „ f *2

#%_ C C ffi U* g § iu-s.5 ^0(51^0^-3 1

-« u e c; -2 " E "c • « ICC C g Q o .£ c C £ i -D 15 .5 = EJlolfllo^ «OlD"oO O OOO oou>o ooo>

es'g-s ^'t^ iEo x o-cal^u « ® ® "o SS ^fri m 5 .E _ *-♦-* . T #ir •— o ^ ill o -♦- ^-o ' •- o X ir o -*- a-

= 2 s, i — -= — ® I DQ -O c ^ ' 5 .? .? c 4- « "J -c .- IQOQljcOeo<OXOX

®,?*?rrpi OO-?'?4? —i cc m PC

^ i 9 d; ®" " co ^•^•^■Ofi — piopi Sjocp -C" •* 2; p^ ♦ -c O- m CO ^P y ■♦♦-C-Oro — cnOPI p-ps. r^ — ®p.p. p. — rop-rof^p.pc»rcpcp-i — PCPC — -OPC lii ill |U ro Ui til ill UJ <v> lU HI HI UJ Hi Hi 111 Hi 111 Hi HI Hi LU Hi Hi Hi

- — r-. o r- -o o o- o o -o o o- o o -ooo-oo -o o o ^ - o O — pc — p. — ro — — r«. — m— —; P^ — CO — — p.—-pi OL PC 00 PC —- PC 00 PC ' ' PC CD PC PC OB PC PC CO PC

3 : > & *■> : • 3 >. :

i ^ 5 -S 3 -5 ; •<^

: i SO** 2' ;S 4.£--<> -i; o«-o S ^ 2 ^ J (3 40 o g

S ^ -5 "a.-* c ? J S E n-0-0

c3(3

TJ C « c « • • LP

* I

_o" c

i : 'i X i -c

-D *5 j i§ i >'i si «= S ^< *-1-6 I

^ .1 jf < ^ 6.1 "D .15 U -t» --fi C^> « « C C -fl 9

ooutfo^ooO X ^ « -£"-osXi • . O — Q O ^ E ?--§ .E l_3 E t>-fl »3 o ^ « )> O O

® , C C C Q. -515^ £ ( n n O o oo>o

" ® : 6 % -5 5 i S 5 I >-s I 22 " O S • 5-? • > • - .£ £ < 2 ^

It-g-T ioSoO«oi»o tw X ^ .SttcSI

' ^ •*- B "P ^ c- i0«®-3--0®® ; .5 ,E E 0 .£ .£ .£ i33 = E'IQID-Q i««"5O"OO« I o u > o ooo

tcir?*0,r ^ ▼ o- PO cp " ^ d _ re P- r- — ® P- P- LU S .7i UJ UJ UJ ro LU 111 LU ♦ uJS o- 0 o LU PC P- O 3_KSpc pc p. in ro PC

55 1 aoi ^ = < i/l cn in

!I PC PC •»• Ji' ro ro UI ^ ^ < T S- 4 o- <o V "TVo-roV V 2 p- X ® P P- p- — ro p. r- p«. — cd uj « LU m lu ai ro UJ LU LU ac ro LU O LU PC p- O O LU PC pv o OUJ PC pc r- u> po pc pcp.u»iopc pcr^irt

Page 55: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

o *

9 ^ S i

o 5 ^ 0 I 2 « Q -

g i o ^

w z

SENTINEL PAGE 2

MODELS 34 1U-343

w • ♦ M

2 cuW S-- oS2 •J 2 og 1? S E Ws S-E 2 S, cx

P-S Jr'^

w n

O § O w

2 ^ p EE

ii

« o

25 co cq z w O ft c O

T5 2 ,2 _ -E w O C 03 •4: C -IJ ^3 fv tfl U QJ ^ C W ®0 s

c ^ « « _£ a h 'i .2 ^ a 2 W a S 05 "S Ci ^ ^ P ^ .S 0 = ^ H 0 2 O 73 a

«If 32 2 U CO P Q> •" S |

a 0" CD S- rt .2 3 -C 73 05 ^ +* *i u S ^ D3 t -» £ a vt 4> s« >

a- v. a. 23 -g E C "M

O m • ^ I Ct-7 <8 v « w /C.

p p & g H 5

55 I v as 1 | -2 — H «

2 §

J 5

o. P

OS «" ^S- |w t E oH

"O ■" r" <u £ ti H > rt «W

4-> -4-' § « S "2^ ^ W c -gz 0 S § .s w S s " -2 w p. 5 « «•> ^ « £ <1.^

1 M« 2 =

g ^ C E5-2

.l^l £ o ^ 3 > u <D <D

^p 8 +j « "

Fi -O « 9J g ® — £.£ .2 •5 o ZZl W gl-s

l=s rt >»

""I qj ci ro x J= x o ®

o Ut? rt ^'5 —,0 a)

o C f_. (/} ? S be •yrtJ>-l a 21§gS

2 EE 9J ZWu 5 <SQ

"3 £2 *<£% 0 zS 0^6 >. r- c ow^ 5 M . rt D a o^S 5 Pj v R — _ 1—1" - c 2^ -2" "WEwZS ^ =2 Wgg

fesg > o ^ •s «o t) p.-- o o p ^ o < o -^.gW

rt *j ffi S 5^ |gw 0 ©W ^ «> o _ o

P.P^ 2 CO S 00

oJecOS £ uK B 0w

CJ HH H «s c °t*

^ =s < 0£h S .W W ajftj o-^P O ?«3 - gw rC 05

■** o . tc60 S4 C. o o o &2o P o P cS * O)"'' K

X d «« &2g

Page 56: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-6 SENTIN

i • 1 1 1 s ■ 1 s % s i j I

|

ll

ll M 5 i

1E

! |Z; a ^

i B 9 5 M a 6 k

S

1

i I *

1

i a •

|

® c . a 5|

1 * s « • s

*1 J3 • s 5 £ ■

1 u M S s 8 a B

K s? <

tc Q

I

II

1' <

3|6i ^lls 8||1 s | ^ !Sts |2|S

-^s K*. 2'

- 8E?5 . CP fc.

5

ill e m 6

§

in e m O.

»- < d Ilssl

i & f ^ s fj A Ul »- si* « e -

t!!

it{ ||i

11 si

SJ

qi e S

Q

ill

cx

111 ai ■ 5!|

d- M 5 *

cJ

Is s

d

•H

O ^

ij 111

111

J!

d l« fis g

d

1" " 1

«•!» IB IB

«■>

Page 57: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SENTINEL PAGE 7

MODELS 34: 1U-343

— Vl " O x

^.5 "Ho w *2

>,8 E C =

■ — et & 'A am a ja n « ^||15

Ig i if fg 0, P « CO

>» Q 'i- S,T> 2^ • o> S "* sis

|ii|

« 3 73 J 11 % « V S -g o. S p s 2 -S w 2 |-w C C O S g 5 w m -a

% £ *

1^1

||l ^ V C rC 3 © .2 o m j 6^| 2 5 ^ ® S -E

III

?S^SSSSSS s Z ^S = = 5 - s ' ' " "

b S O J

^ U £ -c ^ jj cD o c3^1 "S'^

T "i 3 . o 2 Vv >. <5 • • S < • .£ ^ J :r:i :- te SO 0 « -? a. cd X

P s-? -c O c

O • 0

c c q. o •- «r O O = O En _a _Q - a o (B 3 a t .« "3 O - — « « <? 3 S o O O S O

E £ ^ ° o ^ ^ S 5 5 •• •» s s Bo « Q. l/> _ _

c .1 ii o "S "o 0 S "t 5 c2 c2 Q^^mZ e « • O. C ic oe DC co i-

, ■— 1« <*1 «« u> cs oui^rsromro^- a? — rftNi-nroUiui . o- «» <n u> «s oo « > «> ' LU V J. O «•> : UJ IT uo LU r* ro UJ ■t ku --. io uj ro LM

~ -o r>. Q] UJ o- t ro . 11 <•> ._ — ^.UJ^luujlu — rs ;= r- fj r- f- r- c-j £ OJ " cm r* ru

iro'ru»>oi^.«oo>

CJ Lxl U1 CD — o mo-rxo — ^■'■*■00 OOOCNCMCJCMr-l « ? ? S 5 ^

v : . : « ; »- : ^ ^ 9

ill ; _ .E o 0 -3 c 1 3 S 2 = gl^ii! S

^ S .y .a J 0

s s: 2 t: -o ; s _2 *> 3 = -S^S^Q " . 3 3

-1 — CM O O -i r-ait^

!r c c c ■4- o o 2 c ?uo^ 1^,2 ° - ooooocee

® -O-OTJTI-TJ-D-D-TJ V 7= ~ 7=cccccccc eooo ooooooooo <000 OOOOOOOOO

Z _Q _Q _Q m — — 5 — — — Z. * ^ « C ,2 .S ^ feUUUjQQ OOQ 3<N <N csiin^evirv — — MO-^> *nm«o^rs,^'fM_Lo4 — — . cn ro ▼

I OJ CN4 04 OOO 1 CD — ro *J co f' 1 1' 1 in rrt lli uj uj CM UJ in to 10 "J o CO CO ro O CM

cnc^r^Cv — CvUIUiiO^-CMCM-M- ujujujluOlu^-^-^cmiLiiJuiuj r^ooo OCMCMfjUJcomroco CM CM CM CM QJ CO CM CM fs CM ra LU UJ UJ o- r^. rs. JM.

— CMCOV. ■M-in-OCMODlT.O — CM

Page 58: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 SENTINEL

MODELS 343, 1U-343

m m

■si m

I

m 3

fl

B

M

iii

psi i I

It l| | + .

I as

SOTOJ 5.3 0 m OiCfe JOlO

ipTqjl

m oioi

Eptq 09 ^Ol65

5.010?

m OlO

Page 59: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SETCHELL-CARLSON PAGE 2

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Cabinet colors: Ivory and Walnut • Short wave: 6-20 Megacycles • Standard Broadcast: 535-1650

Kilocycles • 11 5 Volt AC DC • Full 5" P.M. Dynamic Speaker • Improved filtering for hum-free

reception (Equipped with sealed "long life" filter condenser)

IF ALIGNMENT- 456 KC (Connect to antenna connector on loop). Align S.W. antenna coil at 17 MC. Bend gang capacitor plates for tracking

at 7 MC.

Align B. C. loop antenna at 1400 KC. Adjust oscillator padder at 600 KC. Dial pointer alignment-538 KC, with fully closed capacitor.

• Automatic volume control • Large built-in loop antenna • External Antenna connections •Tubes: 1-12BE6. 1-12BA6,

1-12AV6. 1-50C5 • 1-35W4 Rectifier

SHORT WAVE ANTENNA POST

m m jwa

m ?!

It

IHIIII IIIIIRII Trimmer sectian-bnttom view

Top view of ehessis and tube location

Page 60: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 SETCHELL-CARLSON

MODEL X13

€» O = o

$ «< <'

!US

t ?r

iLfill! ~ Vl M I

s.

rHHl' rNl' -

0 i o 2 z* < K U u x m a o® W Z _l

? .^5 1 • 2 o a z QC »- wo U. K H * z 2<

* * -* o o ^ - fO O o

I • O V) n k> _i o

I ^ n ^ « o

»>2

to J _j -J o o 5^8 ogu: < H 13^. uJ -J * t- O 50)

O f

u _i uj ^ * «/>

g22

» ig ♦ tfC 6 > a- 2 ">

r- ® — cj K> — O O -i -J -J -J H

o — ** 3 o w lt°0 S 2 O

0 X* S5o

K) ir> u u u

ii

or cr ^ ojo - S K (\ O Ui

S|f

IS- ^ ® * o m "f _

?8^ o 2 K> lO 4) 1 • » ^ 2 £ — o o 0 o

5. - = • • ; * X x . • ; ; « o v _.9 * * o w ^ S£ N w t S w SS w ♦ — » i 1 • » • • ~ r> v >/> ® (c cc k <c (C x c:

" ' a ..5

"•"•I N ♦ 5> t I I

QD (7> O a: xx

O <

31 0 « u. t; ^ a o ^

§•<5 9 o tn

•- <M o o

Page 61: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SONORA PAGE

MODELS 389, 3

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION INSTRUCTION for

SUPERHETERODYNE RADIO RECEIVER

Model No. 389 Mahogany Model No. 390 White

CONNECTING THE SET

POWER SUPPLY This receiver is designed to operate on any alternating current supply (AC) rangin from 110 to 120 volts, 50 to 60 cycles; or on any direct current supply (DC) ranging from 110 to 120 volts

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR DC OPERATION When operating from a DC (direct current) power supply it may be necessary to reverse the power cord plug in the wall socket before the receiver will function due to the polarity condition of a direct current supply. If the receiver fails to perform after being turn* on one minute, simply reverse the power plug.

GROUND No ground connection should be used when operating this receiver. The receiver gets its gromv connection through the power line and any external connection to the chassis may cause a short circuit an consequent damage.

CAUTION; Do not place receiver on hot objects such as stoves, radiators, etc. Heat will damage th internal components of the receiver.

CONTROLS AND OPERATION

LEFT HAND KNOB (Manual Volume Control and "On-Off" Switch). Turn this knob to the extreme righl Wait about a minute for tubes to become heated. When signal comes in adjust volume as desired.

RIGHT HAND KNOB (Station Selector). Move the knob over a narrow range of the dial at a point wher the desired station is located until the station is received with maximum volume; then readjust the volum control to the proper level. Never use the station selector to adjust the volume as this practice result in distorted tone quality and deficient bass response. The Volume Control only is to be used for thi purpose. For maximum clarity the indicator should be adjusted to the center of the area covered by th station being tuned.

TUNING RANGE

This receiver is designed to operate over the standard broadcast band which extends from 535 to 162 Kilocycles (KC).

AERIAL SYSTEM

This receiver has a built-in "loop" aerial. Its excellent design is such as to increase pick-up from sta tions having wide variations in signal strength. The efficiency and selectivity of the loop provide outstand ing reception without the use of an external aerial. The "loop" aerial used on this receiver Is somewhs directional so reception from weak stations can be improved by turning the set in the proper directioi

Page 62: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 SONORA

MODELS 389, 390 _ ALIGNMENT

Step No.

Position of

Gang

Signal Generator Frequency

D Open

455 KG. 455 KG,

2 Open 1620 KG.

3 1400 1400 KG.

600 KG. 600 KG.

Generator Connection

Dummy Antenna

Type of

Adjustment Adjustment

Rear Gang

Terminal .1 Mid.

Adjust for I.F. Slugs Maximum

Output

Dummy

Antenna

2 Turns of Hookup

Wire 6" in Dia.(Place Appro*, a

Front Adjust for Gang Maximum

Trimmer Output Rear Adjust for Gang Maximum

Trimmer Output FOot from & parallel to loop.)

Check Gang

Align- ment

I2SA7 I25K7 TJ I25Q7 SOLACT coMwCdTtat T f OIOOC AuOlO _ PWT»UT

m s

* CI> Cl«

JSZSGT "ICTlflf*

PART RO. PART NAME DESCRIPTION

C1,C3 N-8745 C2.C4 C5.C9 N-1345 C6 N-6015 C7 PART OF

N-8I50 ca ff4894

•CIO fF&488 ♦en N-1344

C12 M-1344 C13 N-1346

C14) N-7889 C15)

Condenser Gang Tuning with pulley Tnmaers Gang Condenser Paper -05 UFO- 200 yolts ... Condenser Ceraoic 100 MMF0. 500 V. 20%

Condenser 1 CD MMFD. 500 Volt 101 Condenser Paper .005 MFD. 600 Volts Condenser Ceramic 259 MMFD. 500 V. 201 Condenser Paper .01 MFD. 400 Volts Condenser Paper .01 MFD. 400 Volts Condenser Paper .05 MFD. 400 Volts

Condenser Electrolytic (50 MFD. 150 V.) (30 MFD. 150 V.)

ILLUS. NO. PART NO. PART NWE

RI N-4025 Resistor R2 N-1262 Resistor R3.RI1 N-4022 Resistor R4 N-4Q7fi 0<xi<kv R5 N-8732 Volume Control R6 H-4028 Resistor R7 M068 Resistor

•R8 M-4026 Resistor •R9 fH027 Resistor

RIO fH024 Resistor

Tl N-7981 Tratsforacr T2 H-8150 Transformer

N-7824 SHoaAer LI N-8906 Coil L2 *4709 Coil

DESCRIPTION

Carton 22,000 ona 1/2W. 201 Carton LO Megoha 1/2V. 201 Carton 33 Oha 1/2 Witt 201 nartHi TTd rnnnhn uth Tt* ■ithSwilrt - 500,000 Ohas Carbon M Megohm 1/2W. 201 Carton 33 Ohm l.Ojtatt 201 Gabon 220,000 Oha 1/2W. 201 Carton 470,000 Ohm 1/2W. 201 Carton 220 Oha 1/2 watt 101

ISt LF. 2N0 LF. 4-PM With Transformer Loop Antenna & Cabinet Back Osciliaor

iP>\

Page 63: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23-

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W10

:

Ummmrmm.

i :-Vv

12 .1: AT ;1 S

«ll TABl( «AOIO

MOO! I 1310 MAHOGANY MOOei 1311 BlONDI

AM FM RADIO- PHONOGRAPH COMBINATION

MOD!I 341 MAHOGANY MOOtl 743 BlONDt • tube . am fm

BRIEF DESCRIPTION

MODEL 12X0 in Mahogany and 1211 in Blond are Radio-Phonograph / combinations incorporating the dWIO radio chassis and an automatic

record changer.

RADIO CHASSIS 8W10: is an eight-tube A.M.-F.M. Super-Heterodyne

receiver. This compact receiver contains a built-in line cord

antenna for local P.M. reception and full range tone control.

AUTOMATIC RECORD CHANGER: The record changer in these models Is

a VM-950 Tri-o-raatlc three-speed changer.

Page 64: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 SPARTON

MODELS 241, 242, 1210,1211, Ch. 8W10 CHASSIS DIAGRAM

BOTTOM VIEW /" N / L-3

'v ' X- ^ T- O ^ ^ C ^ r ^1 !

c \ . V ' Ti-pRlJ T-2'pkl 1 L-el

^

sj ^ ia lT-4 PR I. T-} PRI.g

L-2-J

PHONO JACK

I a

A. C. CORD

SPEAKER P.M.LINE CORD ANT

L-2 SLUG

P.M. ANT.

MTW

QMQ

nil o o ■

Q li o

VOLUME OPF onUtone BAND NSW ITCH Utuni

TOP VIEW

*

(Co 2 TURNS AROUND SHAFT

Page 65: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 2:

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W1

ALIGNMENT DATA

BAND TUNING TRIMMER OR OPER- ALIGNMENT GENERATOR DUMMY GENERATOR SWITCH COND SLUG REMARKS ATION OF CONNECTED TO ANT. FREQUENCY SETTING SETTING

1. Sat Dial pointer even with left-hand atop llntt with condenser gang closed.

5. A.M. Ant. 1500 KC. 6. A.M.-R.P. On Cabinet » 1500 KC. A.M.

7. A.M.-R.F. On Cabinet ♦ 600 KC. A.M. 8. Repeat operations #5, #6 and #7.

Connect output meter across speaker terminals.

A.H.-I.P. .02 MFD Cond. 456 KC. A.M.

T4 Sec. Slug Max. Reaoin T4 Prl. Slug Max. Keadin T2 Sec. Slug Max. Readl T2 Fri. Slug Max. Reading

eration 1500 KC C2B Oac.Tri. 1500 KC C17 Ant. Tri.

Peak Accurate] Peak Accurate] Max. Reading

Check Calibrations at 600, 1000 and 1500 KC. SPECIAL ROTE; For complete F.M.-I.F. Visual Alignment instructions please refer to Pages 5-

T5 F.M. Ratio Det.

.02 MFD. Cond.

F.M.-I.F. Alignment using an A.M. Generator and Output Meter. T5 Sec. Slug Max. Reading

10.7 MC. F.M. Open T5 pri# slug Hax. Reading

NOTE: Operations 11, 12, 14, 15, 18 and 19 must be made with generator output as low as possible, consistent with usable output meter reading.

T3 2nd. Pin #1 1st .02 MFD. 10.7 MC. F.M. Open T3 Sec. Slug Max. Reading P.M.-I.F. 6BA6 Tube Cond. T3 Pri. Slug Max. Reading

T1 Sec. Slug Max. Reading

T1 Pri. Slug Max. Reading T1 Ist F.M.-I.F.

.02 MFD. 10.7 MC. F.M. Cond.

Adjust secondary slug on T5 ratio detector transformer to minimum deflection or dip on output meter. Under certain conditions it Is possible to adjust T5 sec.slug to minimum noise with the receiver tuned to a weak station. This operation is very critical and the receiver must be tuned to the center response only.

F.M.-R.#'. alignment using an A.M. Generator with frequencies of 66 to 108 KC. and a vacuum tube voltmeter or D.C. voltmeter. (20,000 Ohms per volt).

Place meter across C36 elect, condenser. (Meter reading approximately 1 volt) C2A Osc. Tri. Max. Readin

106 MC. F.M. 106 MC. C2C Ant. Tri. Peak Accurate] F.M..R.F.

jCheck Calibration at 88 KC * Use standard dummy antenna as described on Page V.

Page 66: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-4 SPARTON

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W10

ON •

* fr •

o Si NO

to

• CM a

o H a

nD O o a o tA o o to rH rH as

» H H H o o ho

r-<\ O O

O O cvj (> O MO

vO Q Q O O O O . iA

O O \0 sO lA sO CM

•A O •O CM C-- O • O O • O O CM

• col »Hl IA >—t fy n I*] ,* 0 • o o

> tt, p, +> C • E ® O Qd <C C5 O |

• O • • tn "H ii, 4-> ■ • . OJ

■< tt, M CE;

X X w *o so NO m u F-« < •< p cd <c cd ro r-< NO CM vO Ko

«C rH 1 & U . E 0)

O ■< t, -H •H Q> O -P » o flj w o ®

c <c 0 c •

1 -H t, X ® t. p p O -H 0)

^ » a ^ p ~ C«H O O *A "H >

rH p ^ O 4J S ffl iH O »H O

rH «H > r-H ® T3 P

. a) C P «

•H CC E p ® X ® t. O rH hO d 0 P ®o P > O •rH « hOO •H CM P rH PrHP •H p C ^ -H

"•H ^ • „ P Jh GO©® <u -H XJ P ^11 03 p •H ® W rH TJH P 0 03 C > o o ® •H (0 g © P © Q. « u t. s a ® 3 p ® P w P ® 03 tt o e ® ® n a -H ® Cm t. « • •H O 3 O P Cm O

m . ® ® XQ U U 03 03 JtiHP rH rH p TO-t <C -H bO 2

■H • • © •c ro wo 03 p p co ® C -H E tH © a B "H W ® ® rH ® hi) ti bC ® p ® 03 P 03 rH P rH 03 03 rH O O O > a w >

Q O o p . . . p >> > 03 O O O "" ooo -t

rH ^ b t. © © © v. n m w o C C G P ® O ® 03 T3 -D T) -H C C C ® O O O ® O U O CCrH ■rH • • *

O 80 CM O O o o o x: 0J • rH O

rH CM CA OO O cc: i-3

© M •X —' <0

C CD X) O C ■H G 3 P ® T) O ® P ® ^ O ® rH •H E ® >*

Cm 3 | rH •rH TH CO © -D D -D C ro rH © wo 0 p.e H

^H CO to too x: CO H CA •rH • ON ® O I O CA wo as <0 ho I O © G I W 1 -H ® c I OrO U G

r X3 3 -H 3 I O ch 3s c-«

"US o • ^ w m c ® o ® B A o © p

© p -h p * rH P 03 o o > c xj

c c o © © <«: o m

t- E-« a •

CO o O w NO CA 6- > O NO IA • - s

# « X «

G <» p « G ®

•< c ® o

Page 67: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 2

MODELS 241,24:

VISUAL I. F.-F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA^ch! <wio'

WARNING: Do not proceed with any of the following alignment instructions unleso it is certain that the AM-Uf1 is in accurate alignment. If not, align the AiM-IF system according to the step by step alignment procedure.

1, DESCRimCN CF CIRCUIT USED: A 6AL5 is employed as a ratio detector. This tube Is preceeded by a 60A6 ratio

detector driver and a stage of amplification at 10.7 Ue. also utilizing a 6BA6 tube. The 2nd section of the 12AT7 tube Is used as the FM mixer. All IF cwipling uses individual slug tuned transformers.

12AT7

f3 6>

\2 V vi ay \ V73

'7 2>

y

7 2}

<5 J

Gen, « Scope Position 1 2 3

Adjust T-5 T-3 T-l

THFDRY OF VISUAL ALICaOOMT, One of the characteristics of a tuned circuit is the fact that when it is excited or driven bj

a generator such as a vacuum tube or another tuned circuit, the voltage developed across it will vary with slight changes in frequency. This voltage will be greatest when the frequency is equal to the resonant frequency of the circuit and will be less if the frequency is higher or lower thai the resonant frequency.

Thus if wlfwere to shift the frequency from high to low or low to high across the resonant frequency and make a record of the voltage across the tuned circuit, we could plot the voltage against frequency and obtain a curve which might look like Fig. 1.

.1 volts Fig. 1

10.3 10.5 10.7 10.9 11.1 11.3

Page 68: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-6 SPARTON

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W10

This is the selectivity curve or response curve for the circuit under discussion. This type of circuit may be aligned or adjusted to resonance by simply changing either L or C until nmri nniw voltage is obtained at the resonant frequency. Now if another circuit tuned to the surae resonant frequency is coupled to the simple case above, a number of things con happen. First current flow- ing in one circuit will induce current in the second circuit, the magnitude of this current depend- ing on the degree or amount of coupling between the two circuits. This coupling may be in the form of mutual inductance, mutual capacitance or any impedance common to the two circuits. Now If we repeat the proceodure outlined for obtaining the response curve of a single tuned circuit using the voltage developed across the secondary of the coupled circuit while driving the primary, we may get either of two types of curves depending on the magnitude of the coupling, (a) in Fig. 2 is a typical curve for two circuits coupled below critical coupling and (b) is a representation of the curve for an over coupled circuit.

Fig. 2

iO.l 10.7 11.3 10.1 10.7 11.3 Overcoupled circuits producing a response curve like (b) Fig. 2 are often employed where it is

important that the response curve remain approximately flat over a narrow band of frequencies near the resonant frequency. They are also frequently combined with single peaked circuits to produce a response curve like Fig. 3.

K-VJV

\\ Pie. 3

The dotted lines indicate the curves of the Individual circuits and the solid curve shows the overall response of the two or more pairs of coupled circuits. Circuits like the above or approach- ing them in form are desirable in an receiver where the pass band should be of the order of 200 Kc. Now from the above it is evident that simple peaking both sides of a circuit coupled below critical for maxinium voltage will provide optimum alignment but if this proceedure is followed with an over- coupled circuit it is almost a certainty that the two circuits will not be tuned to the resonant frequency but will instead be aligned so that either oce or the other is aoosatuated. The response curve will then look like Fig. U (a) or (b).

Fig. 4

10.7 11.3 10.1 10.7 Mow if this overcoupled circuit is combined with a single peaked circuit (where the coupling is

below critical), the adsalignnent becomes worse, something like Fig. 5.

Fig. 5

ft .TnVin 17- Ririftr

10.1 10.7 11.3

Page 69: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23

MODELS 241, 242 1210. 1211. Ch. 8WU

VISUAL I. F.-F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA From the above It appears that to properly align a receiver using overcoupled IF transformers

it will be necessary to take a response curve of each stage and align the circuit so that the two peaks are symmetrical, that is, approximately equal in amplitude and displaced equally from the center frequency. To do this with a CW or AM signal would be laborious rmd time consuming whereas the use of visual equipment makes it nearly as simple as adjusting a simple single peaked amplifier.

Visual alignment test equipment performs the operation of plotting the response curve almost exactly as described above except that instead of manually changing the generator frequency, re- cording the voltage and then plotting the results, these operations are performed automatically and simultaneously by a combination of electronic circuits. The operation is briefly as follows.

In the signal generator a low AC voltage is applied to a reactance tube modulator which shifts the oscillator frequency from low to high or from high to low at a rate determined by the frequency of the AC voltage and by an amount determined by the AC voltage. The frequency at any instant is dependant on the AC voltage present at that instant of time. An oscilloscope is provided which may be considered a voltmeter used to read the voltage across the tuned circuit, provided a detec- tor is used to convert the RF to a low audio frequency. This voltage is then applied to the ver- tical plates and results in a vertical displacement of the spot on the screen. Some of the voltage used to shift the oscillator frequency is also applied to the horizontal plates of the oscillo- scope providing a means of displacing the spot horizontally. It is now evident that since for any given AC voltage only one frequency may be obtained and since that AG voltage will result In an exact amount of spot deflection on the scope we can read the voltage across the circuit under ex- amination by noticing the position of the spot at this exact instant.

Now If we consider the frequency as shifting from low to high 60 times per second and remember that the spot is moving across the screen of the scope 60 times per second at exact synchronisation with the change in frequency it is only necessary to apply the voltage from our circuit to the ver- tical plates to obtain a replica of the response curve on the face of the cathode ray tube. This curve will be repeated 60 times per second if our sweep frequency is 60 cycles. Adjustments to the circuit may now be made and the effect on the response curve noted instantaneously.

Although it is possible to observe the selectivity curves as shown in Fig. 1, 2, and 3 on the scope by the use of an auxiliary special detector coupled to the plate of the last IF tube, it is much more convenient to observe the effects of IF alignment upon the shape of the ratio detector output trace. When this is done the auxiliary detector is not necessary and a direct connection of the scope into the receiver circuits will provide all the necessary connections.

If the overall selectivity curve is not "flat-topped" (solid line in Fig. 3) the ratio detector curve cannot be linear (straight) throughout the center section, symaetrical and have sufficient band width (Fig. 6)•

Under these conditions it would not be possible to receive a signal without distortion and higher than normal noise, the degree of distortion and abnormal noise dependent upon the extent to which the center of the ratio detector trace departs from a straight line and the extent to which the entire trace departs from true symmetry.

After a pattern similar to Fig. 6 is obtained with connection #1 shown in the block diagram, the generator lead may he moved ahead through the IF system one tube at a time and the intervening transformer aligned for maximum output but at all times a curve very similar to Fig. 6 must be* maintained.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. (a) A sweep signal generator with a center frequency of 10.7 Mc. and a total sweep width of at

least 400 Kc. Examination of the block diagram will reveal a variable resistor-capacitor circuit inserted in the lead between the FU sweep generator and the horizontal amplifier of the ooollloecopt

This control should be adjusted so that the dual trace observed on the oscilloscope will blend into a single trace and tnereby eliminate any confusion due to the two traces.

(b) An Oacllloseope with either a 3" or 5" tube equipped with both vertical and horisontal amplifiers.

1LIQNMSNT OF THE 10.7 I.F. Turn the wave band switch to F.M. and the generator to 10.7 Mc. Connect the F.M. signal gene-

rator output lead to the grid of the ratio detector driver tube and the scope to the Ist audio plate. Now proceed to align the ratio detector transformer for maxirmira linearity and output, be- ing careful to maintain as symmetrical a trace as possible. Note that the adjustment of the se- condary circuit, controls to a large extent, the linearity and symmetry of the pattern, and ad- justment of the primary will influence the gain of the circuit. Fig. 6 represents a linear deteotoo curve properly aligned.

Page 70: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 SPARTON

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W10

It is important that the generator sweep a sufficiently wide hand of frequencies so that the curves on both ends of the straight portion can be seen. Maximun linearity of alignment will result when these curves are symmetrically shaped and as previously stated this will result in "Hnitmm dis- tortion and noise.

Fig, 6

Connect the generator output lead to the grid of the I.F. amplifier. Align primary and secondary of the I.F. transformer being careful to maintain the same basic ratio detector trace as Just describ- ed.

Observe that by alternately adjusting the primary and secondary, the vertical amplitude can be increased without the response curvo becoming distorted. At all times it is important to reduce the signal generator output to maintain the scope picture on the screen. This will avoid overload and possible misalignment therefrom.

Hove the generator lead to the grid of the converter tube and align No. I I.F. transformer fol- lowing the same prooeedure as above.

Fig. 7, (A). (B), (C), and (D) represent typical seleotivity curves of an overall I.F. Amplifier. Fig, 7, (AA), (BB), (CC), and (DD) represent the corresponding ratio detector curves.

Hot Ovorcoupled Properly Aligned

(Right)

(B) Overcoupled

Properly Aligned (Right)

(0 Overcoupled

Improperly Aligned properly (Wrong)

(D) Overcoupled

Improperly Aligned (Wrong)

mm (AA)

Harrow Bandpass (BB)

Proper Alignment (CC)

Overcoupled (DP)

IF Transformer Improperly Aligned

Should the trace appear unsatisfactory, & vary slight readjustment of the detector seeondsry alignment may be made at this time as the need for any but a slight correction is an indication of inoorract alignment In one of the other stages. This is ponaiBfllble only if the degree of eorreo- tlon necessary is slight. If this is not the ease the entire alignment procedure ahculd be repeated.

Page 71: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23-

MODELS 241, 242, 1210, 1211, Ch. 8W10

» 5X3 * (j) V8, 7- ® (*)0 o x ;5 «

MiW rah ^C«< *r\0 o r>r«-» O -4 -< fH «

r^fNiOi fVOi <VC4<V^r-sC»i^fVJ N rw cy oj *•4 r* r-i r-i r-i r* t-i r* fi *3 r-i r* r* r* ^ r-i r* r* r* r* f-t ^9 r-4 i-i -* rH -J1

gssgssggsSssasssgaggg 5ss5gg

(

5' gf sg as i* ' 2S

h .J

l;H

«•

K

J sSd M 2?*? **a

!r^ Clh

-- trn i

i ' «'y

11 ^ i 11 i''

It i;;

RSSSSS* .R^Ra8gaSS?5RS

OoS O oEo otco ooo WQOO MNSkSMHO OMM ^ s hi o r^o r^at aiienr-$c • «p ^ ^ to »rv * N INJ <s| ur

>»-f CM fp\^*r\»or-«>«>QrlO< r-t0(^O 0< <*\-^v>>OC^TO 4 3«H F4 -H N W W OJ fv/<vi f»4 ^ <-s r^, r-.f^,r%^ ; a;fl2ctf«t^ ttioi o:<^ «« tij aiai« ojo: oi u; ai a: i* os cc a: os

CJ fV O r>J Q O O CM l>- W I I N I N Hf-4 1 I -j -ti i ii ^r\ O • x * TP wswNfpv*^ U a. o. x o. x w 11 &. o.

* try h: OOOfH rH O o CM(M»-4rH^*riCMM->CM»r> I f I H I H I f I r-i ac J»j i r- i «j« ^ i O a;a: xoa; r^o O O O O «-%o «^o <^o a.a.0.0 (x.oo.0, a.o

<M ri ^^ffM fW CM <M O CM CM »r« r^N I CM CM ^ rH CM CM t si S1 ^ (i oi « ot S1 CMCMCMfyCMCVCMCMCV a5 ^ r* Bi OS 05 ai «-3

8* R R 8 * f

__ OUClUUO. U bd1

i ^SSs-sp- ^ ISiiBSseis

# ,g ^

Jjj So8oBr\*>co O . . • . or-NHfH •«>

m CQCQ u co CO 5p5 M MS3M F-hK- w Q g n IP o • W P o 8g65i55>5g SSSSoSSSSS ; O WvO O CM O U

8CM M O I O fH M>M o om omooo •n

NO CM O « CM o • <M • CM 4 CM CM CM CM«0

oooooouoo ̂ ^33323355 o oooooooGoo

0 ^

N8®^

Tlr TP s"!: WAM sl

•* * 1 ^ ^ c rN M CM rl OQ M ^r-4 • M O _ I CM MO <M CM M CM CM O M-♦M irV»-4 CM ^4CM CM CM CJ PH CM I rH rM I I fH I O f^rH C^H«rH | I 1 I I I II 8M3 _? I I _^_t »^l I I -I I OS -*0> >2 f^xcfi f^xrc x3la2po<> «o c^r>0*0«nc^0 r^O OOftrOf^O c^c^pc^r^c^COW o. o.o.oxa.o.oo.ooopo<oo.o.o.o.a.o.Fge.o. L« m 5j o o

# | 2 | ^ 52 • 2 oo o m S! • ■ )« • oot> oo oo coco CO CO tfN CO m >-11-1 M M t JMXK MMOQO QX

g M PoSoQOMtt^ H «o to rH co n • o) S • •MOMMI-I •URHM

o """-^ESfiBgasisSsaSEi^^aSSgStsB* — OOXX OO OOOOUOO r-l o-*ooo®-»oo 1_ xxoo • • O ■ O • rjN r ^ rj . • • • • .gij .^

® aez^^ wr. MS U . . k-l r-r * HO Q iH^HO H£ Q ^ O J O C^H H H H H « S H Q j: fa.-<Q5ai -OHOOOHO OH ♦ OOOOOE Op 7* pp^« ■ H H • 'H " CM <^H H H • H <-"> ■ • • • ••• •H

^ m o 03-< Q H CM tr\^*\yO C^tOC^prH CM r<\-9«p^) fHfHCM CM CM a^HHHHHHHHHHfMCMCMCMCMCMCM ooooooooouoovouoooooooooooooo

Page 72: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-TO SPARTON

MODELS 241, 242,1210,1211, Ch. 8W10; 380, 381, 1304,1305, Ch. 8L3

DESCRIPTION PART NO. L-l LOOP AMTBIWA PA5250-3,4 or t-2 LOOP LOADIRQ COIL AA6616-1 U3 B.C.OSC. COIL AA6665-3 PA5200-8 D-4 P.H.OSC. COIL L-5 100 MC.CHOKE COIL (1500*. P0RM AA6798-3 L-6 CHOKB COIL AA6769-2 1—7 CHOCK COIL AA6798-6 1-8 CHOKE COIL AA6769-2 1-9 P.M. H.P. COIL PA52O0-9 I—10 LIKE CC8D ANT. CHOK2 AA6664-1

AA6798-7 Ull CHOKE COIL T-l NO. 1 I.P. P.M. TBANS. AA6667-1 T-2 *0. 1 I.P. A.M. TRANS. AA6668-5 u

NO. 2 I.P. P.M. TRANS. AA6667-3 MO. 2 I.P. A.M. TRANS. AA6668-1 T-5 RATIO DSTKCTOR AA668L-1 ABU.061-2 T-6 OUTPUT TRANS. T-7 POWBE TRANS. ABW.Oi3-l T-8 PILTKR CHOKS AflJ.70CW.-l

noB-veuoa KKOB-TOOTUON/Off KKOB-BJJro SWITCH ZHOfi-TOHINC DIAL 8CAI£ K3CUTCHEOK-MCCEL 1210 ESCOTCHSOH-HODEL 1211 RSCCRD PLATER-VM950

PA565L-1 PA5654-2 PA565L-3 PA5654-J. PB30017 PD93027-1 PD93027-2 PD93110

SLU« ..C _ F.

A 0^ PRI.

SLUG tvC F-

A D1

PRI. ■A.V.C. B + _ A.M. DIODE D^j RETURN

(5) 0- "'sLUc'*

I. PRI. ) ® 16 r SLUG _

£71),ODE BOTTOM VIEW, TERMINAL HOOKUP FOB T-l,T-2 ,T-3,T-4 A T-5

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF CHASSIS TYPE 8L3 ARE IDENTICAL TO THAT OF CHASSIS TYPE 8W10

1 m

i

a V"-;

1

1 s 1

■H 1

1 rmmii&z

i

MODEL 1304 MAHOGANY RADIO-PHONO COMB. 8 TUBE AM-FM RADIO; a SPEEO RECORD PLAYER

Spait'n MODEL )30S GOLDEN WHEAT RADIO-PHONO COMB. S TUBE AM-FM RADIO; 3-SPEED RECORD PLAYER

Jjfiirfon |3|WI|WII MODEL 380 GENUINE MAHOGANY 8 TUBE AM-fM WITH PHONO JACK AND 813 CHASSIS

S^On MODEL 381 GOLDEN WHEAT 8 TUBE AM-FM WITH PHONO JACK AND 813 CHASSIS

Page 73: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23-

¥z

i

L e fe o s '55 J-O

aars &

m

m nwwrfcSSr*

mtai If

m

I

Ri m.

eM a Of- ; «d « ■^— 105

^<X • .>(1)5 22 ®? <u; 5

PS

iWis™ RgPCTi «7r>vnfifiQB

i!i

ti.r - -t'

h < w<j 3^ _ > m o ^ hi 2 DC UJ H Z

Itf

a tti£to4£S5i£££Sa£SSS£i^^^

S

I If—

5| „ t I < .f«5'3 , a <***3 ~X

S

a

HRfl

' _H-D-^^-.arwsM-^MWS2aWa aaxssss • ~rf»- iKsaaacscsEacsctraiiiiZKsaacKCKcc Ecsaffia: ■-Si——«—:

► t I ^ .

• < O

^^55 g i 'six^',",5^5^v -

A^mrmWM^^T^W

53 Isteetesie'^sftft ■ eeeesi^3 Ic^ « 3Jii83l2ll"§7S"7ISjJSlIB'1 S3"5!

5njJ

,,5S ^ h ' q^^ooSo ^ « Sooon ' '0^00008^ " o« ^-5„^^^w5^Cwfc£Ss2siS^-K;S2S ci^* > <^00 iw^ tj\jsJ*J\j\t u 00 oOoooo u oi>o o w

OsiOtoZr^g

;« ; 2^^ a Sf? a sf »>>3|ll> Qoon *rt<rr I?S3S-S ese5S5£E

v'3; ^So^OrOc

Page 74: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-12 SPARTON

MODELS 320C, 321C,

3250, 3290, Oh. 5B3C

, «

1

IilFOCTANT NOTICE

A. All defective clocks used on Sparton radios must be returned to our Factory for replacement,

B. Clock parts will not be stocked or shipped to the field for clock repair by dealer servicemen.

C. To remove the defective clock for shipment to our Factory, the following procedure must be used.

1. Remove clock by removing the two (2) screws on the back of housing. Do not return clock housing.

2. Do not cut, but unsolder the three clock lead wires at their points of connection on the chassis base.

3. Defective clocks must be properly tagged with defective material tag and properly packed to prevent transportation damage.

D. Violation of this procedure will automatically void the warranty on the defective clock.

OFF-AUTO-ON r

V ® 0®/ 02

TUNING

IG /5

i fA TIME SET

SLEEP SLECTOR

ALARM SET VOLUME

■ONTROL POSITION & FUNCTIONS

O John F. Rider

Page 75: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23-1

MODELS 320C, 321C, 325C, 329C, Ch. 5B3C

CHASSIS TYPE 5B3C

LOOP- PADDER

50C5 I2AV6

O O 5

ANTENNA L-1

^ 35 W4

T- 3 I C2B-

SPEAKER

TOP VIEW

"SLIDE FOR MAX. SENSITIVITY AT 600KC. (ADJUSTED FOR OPTIMUM LOOP PERFORMANCE AT THE FACTORY. FIELD ADJUSTMENT USUALLY UNNECESSARY.)

BOTTOM VIEW A.C. SWITCH & VOLUME

CLOCK LEADS

APPLIANCE OUTLET

12 AMP. MAX

Page 76: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-14 SPARTON

MODELS 320C, 321C, 325C, 329C, Ch. 5B3C

VOLTAGE CHART

Llna Voltag*; 117 Volt« AC

FUNCTION

Poaltlon of voluao control:Full vrith sot tunod to qulot channel.

Voltage of Sockets Pronge to B- . See Prong Noa. on Schematic.

No. 1 No. 2 VSB No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 CD

*e 0 23* 11.5* 95 95 *« »* 0 23* 95 93 0.55 ** 0 CBS "♦» 0 48 6.3 0 84.5* 134.5* 0 95 115 0 0 118 84.5* ; 117* 117* 120

Converter I.P. Amp, 2nd Dst. k Audio Am Power Am Rectifier

Voltage readings are for schematic diagram In this bulletin. Allow 155( / or - on all measurements. Alewavs use meter scale which will give greatest deflection within scale Units. All DC measurements made with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter. All AC voltages nade with rectifier type voltmeter. AC Volte. Cannot be measured with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter.

STEP BY STEP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

GENERATOR CONNECTED

TO 7 on

ATION OP

Broadcast

DUMHT ANTENNA

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

TUNING COND. SETTING

.02 MFD. Cond. 456 KC.

Fully Open

Driver Loop

1500 KC. 1500 KC.

TRIMMER REMARKS

Slug T-2 Top k Bottom Peak Accurately

Peak Accurately

C2B Ant. IT.

Cheek calibrations at 600, 1000 and IJOO KC. ♦ Use driver loop as shown below, ** Trimoer C2D as shown on schematic is preset at factory and only on certain

conditions will have to be re-adjusted in the field. This trimmer Is located on bottom side of gang. Rock dial while adjusting for maximum output.

Two loops 8" in diameter l/W Copper tubing

DRIVER LOOP

Resistor Shield

400 ohm resistor inside shield

a Mounting Bass Phone tips

Shielded lead wire 16" long

SPECIFICATIONS Two loops of l/A" eo^er tubing «" In diameter spaced 1/U" apart with 400 ohma reelstor in aeriea. Connecting cable and reelstor must be shielded. The loop should be spaced twice the diameter of the loop from the receiver being aligned to prevent an over nodulated signal and poor alignment of the receiver.

Page 77: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23-

MODELS 320C, 321C,

325C, 329C, Ch. 5B3C; 360, 361, 365, 369, Ch. 5B3

\o L

>oa;

10

§< o 5 t

5 5 ^ O O u O o SI Z 2 ft

@3 ®5 K 2 H «i)zao«izSiSzanz«m«i « NNNNNMNNNNMfM 2 sissij^iisigg

9

p i-.-sl-ii 0 <J,U1 00

'lil Ojult jsoo-g

> « og _ 7777 « j il > j » Ol nrrn"!--*

i £ $StS.SS:$S.S

<0^2 1 « s < U A O w*

5°® 3 I y»--

i2o^r9t^"sS£§££ S^ggS^ooOoo^so I Qi^'* < d < i ^ f'-C'^2 o2£jd0e<aQ3jaJu,3«,

5fc2j3it»uoia25iz oa S1"2- 1„

cm°®22tM«09®" .j 0af id D ^

o-jijuoov>vjuyooyoooou

Page 78: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-16 SPARTON

(MODELS 301, 305 309, Ch. 4E3

rnxmrn

Spa^n ac.C AC-DC PORTABIE RADIO MODEL 301 - BROWN MODEL 305 • ORECN MCDci 309 - IVORY

IWiBinl lIlBlTrn T >' i VWf ' 1 »V *

WWIIMft iiiiHIr " t" ■■BIT'1" ■ M

O

B'BATTERY CONNECTORS

S O

m

A" BATTERY PLUG

1 m u

m C2A 0

I

I! O

C2B^

CHANGE OVER SWITCH SLOTS SPEAKER

LOOP TERMS

ANTENNA

TUNING TOP VIEW

A.C. SWITCH t VOLUME

L-2

eOTTOM VIEW]

I » v /

Page 79: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPARTON PAGE 23

MODELS 301, 30 309, Ch. 4E3

CHASSIS TYPE 4E3 VOLTAGE CHART

Position of ▼oIuim control: Pull with sst Llns Voltsgs: 117 Volts AC tunsd to quiet channel.

Voltage of Sockets Prongs to -B See Prong Nos. on schematic. PUNCTIOH

Osc. ConTsrtsr I.P. Amplifier Dot. A.V.C. k Ist Audio Output

NOTSS: -Voltage readings are for schematic diagram in this bulletin. Allow 15^ / or - on all measvu-eaents. Always use meter scale which will

greatest deflection within scale limits. All DC measurements made with 20.000 ohms per TOlt voltmeter. All AC voltages made with rectifier type voltmeter. ** Cannot be measured with 20,000 Ohms par volt voltmeter.

STEP BT STEP ALIGNMENT PROCBDUSB

No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 1 I No. 6| No. 7 !

60 ♦» ■v^Hmii SB

93 11.5 93

0 0 0

IB

0 0

ESS

TUNING 0PER ATION

ALIGNMENT OP

CONNECTED TO

DDISCt ANTENNA

GENERATOR PEEQUENCI

C0NB. SETTING

TRIMMER REMARKS

B

Pin #6 IH5 Tuba

.1 Kfd. Cond. 456 EC. Opan

Slug T-2 Top ft Bottom Paak aceurataly

B B Slug T.l Top ft Bottom Peak accurately

Osc. Saparata Loop

• 1620 KC. Open C2B Oec.Tr. Peak accurately

ma R.P. * 1500 KC. 1500 KC C2A Ant.TT. Peek accurately

4. Repeat Operation #3. 5. Check calibration at 600 EC., 1000 KC. and 1500 KC. 6. Cheek Operations |1 to #6 inclualva.

* lie* driver loop as shown in this bulletin. The generator must bo connected to the duamy loop antenna and not to the loop of the receiver for R.F. aliscmenta. TrInner C2C as shown on schematic la preset at factory and only on cartaln conditions will have to be moved. However, should It bacons necessary to adjust this trimmer on the bottom of the gang a cutout In the chasala baa# baa been provided.

DRIVER LOOP

Reaietor Shield

Two loops 8" in diameter l/W Copper* tubing

Be Mounting Base

400 ohm reelstor inside shield

Phone tips

yShielded lead wire 16" long

SPKCIPICATIOMS

Two loops of 1/4" copper tubing 8" in diameter spaced 1/A" epert wUh 400 ohms reaiitor in earlea. Connecting cable and resistor mist be shielded. ... The loop should be spaced twice the diameter of the loop from the receiver being aligned to prevent an over modulated signal and poor alignment of the receiver.

Page 80: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-18 SPARTON

ODELS 301, 305, 309, Ch. 4E3

U_T

iwl

n. —m

i CO s ■ ^

S" •52 « £!9J!Sz-- ST57 o 7 SSSSS* IO1®QI 2 • I ) i i i i £ 3 § waSSiS 1 s 2 issass

Q UJ

P. £ >5": i z

i U I

I— 1

3 5 ■ < 8 • • Js^i b":::

• JLi1- i I rsti-l

| fesdsjsMyse -«»«<«»f-«*2ra2S5St: scocasEaKaaixKKOcacKcc

nJJ'* * 2_N-ojg _ g2e„N N i i > ' i - ' V ' L i L - o^^o^.V M ▼ mW'io'nO n iJv^gV o 535558 5 33SSS P 22i2Si 2

. I 3 ? ;

Ssj -77 gigs

ffss lii

eta : • SUM • - 522 : S22 : i 525 : :

:sees oo 5 «SiT£i£j'aaa*£|| E t!-2S?a-a«iN -3" ^ 2j8?oS5g8SiS8-8S O H** J l®n2«>«r-«o.2 = S}2S2* oooooooooooouoou

Page 81: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPECIFICATIONS

SPIEGEL PAGE MODEL 350

Power Supply 105-125 volt* 60 cycle AC only. Power Consumption 65 Wetts. Frequency Range FM 88 to 108 MC. Frequency Range AM 540 to 1600 KC. I.F. Frequency FM 10.7 MC. I.F. Frequency AM 455 KC. Band width, FM, Ratio Detector 330 KC. Band width, FM, 1*1 I.F 280 KC. Band width, FM, Converter 220 KC.

The tubes used are as follows: 12AT7 FM RF Amplifier, Converter

6BE6 FM Osc, Am Osc, Converter 6BA6 FM-AM, 1st I.F. Amplifier 6BA6 FM, 2nd I.F. Amplifier 6AL5 FM Detector 6AT6 AM Detector, AVC, Audio

6AQ5 Power Output 6X4 Power Rectifier

No. 44 Pilot Lights (2)

GENERAL

CAUTION: If realignment is necessary bo sure the proper test equipment is available, as listed below, before pro- ceeding with the alignment procedure

Duo to the high frequencies at which FM signals are re- ceived the service man must use great care when servicing these sets. Extreme caution must be used regarding the moving of component parts in the R.F. and oscillator circuits of the receiver as those circuits can be detuned in this manner.

If it becomes necessary to replace components such as resistors and condensers they must be replaced with parts of the same size, type, voltage rating and tolerance as celled for In the parts list.

When Instelllng new parts they should be placed in the same position as the original, and the leads should be cut to the same length.

VOLTAGE CHART

SERVICE NOTES

ALIGNMENT NOTES

PIN 1

PIN 2

PIN 3

PIN 4

PIN 5

PIN 6

PIN 7

PIN PIN « 9

6BE6 FM k AM OSC AM CONV

0 0 0 6 AC

155 125 0

12 AH FM RF AMP & CONV

170 0 1.5 0 0 155 0 1 6 AC

6BA6 lit IF AM R FM

0 0 0 6 AC

150 100 0

68A6 2nd IF

FM 0 0 0 6

AC 155 no 1

FM DETECTOR 0

4AT6 AM DETECTOR. —.5 AVC, AUDIO SAQ6 POWER OUTPUT 0

6x4 230 POWER RECTIFIER AC

235 230 235 AC

This receiver has been thoroughly Inspected and tested a' the factory, using the most modern test equipment available such as FM sweep generators and oscilloscopes. All R.F. anc I.F. circuits have been accurately adjusted at the factory and no attempt should be made to realign these circuit: unless H is absolutely necessary.

EQUIPMENT USED FOR ALIGNMENT

Vacuum tube voltmeter. AM Signal generator FM Sweep generator. Oscilloscope, Insulated screw driver.

Dummy antenna: .1 MFD condenser .00025 MFD mica condenser 150 ohm resistor (2)

Output meter.

All voltage readings are taken from tube pin to chassi

All measurements are made with no signal, using a 20,0C ohm per volt meter.

AC input voltage must be maintained at 117 volts f accurate readings.

AC voltages shown are at 1000 ohms per volt.

All voltages shown are approximate.

«AN0 CONDENSER SHOWN FULLY IN MESH

Band Switch on AM potition. Dial 1600 KC. No Signal. •s-CofipLtit TU Or STRING ON TUNING SHAFT

FIG. 4 DIAL CORD STRINGING

Page 82: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

E 23-2

MODEL 350-C

I II

3 i r

3 <

^ o

re if©

K

5<-S =r<-S illf *li -ss.

X S ,1°°

fc ^zZ Z ^sz UJ OO 2 u

Z U)

CD CN 2 *5^-2 -l-j

^iiij Is- ^ t- ^ ^ > 11 >

;: -«ii v

K ^ i '5 5- S

I

C-" oh-I I

ilitl

Hi 1

T 8 «

Oi

ill

Page 83: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 7

* S-H"

m

I ^

e n

o

I

seal

a N

gas Tprrp—'

Page 84: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

3-4 SPil

o ooouimooooo — ,-,-^^.*-cou>ococ> >000 oooooouiooq^o > co n o «toiO'o«oOc,<»n'ftWc,*«o —

? r | S 5 S _ ^ >o

i i J U |

« w. K O O M CO O ^

t IX 1 - rV ■ rj ; o ; Q = s ? ' i 3 « <

M x ^ J : 5 Si

o£ si? s-g as

11 g O ou -1 Z -1 n o

-o t o « c

S ll o 8 II §5. | a _ BE m n 4 =1 ^ 5 < »

0) "O m — <» -C a: c -= tJ -c y ** ^ -9 o ^ -c c ^.2 " . $

~ > | Z

c _c: o o o c a c C 113 -2 "S ^ a § ^ g t s o c d !5 U '= a, Z $ z CL-D

^ ^ C O U

t _s 5 .2 Z "O u 2 ■*" . CL— Z! -Q Q. /— 4— •— d) r\ c hj -q <9 fl) ® o S W o ■BJl ^ S ^ - r, t«-o5 f s > a 2 Jc "> "D 0> i ^ - > §

0) £ .> -7! «£ ? E o "5>5 a,

<0 o _Q ^ ^ IT} U

O CO Tt C^ CO CO OC OC OC

U) K CO O r-* M 4- ^ a) >."a _ != <D > co O ~ q."£ '5) ? 5 ^

"D = ® ! •• o S

11 s

(A 10 «n io »n uo ^ cs — 10 o ^ — T ■"

uo m o 00000000000

*0 — :

5 w < S x .0 c «j ^

-O E W § .1 .£ U O m

1 S ^ ^ ^ >- c o o _ 0 1 £ S + •= B i S. S _ h- Q S < o Jr u. — < S***l g ^ U ^ m w

m S - o" ^ u. •— •—' 1 ■~

I c 1 : ^ ■o L ^ gag 8 g w

" -O > I § O ® .y o u- ^ S

1 > ^ S O Q o "" o o ' O — * —

o ■- ! 2 i ,- " 2 o .52 o 5 "w J2 £ •« £ .2 » w .2 ® .£ « of 0) vo CC vi 0)

o£ a> _ u E e ^ J ^ E ■g I E o E J O X ^ X o * x ® o 0 ^ . CC X O CO o oc «- «- »o •-

! k k •/> ^00 o U "ft I ^ '1^ *Ci • At «n ^ S ^ ^ p E E E x x x o o o w. ^

« c ;

« § s E u 5 X — VI o o m - > «*

5 ^ ^

CO 5^

^ •— CO — <S CO — CO O U U U U

•02 n ^ cm m _

Kn^w) iocmcm <0 0» t*0* ^ 2 00 CM u u u — « CO O CO CO to TT ^ *3- 5S5S5

^ oT >0" rj" O O CS CO *}" ^ - m >0 <> o- o «- 2 "3 co > _■»,_- - ■ p-CMCOKCHCOC4fO^^ ^^"''SJSSlGSfc UUUUUUUUUUUU W U U U u U U BE 0£ BE BE OE DC

BE _ _ f* CM CO Ko« in ^ CM CO S© 2 CM •—

-SiiSSS06* 012 QE BE QE BE BE QE ^ ^

to ^W ^ > > ~ - ^O— »or»s U u QEQEBEBEflEQCDEQEBEBEaE

Page 85: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPIEGEL PAGE 7

MODELS 652.6P5 652. 6P2S OPERATION

This Aircastle 3-way portable radio is designed to operate on self-contained batteries or 110-120 volt, 60 cycle AC or DC current.

reception

Do not place near a hot radiator or stove. Give set reasonable care and it will add many happy hours to your listening pleasure -- at home or away.

TO OPERATE ON AC OR DC HOUSE CURRENT: Plug power cord into wall outlet in normal manner. Tbrn on-off volume control until click is heard - this turns on the power. Continue turning control about half way of range. Adjust tuning control to the station of your choice for best clarity of reception. Re-adjust volume to

Lred level.

NOTE: If slight hum is heard when operating with AC current, or if no signal is heard when operating on DC current, reverse power plug into power outlet.

TO OPERATE ON EWTTERY: Plug power cord into slot at back of chassis. Operation of set is then same as operating on house current. Caution; To get the most service from your battery, turn off set when not being used.

BATTERY PACK REPLACEJv'ENT

This set used type 90V-9V battery pack. When replacing, it is sug- gested that you observe how old battery is placed and connect new battery pack in same manner.

ALteNHENT DATA

Step Connect high side of Signal Generator to:

S I gna1 Genera tor ou tput

Dial Pointer SettIng

Adjust for Max I mum output

•1 IR5 pin #7 through 0.1 mfd condenser

1155 KC To high end of dial where signal is un- mmmm affected 2nd 1 F

Tran s forme r IL5>

•2 Couple to receiver loop with several turns of wl re.

1620 KC M1 n 1 mu m capacity

Osc i 11 a tor t ri mme r

•3 Same as above moo kc Tune to signa 1

RF T rans- fo rmer

(L2) Antenna section t rlmme r

Measure output with output meter across speaker voice coil.

b) Signal Generator output should be kept as low as convenient to give reading without overload and without AVC action.

Page 86: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

000 ©

) 0

LEGEND C I ANT VARIABLE CJ N.F VAWAfltf C3 09C. VARIABLE C« .2 MFD 200 V C0.009MFO 900V. CB .005 MFD 900 V. C7 .01 MFO 90OV CB .09MFD 200V C« .09MFD 200V ClO lOOMt* 280V Cll .008 MFO 200V CIS .09 MFO 200V. ca ioommf asov. CI4.0IMFD 8O0V 019 .002 MFO 200V C« 2O0MF0 28 V CI7 40 MFD ISO V CIS .09 MFD 400V

012 .2 MFD 800V CZO 4OMF0 ISOV C2I .002 MFO 900 V. 8F SIM mAKCR SF SOpCMUM mcrntR SI BATT-AJC. switch 92 CM"OFF 8W ON VC. LI ANT. LOOF L2 N.F COIL L9 O&C 001L L4 IF LB IF. Ml 470 N OHM 1/2 W 112 (200 OHM I/2W

SATTtR* fACK BVA tOVB EVEREAOT NO 796 OF EQOIV

HOW TO ORDER PARTS Always sptclfy tht following on your order blank

ITEM FOR WHICH PART MODEL PART DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRICE IS ORDERED NUMBER NUMBER

PARTS LIST

SYMBOL NO.

C1;C2,C3 C17,C20 Any conde Any 01 sea

Any res is R16 T 5P LI 12 13 U,L5 SI Sft

DESCRi PTION

52.6P2E ff

•Prices subject to change without notice

Page 87: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPIEGEL

MODEL 652.81

INSTALLATION

Your new Aircaatle AM-FM receiver is designed for use on AC 60 cycle or DC current of 105-120 rolt. I you are in doubc of the current supply in your locality, consult your power company.

When operating on DC current source, it is necessary to insert the power plug with the proper polarity If the set fails to function after an interval sufficient for the tubes to reach their operating tempera ture, reverse the power plug in the outlet.

If operating on AC current and a slight hum is heard, reverse the power plug in the outlet as this may b pick-up interference from your power source.

Do not use an external ground with this receiver. Do not place receiver near a hot stove or radiator a it might damage set.

ANTENNA This receiver has a high efficiency built-in AM antenna. For most locations and under normal receivin conditions, this antenna will be adequate to provide excellent results.

For FM reception, this set has a line antenna which will provide satisfactory reception in most locali- ties .

However, for best possible reception regardless of location from stations, an external FM antenna shoul be used. Any FM antenna with a 300 ohm line may be used and should be placed as high as possible to ovei come any obstruction that might impair reception. The two-lead-in wires of the antenna should be attache (one lead to each screw) to the terminal strip located on the cabinet back after detaching the small wir that was between the two screws on terminal block when set was shipped.

TO OPERATE To turn the receiver on, rotate on-off volume switch (outer-most knob) until it clicks. Continue ro tating knob to about half of its range allowing set to reach its operating temperature. Then turn sta tion selector knob to the desired station. It is always recommended that you tune the station with th< volume control set low as this enables you to get the exact point where the station comes with maximui volume and clarity - this is particularly true of FM reception.

To select the. AM or FM band, it is necessary to turn the inner-most knob located on the volume control ti the right for the AM band; to the left for FM band.

SERVICE NOTES When installing new parts they should be placed in the same position as the original, and the ImH. should be cut to the same length. Lack of sensitivity and poor tone quality may be due to any one or i combination of causes, such as weak or defective tubes or speaker, open or grounded resistors, or bypasi condensers. Never attempt to realign the set until all other possible sources of trouble have been first thoroughly investigated and definitely proved not to be the cause. It will be necessary to follow th< procedure outlined below and to use recommended equipment for satisfactory results.

Page 88: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 SPIEGEL ODEL 652. 8TF1

5110 KC

= AM

2nd AM 1st AM

" o

2nd FM Ratio Detec. 1st FM

o E o

FM Oscillator and rf coils directly below associated section of variable condenser.

AM ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Measure output across speaker voice coil with output meter

Dial Pointer Sett i og

Adjust for maximum output

Signal Generator sett i ng:

Connect high side of signal generator to:

At high end 2nd AM IF trans of dial where former

128E6, pin i7 through 0.1 mfd con- denser

455 KC

signal is un- affected 1st AM IF trans

former

am osci1lator t rimmer condenser

M i nimum capacity

Couple to receiver 1 oop antenna with several turns of

1620 KC

Adjust slug in 540 KC coil

540 KC Same as above capac i ty

Step #2 RECH tC K

AM antenna section trimmer condenser

Tune to signal

1400 KC Same as above

Page 89: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

FM ALIQNMENT PROCEDURE

EL MODEL 652.81

gonnect high Side of SlgnaT

Generator

signal Generator Sett ing

VTVM Connection Adjustment

Output in- dication

12AT7 pin *2 10.7MC 19T8 pin 2nd FM IF Adjust for through 0,i mfd tz Transformer maximum out- condenser T2 put indica-

tion on VTVM 1st FM IF Transformer

T1 Bottom siug only of ratio detector trans.

T3

I I I . ' . MaKe up network of two 6.8K resistors as shown on schematic and connect across points X-X as indicated. t III

Same as in step #i

High side to point "Z" on schematic. Low side to point labeled "Y",

Top slug only of ratio detector trans. T3

Adjust for zero reading on VTVM.

Remarks

Reduce signal generator output ; that no more than 2.o volts output measured on VTVM

Refer to tube layi chart and schemat for location of trimmers.

Remove resistor network of step 2 Tune Receiver

Connect sweep generator to FM antenna terminals of receiver with 150 ohm resistor in series with each lead.

87.6 MC 1 75KC deviat ion

UCO cpS.

108.UMC - 75KC « uOOcps

- 75KC • 400 cpS

105 MC - 75 KC • 400 CPS

Output meter across speaker voice coi1.

Expand or compress oscillator coi 1.

trimmer condenser

FM-RF trimmer condenser

Adjust until Maximum max. signal capac i ty is obtained (fully on output meshed) meter

Adjust for Minimum maximum capac i ty signal

ElijjH s i gnal

Adjust for Tune to maximum signal1

sIgnal

Page 90: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-1 SPIEGEL

I

n

mm

a

!!

bail

0

I

I'liji KJWD

o 5 * * -1 w Ul •» M

a ^JliU

a Aa>

o . . <n u. ii.

cvj ^ - o _ N . O _- lO ^ lO f*- — — —" ♦ o- -I _l -J -j -j -I -J H H

ggggpgsiggg

** 2322 5S®? 5!i°5i5iii|5 o^Oo^^o0^-.^© OJJCDCMC^cvjn^Q. •

— —io<M^

- 5 i * »

:gg§g

w * J J

gggg

p!s; ^ iC ■" O o "5 r. ® <7> <g O tM O) K) OJ

s X _ O 2 1 S p05 N-2°w v !2 « <g

- cm IO* ♦ ^ 22!St:*2wSJ<35(5® NS

> > 5© 2 58 8

W - c _J e = Sl « «O o 50 n

1 > >

? >>22 ^ •F>>->-^ioioop> o^<0002CVI<NJ<NJ § s:i§8S$„ s

OT ■». - -o „ E - " ^

E 6 T, 22 r E E O ~ t ^ E Jj E £ EEqDOQ OcviKjOroO-M-XM-CMSf

<M U) ip ^"-Scvj ^ ^ -'«f ^ ® TTf S =

8 ®? CM rTgCM^ffJ — fgKJfOrOrOM-* * "

Page 91: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

mm. nmwi:

HOW TO ORDERtPAETS

ALWAYS SPECIFY The following information on your repair part order blank.

Item for Which Part is Ordered

Desert ption Of Part And Quantity Price of Total

Finish Wanted Each Part Price

PARTS LIST

SYMBOL NO. PART NO.

Cl. -2, -3, -4 CV 24 C 39 CE-1008 C 41 CE—1009 C42, C43, C4U CE-101UC PC 50 PC 50 Any Condenser, Paper, Mica, Any Resistor (specify Value R 18 VC "0 SR SE 1001 SP SP 49

CC-8TF1 DL 71 M5 Dil

DESCRIPTION

Variable condenser Electrolytic, 4mfd, 25V Electrolytic, lOmfd, 25V Electrolytic, 40-u0~20mfd/150v Filpac

Ceramic (specify value) Desi red) Volume Control/w Switch Selenium Rectifier Speaker W/Transformer AM Loop Antenna AM Oscillator Coil RF Coil, FM FM Oscillator Coi1 IF Transformer (fm) n n n

IF Transformer (am) Ratio Detector Transformer Cabinet (Mahogany) Specify

for Model 652.8TF1M Grille Cloth

' Dial Scale Decorative Panel Strip Knobs (Specify - Band Switch, Volume or Tuning) 6BJ6 12AT7

$ 3.00 .60 .60

prices subject to change without notice.

Page 92: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODELS 610. CL152B, 610, CL152M

00 0 c • H V e -3 M " fH 3 a u

-3 >• s ua a

-C E a 4-1 «- JS ac be o R a. V V -R AJ

•H t- 4-> o a > a -o SH 4) 4J u a 3 u O O >-• f-H

A> w J3 4) 0 <—< C

i O w At V} a z u o a HH LH H C -a CC o u o CU o u V V -e -R *J Ml <4H c o

•H c 4) R -3 s •H *J a ^-3

-O c a RH -R LH O *->

RH 0 4« •H —H

"3 a D u -c V

JZ At a At ja 3 o

R C/3 j<

4J . <l) O MH « _C 4J 4) -o

-H C O « <y -H 4) -o - -Ha

O O ♦J 41 ^ 4>

O £ V £ C ~ ^ ^ C

-H j= Z (8^0 E ^ HH

W c be " ^ .5 « I c j; B 0, 4J W

«' « 4_) 'H

* c - CC c

^ ^ ul

•2" - § J« -5

^ c _fl ^ o ^ 0 - 41 E

J2 >- 0 ^ f z J= « w

xj «- a—« S £ = 3 El S ^ 2 0 ■*" V jC >< *» ^ « *J M 4)

^ W 3 -« O o 3 o a • n •-} JB »

e t-H ^ = 2 | O UJ E >, 0, -H

O ^ g -o h 4> V a M M

•—I -<-» « 4J

?< 4) C

"Si

w . o ^

CO -H ^ T3 a o

« -H -e -H ^ > . o o"3

a -H jj "2 0

JS • 4) O ^ ^

. « • ^ ^ «

!|. CC s-.: ^g-g -j =• W < iJ w J «

o o

o o

o o

o o

o o

o o

<J o o

U o (,' w «. _Q ^ "" 4) 3

, 4, -c 0 '.Z *J >-

a ^

i'c ^ " o ^ ^ — "t fc. -C I- » 4) bo

. L ^ '-H CO « —< -H ac a, c s . — 0 O XI

H c ua ^

i o *J c a .

H O 3 u C o W a

*) AJ a "H

M -o o c a. *j a a U Z .

•- 3 - *» g

ja £ o *J « R »

•bC O CC 2 Sao O o .H ytl a -o J LH « U L> W -*

u 4) Z O -<• o -< ^ hH O H u

^ ® CC -C w *-> CL "

c «J ' 0

•u -o ?: c <n >

o ^ * 5 H S a 06

■-' *J o t/i 41 --l

» -O *J O 4) <4H -j a a J a —i M „ >, t. 1> 2r« Ai G *> O 'H

4> O 4. R 4-> •H O -3 ^ -O -o *J c « j: J< a ^ S •h -j 3 " 9 PC

« H a Z

^ O o ua o O ^ UJ

^ =0° 9 -^ > 4) ^

4>

^j| R 0 •H > 4, G JS U 4) -U 3 J= £_■ *> ttt

R OT •r4 4) c a 3 a OJ V R ■3 « 4J >-

Page 93: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

models etoTcUTSl 610.CL152M

^ h >- « c c

Js

.23 3

2 ^ C Oh <4H > o (0

to to <U -H . o C O • to -h a>

•h -o E eC O G. ^ -C

I *-> (-< M S « o o :h 4J W *»H « fci -rt V d) 4J

>.5 g t 5 I « o a.

• • • •

isl C-J Oj CN o Co _, <—i <-H »—> «n fo £ » » » i » r- »—< I-H i—i <—t I-H

>• OVH <-> e —< o 9,,

o m in cs to \£1 ^ 41 i—i o w O 4J >s 4-> o m CO OQ CO r=?25 in I .

4) O i-i "O JJ H « S 'p e- -< • ® >s 3 a O -2 « .it-

•£ 2 fl V « O V ffl. ^ CJ i G- « 5 X. jg « < o " £ w 2 « *•• «f

-d T: ^ s O > « ^ > » «

CO *:i • -H S ®1® p—4 MM. < - -p

5

- o'^ * c .2 ® a..2l s u ■O U 2 UJ w ^ J to 4) (/] »- J5 CO a <4-i f—. -H

■H "P CC _ U3

: 2 ^ O

5^

GH P G o ° r.l J-> >-

n -* * o « (0 £ * CC C W CO o C. ..j

?ll 4> I « i

d * ° 2 o 0

H M « O -C

to J: jj to c ■H <0 s »

co " 0 CL ^ 1! i - ^ -P 3 U

O O 0) fl

(0 >• iJ - s«

4) " ■ H -c 41 41 41 J=

IH J= a u <4-1 *-> D. O

CO

c w c rn

l-l IH to 3 M

3 H 3 O •H H

41 >- 4J 41 ■ to r—1 41 « CM to G< K o ■ H 3

1 X)

.51 V I a j* S 3 ^ O J= a w

^ VJ « S3 . .H CC o h t-l c s <.2 -2 » »«

Jt 41 • O 41 W O <M o ^ 41

w y « H to «- CJ CO 1>

3 -c ••* = " S < « S

— - *j

^ t- ■< -a . ® o

S-< J3 t-i U jj c/3

•- -H *J in v <

« 4, •f 44 ^ ^ d " _ o o JS 4) ^ I ► cn « h •-< 41 V m~' jj ffl C T?

•H .2 C o ^ 3 a - S

S * p.

g -O ^ Cd 4) N "< q H —: U 3 < 3 ja 41 E

-d « h , t -Q as

tu V ' to 2 O U <r -H 41

-O JC CO « 10 -<C CC E

_c -O O re 4J 4-> 4J 4J 3 41 CO 3 03 41 O

3 4-1 •O -3

•H 4-> T3 41 a on

< 41 41 C

X to 3 4-1 re • H a • 41 CM • H > »—i -H 4J a 3 o 3 a O c 0 « >--*

Page 94: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-14 SPIEGEL

MODELS 610. CL152B, 610. CL152M

m , w O -Q

S O « '♦H "C •H W ^

A) C y « d iii « *rt

05 O- C « E f. y o . t ' 05 «s

"S 0-0 CD ij y

>->.>' c t, « « « -c •

TO ^ « m o. u y E y c *> v y

^ =" S3

S gA > U ^ y y W Z ^ y

*j JS •H *J

O C "D •—i y y —( 6 4J o c y ac --i

•h a >>~2 E u ■< o 1 TO = U M CO c y c y 0 -H y y ^3 ja c « y w CO -C TO

•H -C y

•y -c -y c y c v y S (h E cvc 6C -o 60 •H c -H

—' 3 —< ■ TO TO 1 vO • y y ki y h

60 m « y ■ HH Q. _C

y c

. y u y y c w y y c ^ a o <

-y 3 • a k y i y u y <» 9 i- c T3

• h y jC O y y O

•H ^ U > y CX.

H si s

.2 >-• S M 111

■ S •« H m Z

■ S •fTO M ■ z

■ s M m z

58 ^ ||: fs| i2

ro •J

w i 09 0.

f2 es y

CM b b

«5 ^

lb ^ £ U3 ^ gl § CjO -H

-c •w t. C5 ■o UJ CO es

•»< u a vy U3 cq e>i

» . > H 0 ■ v j v 8 2 • 4> » c

;?-sl ^ 8 Sli?

J e 2 n x e z ■—1

11.

si ^ C3 E.

0 SB 1/3 ■*

u 0 0

■w

O aw i y -r* •—* • a a ►. >. ». ■ u ■at- —IO -ho — o « a « QH — e — e —■»> etba " U a a. a a. a a. a ■•* «i co b.e u.e u. « H <• M

y <6 3-5 1

y"«y u -e o y w (H > o, y y

>■ <H yOU

E to y y

M 01 y -h TO 0 W y H « CX TO y js u u

IB

e l. y ft, n y l. y • v- y

JS >» y u to y . • -O 6^ • ■HO • en « O • x. - c CX en

y

—i

1 ' « 5 »» e 5 'H d O TO 60

. TO -H U 60 TO wH O , -G « ** m W too y ti y y a y c >• y G c o O. y O -Q y 60 O « CC

Page 95: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

EL PA

m

m

Q lt«T« teBAS I? ICS 90C5

L-

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

2 s«ct100

K ohm ■ 20 2 10

megohm 1 meqohm

2? 50

0 K ohm 0 K ohm

150 K ohm 27 ohm i « 1.5 K ohm 3 m«gohm

Page 96: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL

HOW TO INSTALL THE RECEIVER

Your now Radio is a»«v«ntube \plus roctifier) tuporKetro- received. It may be necessary to use an external dipole an- dyne FM-AM radio receiver designed for use on 105.125 tenna. Remember too. FM reception Is limited as to distance volts 60 cycle AC only. end when used outside the primary service area of the trans-

.. . ■ j a k j i j , » mitter, an outside antenna is very necessary. It covers the standard AM broadcast frequency range. ' '

540-1600 kilocycles IKCL and the FM frequency range from ...... , , , . i , The type of dipole to be used depends on the signal

88 to 108 megacycles (MC). al i a • xl a i u strength of the station in that particular area, as wall as

This receiver is shipped from the factory complete with conditions of reception as outlined above. There are three 2 built-in loop antennae for standard AM broadcast recep- fypQS 0f FM dipole available; the single dipole, the folded Hon. and FM stations. These antennas will be satisfactory for dipole and the non directional dipole. The single dipole is good reception under normal conditions. Terminals are pro- bi-directional and will receive stations located within a range

vided at the back of the radio for connecting external AM 0f |o to 15 miles in front or in back of the antenna. The and FM antennas, wherever this is found to be desirable as non-directiona! dipole may be used, as the name implies, explained below. when the stations to be received are located in several dif-

When the receiver is to be used under difficult conditions, ferent directions within a 10 to 15 mile range. The folded such as in buildings constructed mainly of steel, or those dipole with reflector gives maximum efficiency in any one with steel lath, or, when large buildings, mountains or other direction and In many instances will double the distance over

objects are between the receiver and the station to be which satisfactory reception can be had.

SPECIFICATIONS

Power Supply 105-125 volts 60 cycle AC only. The tubes used ere as follows: Power Consumption 65 Watts. 12AT7 FM RF Amplifier, Converter Frequency Range FM 88 to 108 MC. 6BE6 FM Ose, Am Ose, Converter Frequency Range AM 540 to 1600 KC. 6BA6 F^-AM, 1st I.F. Amplifier . _ _ ... loe xar 6BA6 FM, 2nd I.F. Amplifier I.F. Frequency FM 10.7 MC. r. .

' 6AL5 FM Detector I F- Frequency AM -* -455 KC. 6AT6 ^ Detector Avcf Audio Band width, FM, Ratio Detector 330 KC. 6AQ5 Power Output Band width, FM, 1st I.F 280 KC. 6X4 Power Rectifier

SERVICE NOTES

ALIGNMENT NOTES

GENERAL This receiver has been thoroughly inspected and tested at

CAUTION: If realignment is necessary be sure the proper the factory, using the most modern test equipment available, test equipment is available, as listed below, before pro- such af FM SW**P generators and oscilloscopes. All R.F. and

.. ... . j I F. circuits have been accurately adjusted at the factory ceedmg with the alignment procedure as given . ^ . . ,. . » . .. .. . „ ' and no attempt should be made to realign these circuits

Due to the high frequencies at which FM signals are re- unless it U absolutely necessary, ceived the service man must use great care when servicing thes sets. Extreme caution must bo used regarding the

moving of component port, in th. R.F. end o,cill,fo, circuit, EQUIPMENT USED FOR ALIGNMENT of the receiver as those circuits can bo detuned in this manner.

If it becomes necessary to replace components such as resistors and condensers they must be replaced with parts of the same size, type, voltage rating and tolerance as called for in the parts list.

When installing new parts thay should bo placed in the same position as the original, and the leads should be cut

to the same length.

Vacuum tube voltmeter. AM Signal generator

FM Sweep generator. Oscilloscope. Insulated screw driver.

Dummy antenna: .1 MFD condenser .00025 MFD mica condenser 150 ohm resistor (2)

Output meter.

Page 97: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

E 23

■ • < -o i

< 5 ■ m

Ki'l

m

iS if

m

o

1 Is

-S */> oc Z

-<29 O -o

{it 11 5-s 5 -5 • R

III mm • f • i l-S ' c -C X £ •

H h I - o. ^

z£ u 0UI 2

<• S >

X u iS

x iii

I

.2 • £ 5 U ■■= 5 -i =

8 lA i IJ M

Page 98: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

AGE 23-18 SPIEGEL

F ^ si

J"E « ■*" ID _□ C ® t» '•?

c j: o

ill

o-§ S

ID * a £ t <u o ^ -B* a

, 0) o C -C > p ■*-

0) ro TJ £ 5 "D ^ z c

[z ID ID f- a £

* ? < a.

O - ^ < E

I—■ ^ -J O " > z _

6-3

AC

ut ri

-0.3

O - ♦ 1 o s

107 oo m s

u> o o

m m o ' ?

CO 1/1 Ol o in

9

6.3

AC

o O o o o

o N 6.3

AC

6.3 AC 6,3

A

C m (J •« <

o O o o ■o o O

u> 0^' o rs 9 o o o

«o UJ m -o

>

(SI SO < eg < eg

u> —i <

5 f) > ? IO > -o >

Q. S , S-O

£

Page 99: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

i £ T mi

mm

Page 100: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-20 SPIEGEL

MODEL 472. 400

CAPACITORS

Reference No. Part No. Description

C1.C2. C3.C4 A-l20i-6 Tuning Gang CIA Trimmer on loop C2A Trimmer on gang C3A Trimmer on gang C5 CWZ02503M .05 mfd-200V paper C6 CCG05022D 2.2 mmf + .5 mmf GP ceramic C7 CCC05330K 33 mmf it'Oy® NPO ceramic C8 CVP070ST MO mmf Trimmer C9 CCG050I5D 1.5 mmf :+:-5 mmf GP ceramic CIO CCC05I50K 15 mmf ±'0% NPO ceramic CM CCS05I0IM 100 mmf ±20% GP ceramic C12 CC©05l02y 1000 mmf GP ceramic CI3 CCG05l02y 1000 mmf GP ceramic CI4 CCS05I0IM 100 mmf ±20% GP ceramic CI5 CCG05l02y 1000 mmf GP ceramic CI6 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic CI7 COZ05l03y 10.000 mmf GMV ceramic CIS Part of Tl CI9 Part of Tl C20 Part of T2 C2I Part of T2 C22 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C23 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C24 cozosioay 10 000»mmf GMV ceramic C25 ) C26 )

Part of T3

C27 ) C28 ( Part of T4

C29 — Part of T4 C30 CCG05IQI M 100 mmf ±20% GP ceramic C3I CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C32 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C33 cozosiosy 10,000 mmf GMV ceramic C34 / C35 t

Part of T5

C36 CMA05I52M 1500 mmf ±20% mica or ceramic C37 CMA0533IM 330 mmf ±20% mica or ceramic C38 CMA0533IM' 330 mmf ±20% mica or ceramic C39 CES040S 4 mfd-50 volt electrolytic C40 CWZ02I03M .01 mfd-200V paper C4I CWZ02I03M .01 mfd-200V paper C42 CWZ06502M .005 mfd-600V paper C43 CFQ433C35 10 mfd @25V lytic * C44 C WZ06502 M .005 mfd-&00V paper C45 CFQ433C35 30 mfd-300V lytic • C46 CFQ433C35 30 mfd-300V lytic * C47 CFQ433C35 40 mfd-350V lytic * C48 CCG05l02y 1000 mmf GP ceramic C49 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C50 CDZ05502y 5000 mmf GMV ceramic C5I CDZ05l03y 10,000 mmf GMV ceramic C52 - CCG0SI02y i an/\ X :» «wv Mimr vi C53 CCG05I0IM 100 mmf ±20% ceramic *C43, C45, C4A, C47 arc quadruple section electrolytic.

RESISTORS Rl Part of L2 R2 RCC273K 27K ±10% "/2W R3 RCC472M 4700 ±20% "/2W R4 RCC56I M 560 ±20% I/2W

& .Tohn 7?.

Page 101: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPIEGEL PAGE t

MODEL 472.1

RESISTORS—Continued

Reference No. Part" No. Deicrlption R5 Part of L5 R6 RCC22IM 220 ±20% l/2W R7 RCC222M 2200 ±20% "/2W R8 RCCII3K ISK ±10% »/2W R9 RCC820K 82 ±10% 1/2W RIO RCCI04M I00K ±20% l/jW Rll RCCI03M I0K ±20% "AW RI2 RCCI83K I8K ±10% l/2W RI3 RCC820K 82 ±10% l/7W RI4 RCCI03M I0K ±20% "/2W RI5 RCCI02M 1000 ±20% '/2W RI6 RCCIOIM 100 ±20% l/2W RI7 RCC473M 47K ±20% "/2W RI8 RCC332K 3300 ±10% "/2W RI9 RCCI22K 1200 ±10% l/2W R20 RCCI83K ISK ±10% "AW R2I RCCI83K ISK ±10% "/jW R22 RCCI04M 100K ±20% '/2W R2I RCCI02M 1000 ±20% '/2W R24 RCC335M 3.3M ±20% l/2W R2S RCC473M 47K ±20% '/jW R28 RCC474M 470K ±20% l/jW R27 RCC225M 2.2M ±20% "/2W R28 RCC224M 220K ±20% l/jW R29 RVC400S I.0M volume control with switch R30 RCC475M 4.7M ±20% l/2W R3I RCC473M 47K ±20% 1/2W R32 RCF27IM 270 ±20% l/2W R33 RWJI02K 1000 ±10% 5W R34 RCFIOIM 100 ±20% IW R35 RCC225M 2.2M ±20% l/2W R3& RCC474M 470K ±20% l/2W R37 RCC474M 470K ±20% '/jW PC80 A-I37fc-6F Centralab PC80 couplate K—1000 OHMS M=>,000,000 OHMS

COILS LI A-1473-10 Loop Antenna (Includes CIA) L2 A-1499-10 AM grid choke (includes Rl) L3 A-1497-10 FM oscillator coil L4 A-1498-10 AM oscillator coll L5 A-1474-10 FM cathode choke (includes R5) L6 A-1495-10 FM-RF plate choke L7 A-1496-10 FM-RF coil L8 A-1494-10 RF filament choke L9 A-1494-10 RF filament choke LIO A-1481-10 IF filament choke

TRANSFORMERS Tl A-1488-10 10.7 MC input IF T2 A-1490->0 455 KC input IF 13 A-1489-10 10.7 MC interstage IF T4 A-1491-10 465 KC output IF 75 A-1487-10 10.7 MC ratio detector T6 A-1654-13 Audio output Transformer T7 A-1655-13 Power Transformer

SWITCHES Sf A-2002-17 Function switch S2 A-2003-17 Tone switch S3 Part of R29

Page 102: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

652.5985

INSTALLATION

Your Aircastle radio-phonograph needs no special outside aerial. You may locate it anywhere it is convenient to an outlet. Do not place it near a radiator or heater for the extreme heat may damage the cabinet.

Your radio-phonograph operates on 105- 120 volts.'bO cycles, AC only. Do not connect to a supply other than specified or the Guarantee is invalid. If you are not sure of the power supply, your local utility company will supply the information.

THE RADIO

All the controls for your radio are conveniently located at the front of the cabinet. At the extreme left is the radio- phonograph control knob. When it is set at the first position, the radio will play; the second position turns the phonograph on and automatically starts the turntable. The middle knob is the on-off volume con- trol. At the right is the tone control knob which may be adjusted from treble to bass tones. The station selector is above t he radio dial.

HOW TO OPERATE THE RECORD CHANGER

Turntable

Your Aircastle phonograph is equipped with a Tri-O-Matic record changer and an all- groove, all-speed needle. This means that you can play any sire record, any speed record. Record Support You may also play any assort- Arm mentof 10- and 12-inch records of the same speed. Your Tri-O- Matic changer automatically selects the right "set-down" position for 7-10- or 12-inch r ec ords . Loosen the two mounting bolts until the changer floats free Turntabl on mounting springs. LOADING: First lift the record A support arm off the spindle and swing toward the .back. Place the records (up to ten 12-inch or twelve 10- and 7- inch records) on the spindle and lower to the off-set shelf. Holding the records level, return the record support to spindle. AUTOMATIC OPERATION: Now set the MOTOR SPEED CONTROL to proper speed for the re- cords to be played (33-1/J, 45 or 70 HPM). As long as you. play the same speed record, you can mix 10- and 12-inch records. The 10 and 12-inch index levers will auto- matically determine the "set-down" posi-

Spindle 12" Trigger

10"Index button

Pickup Arm

Pickup Arm Rest

Motor Speed Control

Changer Control

tion. All you have to do is set the motor speed control. With the records on the spindle, the motor speed* control set, turn the changer control knob to REJ (reject) and release. The Tri-

changer wi. a utoma tic a all the records on the spindle. After the last record has been played, the changer automatically shuts off, pick-up arm re- turns to rest, and the turntable stops.

Page 103: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

EG) MODELS 652. 59 652.5985

REPEATING AND REJECTING MANUAL OPERATION

If you wish to repeat any particular re- cord, place it on the turntable (not the off-set shelf). Do not awing record sup- port over the spindle. Turn the CHANGER CONTROL to REJ and release. The 7- or 10- inch record will automatically repeat until the CHANGER CONTROL is turned to OFF.

Records may be rejected (that is, re- moving the pick-up arm from the record) at any time by simply turning the CHANGER CONTROL to REJ.

To turn off the phonograph, turn the CHANGER CONTROL to OFF. However, never turn off the phonograph while it is in the changing cycle. Do not attempt to force the pick-up arm back to the arm rest.

Before you place any records on tl turntable, place the record support arm t the spindle and turn CHANGER CONTROL t REJ. Allow the changer to automatical] shut off. Then lift the record suppoi arm and swing to the back, away from tl turntable. Place your record (again y< can play any size, any speed) on the tun table and set the CHANGER CONTROL to OP Be careful not to turn past the ON posi- tion. With the turntable spinning, pla< the pick-up arm on the record on the leat In groove of the record. When you wish t resume automatic operation, set th CHANGER CONTROL to REJ. Then, as outline above, load records on the spindle.

SCHEMATIC

B 8

fx n

m SOCS I28K r?BAC I2AT6

loop Ant. 0»C. Co It l«t l-F. 2nd t.F.

C1 Ant. V«rl«bl

AC Switch on V.C. Radio-Phono Switch

Phono Motor

SP Jin. Spaakwr

C2 Ant. Tr irwaar C3 0«C. Varlabla

Osc. Triannr CJ 200 HMF. Mica 06 200 MHF. Mica C7 .01 MF0. 100 V. C8 .002 MF0. 100 V. 09 .01 MF0. 600 V. CIO .1 MF0. 100 V. cn . ojmfo ioov. C12 HOHFI) 150V. Elactrolytlc C13 10 MFD. 150 V. C11 20 MF0. IJO V. C13 .01 MFD, 100 V. CH .01 MF0. 100 V. C17 200 MMF0.

91 22K OHM 1/2 *. 92 220 OHM 1/2 W. 93 10 MEG. OHM 1/2 W. 91 220K OHM 1/2 *. RJ JOOK 0. Tons Control 96 IJO OHM 1/2 W. 97 1 Mag. Vol. Con. V/SW 98 2.2 Msg. 1/2 ». 99 1.0 Msg. 1/2 *. 911 2200 OHM 1 W, 912 330 OHM 1 W. Hi3 18 OHM 1/2 W.

IZBAS

v y

Page 104: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

52.5985

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Recei ver 01 d 1 Sett ing

S i gn a 1 Tien era tor r reguency

Dummy An tenn a

S i gn a 1 Gen era to r Connec t i on s

Ou tput Indi cator

T r i mm e r Adjust- men I

T r i mmer Fun c t i on Remarks

Mini mum capdCIty

455 KC 400 cycle AH

. 1MF0 High side-grid converter tube 12BE6 Low side-chassis

Output Meter across voice coi 1

LJ 4 L4 I.F. Adjust for max!mum output

| 1600 KC 4 00 cycle AM

II 11 11 C-4 0SC Osci11ator

1^00 KC 1400 KC 400 cycle AM

.00025 MFD

High side-one ant. terminal Low side-Other ant. terminal ir C-2

An t. Loop An tenna II

HOW TO ORDER PARTS

The following information is needed to properly handle your repair part order. ALWAYS SPECIFY on your order blank -

.Lhf^h^p^Model No^ Part Description Quantity 'Price of Total Shipping 7s Ordered No* (When No. Of Part Wanted Each Part Price Weight

5e ri a

G i ven)

RADIO- PHONOGRAPH

PARTS LIST

FOR MODELS 652. 597S and 652. 598S

ILLUSTRATION NUMBER

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF PART PRICE

EACH

C1-C2-C3-CU CV-20 var. Cond. Two gang Tuning $ 1.70 C5-C6-C17 CM-221 Mica Cond. 200 mmfd .20 C7-C15-C16 CP-103-4 Tubular Cond. .01 mfd - 400V -20 C8 C P-202-4 Tubular Cond. .002 mfd - 400V .20 C9 CP-103-6 Tubular Cond. .01 mfd - 600V .20 C10 C P—104—U Tubular cond. .i mfd - 400V .20 Cll CP-503-4 Tubular Cond. .05 mfd - 400V .20 C12-C13-C1« CE-1000 Elect. Cond. 40 x 40 x 20 mfd/150V 1. 20 Rl RC-223-1 Carbon Res. 22K ohm 1/2W 20« . 20 R2 RC-221-1 Carbon Res. 220 ohm 1/2W 201 .20 R3 RC-106-1 Carbon Res. 10 meg ohm 1/2W 20t .20 R4 RC-224-1 Carbon Res. 220K ohm i/2W 201 .20 R5 VC-19 Tone Cont 500K ohm .80 R6 RC-151-1 Carbon Res. 150 ohm 1/2W 20* -20

! R7 VC-18 Vol. Cont W/S 1 meg ohm .80 R8 RC-225-1 Carbon Res. 2.2 meg ohm 1/2W 20* : .20 R9 RC-105-1 'Carbon Res, 1.0 meg ohm 1/2W 20* .20 Rll RC-222-4 Carbon Res. 2200 ohm iw 20* . 20 R12 RC~331-4 Carbon Res. 330 ohm iw 20* .20 R13 ' RC-180-1 Carbon Res. 18 ohm 1/2W 20* .20 LI LP-510 Loop Ant . 1.00 L2 LC-10 Osc. Coil 1. 00 L3 1 FT 50 1st I.F. 1.60 L« 1 FT 50 2nd I.F. 1.60 S2 SW12 Switch, Radio 4 Phono .60 CR DCC Astatic LT5-4G Crystal r-71 .. 1 1 ssat*

6.00 1 > nr) u DO

Ml VM-950-26 r 1 V-IC 1 IbV/ll^ 1 U VI V^UIVUICMb VM Changer 50.'66

SP SP-100 5" Speaker W/output XFMR 5.00 Tube 12BE6 1.80 Tube 12BA6 1.80 Tube i2AT6 1.50 Tube 50C5 2. 00

i Tube 35W4 1.25

ALL ORDERS ARE SUBJECT TO PRICES AT TIME OF SHIPMENT

Page 105: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

r

STEWART-WARNER PAGE 2

MODELS 9160-A, -] -C, -D, -E

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

DUMMY ANT. IN SCRIES

WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

NONE Connect directly to cou pling turn at described in step 2 above.

455 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling torn as described in stop 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

1. During the olignmenr of this receiver, the Tuning ond Pointer knob will hove to be »et to a specific frequency. Since the dial scale is an integral port of the cabinet, the receiver chassis must be in the cabinet for correct positioning of the gang condenser and pointer. Before removing chassis from cabinet it will first be necessary to take off Volume Control knob, to pry off the two retaining clips at top of cabinet bock and to remove the two chassis mounting screws which are accessible through slot openings at each side of cabinet bock. (NOTE: Do not disturb the two externally mounted screws at bottom of cabinet back; these screws serve to mount loop and back to chassis frame.) Then turn the Toning and Pointer knob to the desired position for alignment ond, taking care not to change this setting.

poll Tuning and Pointer knob from gang condenser shaft. N chassis can be withdrawn from cabinet without disturbing posit of condenser.

2. Couple the signal generator to the receiver by connecting its out to several turns of wire formed in a circular shape so that It n be placed adjacent and parallel to the receiver loop antenna.

3. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil or from plate of the 50C5 tube to chassis through a O.J Mfd. conderv

4. Set volume control at maximum volume position and use a weak ! nal from the signal generator.

Any point where it does not affect the signal.

Tune to 1500 KC generator signal

TRIMMER TRIMMER AND SLUG AND SLUG

jM.Min ■ i ■ DESCRIPTION

1-2 2nd I F.

3-4 lit I.F.

K Broadcait 3 Otcillotor

A Broadcast O Antenna

Adjust for maximum outp

St-UOS ® AND ® ACCES- SIBLE FROM BOTTOM OF TRANSFORMERS.

TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

ANT. 1500 KC.

OSC. 1500 KC.

SOCKET VOLTAGES 1. All measurements made with a voltmeter having a sensitivity of 20,000 ohms per volt except

where indicated by (*). The (*) symbol designates a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement. 2. Dial tuned to maximum counter-clockwise position.

HW4 NECiiFitR (15

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

ALL VOLTMES MEMIIEIIETVEEH SOCKET TEIMIMLS Ml CKASStS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

117 VOLT M CYCLE A.C. PONEI SIPPLT ISEI

FOR THESE MEASIREMEHTS.

12AT6 0

Ztt IET.— A.I.C.—A.F. *-o.5

MCS / OITPIT Jh}/ A

"2

95 O REAR OF CHASSIS

12BAS I.F.

95 95

12BE6 MIXES—OSC.

w-0.3

L<3 95 SuXSl/Sf'Orc A

NOTE A; Grounding of center stud on lube socket is necessary to reduce capacity coupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if this ground is omitted.

(ft T —

Page 106: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 STEWART-WARNER

MODELS 9160-A, 9160 9160-C, 9160-D, 9160-E

» Z*\ "J

i ' 1 I 11 flt J

i i mm* ] i 4 -ygr. | 1: I

»TO IK K K O 3? - —«

I8§9??2222SSS5

r i i ^ i ; ^ i if i ; o ; • H» •

>• j c 0 5 • * > : c : : 2 : : ^ i

l| O 25

< «

: : if 5 « O Q

!«: i

JU "■0 ^

•I M8-? i it 2 : • • =1

*- ■ : "2 O s a '

J ji

tn r = s • i s 15556. n^T •" "D U s i SS"

in!i ■<

s u 0 — .5 3 5 Ji- - 2 2 O 2®- 1 ;li

22

iiiliu O- S o. o. ^ S g

|1|J||i s 5 « * 1 I w iiiiilf

I1II.P! -D ie in Ji a a. L

: . d o o o2

a o i i i i * **■ - i 5 s i E .? .C tee ^ 9 o '5 o '5 o « a. a. a. a. >

7 A • ■ S«§3 5; ^ ^ ■5 "• "i "5 ■ • "5 "D "D pll 5 o 5 s ■ s « E E E g > > > >

l a o o o o c c c c ' U * * u o o o o t c c c * * * u

5 -- A !:S ! • °xll 5 £5 o 5 J fn .= 0 D 89 -E E

- ii° | s ^

< oo U §§95!

*n • i- ! — 2<o -J 0o2l 22 8 S k. in

«: *= < " a

I < ^ U IM ivoocoeOcoqOkocp

8 8 8 SI

MSS\

D — — S 8 8 g N ^ ^

2 s ss5 Q S B«fe rSCK^K ' CV--4 : ^ c 'c . ' « 5 M 5 « e « 5 5 ,

»EoiEw£i|oii 1 2J ZS S^S-Sji I v a. S a 5"S 5 ' lY'VsYS-fs i ;i5iSiotsi V • « u ■ •

CO c.o ? o C o ? ® n 8-0 • ^ = ? 000oO0000 o u O o o i

I I !?■§ i J i g D I I \ i} ij J^k * o 51 ,.

J - 0J| . i i^fl

I ® ! o I i 11

IS"- il"fJ

[^1° 1 c X ? a ^ rs O »— c* ^ ;s iJJJil . I o n n E □ ;| in-I • £ o o o £ 5 .-? .? s S I .=

■iJIJ 3 S 2 5 .rr5T — ^ O i

a^J -a ? n S n 8 r r r

•"§ .9 .= .? • o > •» » ! • ® •

-- ~ V W n _ • » w Q- fsl5

<" OoS *" C--I fBf§ . <lo 2£^,E Sgz • J.§"3 2 0

— 0.^0'° •© 5 k as n n ■o •- o. « g g rt cxoln g SiilS I | 222 fc mtfimio'P "i «> lontf) in

<0-0

Page 107: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

lomis mm-i 9164-1

FREQUENCY RANGE:

540 Kc. to 1600 Kc.

TUNING METHOD;

2 section ganged condenser; solid mounting.

TUNING INDICATOR:

"GLOW LITE" illuminates tuned fre- quency thru translucent dial.

I.F. FREQUENCY:

POWER SUPPLY:

117 volts A.C

r :y *sc?el 9164-A-Black

Model 9164-B—Grey and Yellow

SPECIFICATIONS

SPEAKER:

4 inch PM Dynamic Voice coil impedance—3.2 ohms

POWER OUTPUT:

Undistorted—.7 watt Maximum—1.1 watt

ANTENNA:

High impedance loop

WEIGHT: (Packed)

CLOCK OPERATION CLOCK

SET

RADIO CONTROL SWITCH

DIMENSIONS: Length—11%" Height—6%" Depth—5V

CLOCK DIAL:

Easy to read Block and Gold numen and gold hands.

CLOCK SET:

Conveniently accessible at front of clod

ALARM:

Turns radio on at a pre-»et time.

ALARM DIAL

ALARM POINTER

ALARM SET

The flock in this combinslion receiver is self-starting and therefore when the receiver plug is inserted into the wall outlet the clock will automali- celly itari. Should there be a temporary stoppage of current, due to a power failure or other causes, the clock will automatically be turned on again after power has been restored. Reselling of the clock hands will then be required to make-up for the time the power was off. SCTTtNO TMI CLOCK HANDS; To set the clock hands to the correct time merely use the Clock Ser knob and rotate hands until they indicate the correct time.

Part S20334 Jan. 25, 1952

SETTING CLOCK AND RECEIVER FOR AUTOMATIC OPERATION: Tune the radio to the desired station and set the volume to the proper level. Turn Radio Conrrol Switch to the "AUTO" position. To set the Starting Time, rotate Alarm Set knob only in the direction indi- cated by the "ALARM" arrow until the Alarm Pointer on the hour hand indicates the desired time on the Alarm Dial. Radio will aolomalically be turned on at this pre-set time and will tunlinue to play until receiver is turned of manually. Clock can not be again set for automatic operation until Radio Control Switch has been turned manually to the "Off" position.

Page 108: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

i-4 STEWART-WARNER

MODELS 9164-A, 9164-B

REMOVING AND REPLACING CLOCK KNOBS AND CRYSTAL

KNOBS; The Radio Control Switch knob, or the Alarm Set knob may be taken off by prying them forward. The Clock Set knob i< screwed on and must be removed by rotating it in a counterclockwise direction while at the seme time holding the shaft steady with a fine pair of long nose pliers—WARNING: Place a piece of paper between pliers and the dial crystal re avoid damage to this part.

CRYSTAL: In order to service this part, if will be necessary to remove receiver chassis from cabinet, end to withdrew clock unit from chassis.

To remove receiver chassis from cabinet first take off the Volume and Tuning knobs. Next pry off the two retaining clips at top of cabinet back and remove the two chassis mounting screws which are accessible through slot openings at each side of cabinet back. (NOTE; Do not disturb the two externelly mounted screws at bottom of cabinet back;

PARTS REPLACEMENT

Should it be desired to replace any other parts than those fisted in the receiver parts list, they may be obtained by writing to:

Telechron Dept. General Electric Co. Ashland, Mast.

Please specify that unit for which parts are wanted is a C408gl0 Switch Timer.

these screws serve to mount loop and back to chassis.) Chassis can now be withdrawn from cabinet.

To remove the clock, first slip the "Glow Lite" from its bracket. Next, remove the fibre shield around top of clock by prying off the two retaining clips located on each end of shield. Unsolder all leads coming from radio chassis to the clock. Now take off the three mounting screws that retain clock mounting bracket and entire unit can be withdrawn from receiver chassis. Remove the clock knobs as indicated in previous section.

Next, bend out the four retaining ears that hold beiel in position and remove it from clock. The bezel background and crystal can now be taken off.

"GLOW LITE" DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT

Stringing of drive cord con be greatly facilitated if re- moval of the clock is undertaken. To string drive cord, turn the gang condenser drum to maximum counter- clockwise position and use the following parts: 505)61 Tension spring

, 117057 Cord (2% ft.) f^j\ 1190B7 Ring 114955 Clip E

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

During the alignment of this receiver, the "GLOW LITE" tuning indi- cator will hove to be set to o specific frequency. Since the dial scale is an integral port of the cabinet, the receiver chassis must be in the cabinet (or correct positioning of the gang condenser and pointer. Before removing chassis from cabinet it will first be necessary to take off Volume Control 'knob, to pry off the two retolning clips ol top of cabinet bock and to remove the two chassis mounting screws which ore accessible through slot openings at each side of cabinet back. (NOTE; Do no* disturb the two externally mounted screws at bottom of cabinet back; these screws serve to mount loop ond bock to chassis frame.) Then lorn the Tuning knob to the desired position for

alignment and, taking care not to change this setting, pull Tuning knob from shaft. Now chassis can be withdrawn from cabinet without disturbing position of condenser.

2. Couple the signal generator to th* receiver by connecting its output to several turns of wire formed in o circular shape so that It may be placed adjacent and parallel to the receiver loop antenna.

3. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil or from the plate of the 50C5 tube to B— lug through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.

4. Set volume control at maximum volume position ond use a weak sig- nal from the signal generator.

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

RECEIVER DIAL

SETTING

TRIMMER AND SLUG

TRIMMER AND SLUG

DESCRIPTION TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in

455 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

Any point where it does not affect the signal.

1-2 2nd I.E. Adjust for maximum output. Then repeat adjustment. step 2 above. 3-4 lit I.E.

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation 1500 KC 5 Broadcast

Oscillator Adjust for maximum output.

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described In step 1 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation Tun# to 1500 KC generator signal 6 Broadcast

Antenna Adjust for maximum output.

Page 109: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER

MODELS 9164-A, 91t

-oj > 3 i "I on E

g 0 r i

cw r v 8 — S " .So r..

C « TJ "U — C •

^sini ssi

^ c 55°. * •— C = .i"5 2

©I K

5 ii

.i)!.

i

m

j?) K

o

o

Page 110: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

ODELS 9164-A, 9164-B

SOCKET VOLTAGES

1. All measurememj made with a voltmeter having a sensitivity of 20,000 ohms per volt except where indicated by (*). The (*) symbol designates a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.

2. Dial tuned to maximum counter-clockwise position.

BOHOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

117 VOLT 80 CYCLE A.C. POWER SIPPLT USED

FOR THESE MEASUREMENTS. ALL V0LTA6ES MEASURED BETWEEN

SOCKET TERMINALS AND B- LD6 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

Qs£\--0 tp) ytcnr 95

12BE6 MIXER-OSC.

r+W

REAR OF CHASSIS

PARTS LIST

12BA6 IF.

12AT6 2ad DET.—A.V.C.—A.F.

O ^-12

35 "■-o.a 35W4

RECTIFIER

DIA- GRAM PART

NO. NO.

12-A, B 520266 14 313028 16-A 509433 16-B 509433 18 512029 20-A 509433 20-B 509433 22 A 509836 22-B 309836 22-0 509836 22-F 509836 22-H 509836 24 512017 29-A, B 520261

30 512040 32 512029 36 512503

DESCRIPTION PI CONDENSERS

Condenser—variable gong (includes drum and "GlOW LITE" mtg. bracket) Condenser—ceramic 33 Mmfd. 500 volt

Condenser—ceramic 87 Mmfd. (part of lit I.E. Transformer) -

Condenser—cero mic 107 Mmfd. (port of 1st I.p. Transformer)

Condenser- .05 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—ceramic 107 Mmfd. (part of 2nd

I.P. Transformer) Condenser--ceramic 87 Mmfd. (port of 2nd

I.F. Trunsformer) — — Condenser—ceramic 220 Mmfd. 500 volt (part

of audio coupling unit) Condenser—ceramic 2000 Mmfd. 500 volt (port of audio coupling unit) Condenser—ceramic 125 Mmfd. 500 volt (part of audio coupling unit) - —

Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 500 volt (part of oodio coupling unit)

Condenser—ceramic 125 Mmfd. 500 volt (port of audio coupling unit)

Condenser—.02 Mfd. 400 volt — Condenser—electrolytic")

A—30 Mfd. 150 volt ^ *— B—50 Mfd. 150 volt J

Condenser—.15 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—.05 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—mica 100 Mfd. 400 volt.

RESISTORS 13 510161 Resistor—carbon 22,000 Ohms Vs watt. —. .12 17 510119 Resistar—carbon 100 Ohms 'A Watt. — -12 1 9 510194 Resistor—carbon 3.3 Meg. Vi watt .12 21 520263 Volume Control—1 Meg — -85 22-C 509836 Resistor—carbon 6.8 Meg. 1/5 watt (part of audio coupling unit) 1.00 22-E 509836 Resistor—corbon 470,000 Ohms 1/5 watt (port

of audio coupling unit) — 1.00 22-G 509836 Resistor—corbon 470,000 Ohms 1/5 watt (part

of audio coupling unit)...—— 1.00 23 510122 Resistor—carbon 150 CrmisHrV watt.—.— —'2 27 310237 Resistor—carbon 1000 Ohms 1 waft .16 31 510128 Rew'stor—carbon 330 Ohms Va wall .12 33 510108 Resistor—carbon 27 Ohms * 10% 16 watt._$ .12

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS 11 520374 Loop antenna and cabinet back — 1.50 15 509832 Coil—oscillator 1.70 16- 509433 Transformer—isf I.F. (includes condensers 16-A

and 16-8) 1.75 2 0 509433 Transformer—2nd I.F. (includes condensers

20-A and 20-B). 1.75 25 520432 Trcmiformer—output 2.25

OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS 22-A to H 509836 Audio Coupling Unit

A—Condenser—ceramic 220 Mmfd. 500 v. B—-Condenser—ceramic 2000 Mmfd. 500 v. C—Resistor—carbon 6.8 Meg. 1/5 w. D—Condenser—ceramic 125 Mmfd. 500 v. E—Resistor—carbon 470,000 Ohms 1/5 w- F—Condenser—ceramla 5000 Mmfd. 500 v. G—Resistor—carbon 4/0,000 Ohms 1/5 w, H—Condenser—ceramic 125 Mmfd. 500 v. .

26 520264 Speaker—P.M. dynamic (4") 3 4 118921 "GLOW LITE" lamp (Maxda #47) 6 8 y.

150 Ma - 3 5 520333-ACIork, complete 37 520539 Switch, Radio Control (mounted on dock)..,.....

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 520374 Back for cabinet (includes loop antenna).... 507593 Base for tube shield — 505165 "C" washer for pointer shaft 520250-C Cabinet for Model 9164.A (Black) (less

dial scale) 520250 D Cabinet for Model 9164 B (Grey and

Yellow) (less dial scale) 520372 Clip for mounting clock shield 508257 Clip for mounting electrolytic condenser.... 505101 Clip for mounting I.F. transformeri 500497 Clip—retainer for cabinet .bock 114955 Clip—retainer on end of dial cord 520277 Clip, retains dial scale 509874 Clip, retains speaker 117057 Cord—dial drive (21/2 ft. required)....per ft. 520564 Crystal for clock face 520251 Dial scale 520539 Knob; Alarm Set or Radio Control Switch 520538 Knob; Time Set 520252-8 Knob; volume or tuning for Model 9164-A

(Black) 520252 C Knob; volume or tuning for Model 9164-B

(Yellow) 520423 Pointer and shield for "GlOW LITE" n9087 ^or <''a' tor6 - wru*.' Rubber spucei' iur mauniing speaker 170988 Screw—#8-18 * W plastic thread cutting;

retains chassis „...„ 520265 Shaft-tuning 520257 Shield for dock 507594 Shield, tube 520272 Socket for "GLOW LITE" 507595 Socket—miniature (7 pln).._ 505161 Spring—tension dial cord tension 509876 Stud for mounting speaker 111456 Washer—spring washer for tuning shaft.—

ALL PRICES ON THIS PARTS LIST ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Page 111: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER PAGE

MODELS 9162 9162-B

Model 91A2-A —Rust and Ton Model 9162-B — Yellow and Black

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 Kc. to 1600 PCc.

TUNING METHOD: 2 section ganged condenser; solid mounting.

TUNING INDICATOR: "GLOW LITE" illuminates tuned fre- quency thru translucent dial.

I.F. FREQUENCY:

POWER SUPPLY: 117 volts A C.

SPEAKER: 4 inch PM Dynamic Voice coil impedance—3.2 ohms

SPECIFICATIONS CLOCK SET:

Conveniently accessible at front of clock.

ALARM:

Turns radio on at a pre-set time. "Bui- zer Alarm" can be set to sound ten minutes after radio has been "turned on" automatically,

SLEEP SWITCH:

Turns radio off automatically up to one hour after being set.

UTILITY SOCKET:

Accommodates a 117 volt A.C. type appliance whose rating does not exceed 1100 watts.

POWER OUTPUT:

Undistorted—.7 watt Maximum—1.1 watt

ANTENNA: High impedance loop

WEIGHT: (Packed)

DIMENSIONS:

Length—11H" Height—6%" Depth—514"

CLOCK DIAL:

Easy to read Black ond Gold numerals with luminescent hour markers ond hands.

CLOCK OPERATION

The clock in this combination receiver it self-starling and therefore when the receiver plug it inserted into the wall outlet the clock will automati- cally start. Should there be a temporary stoppage of current, due to a power failure or other causes, the clock will automatically be turned on again after power has been restored. Resetting of the clock hands will then be required to make-up for the time the power was off.

SETTING THE CLOCK HANDS; To set the clock hands to the correct time merely use the Clock Set knob and rotate hands until they indicate the correct time.

SETTING CLOCK AND RECESVER ECS AUTOMATIC CPSSATiCN: Tune the radio to the desired station and set the volume to the proper level. Turn Radio Control Switch to the "AUTO" position. To set the Starting Time, poll the Alarm Set knob forward. Then rotate this knob only in the direction indicated by the "ALARM" arrow until the Alarm Pointer on the hour hand indicates the desired time on the Alarm Dial. Radio will automatically be turned on at this pre set lime and will continue to play until receiver is turned off manually. Clock can not be again set for automatic operation until Radio Control Switch has been turned manually to the "OFF" position.

If you wish to hear the "buzzer alarm," leave the Alarm Set knob the "out" position and the buzzer will sound approximately 10 mine

CLOCK ^ ~ ^ ALAR SET \ XT 12 / DIAI

RADIO CONTROL- SWITCH

Jillili

after radio has been turned on. To shut buzzer off, merely push in 1 Alarm Set knob.

If you do not wish the "buzzer alarm" to sound, push Alarm Set kn in after completing the setting of the Starting Time.

Page 112: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 STEWART-WARNER

MODELS 9162-A, 9162-B

USING "BUZZER ALARM" INDEPENDENTLY OF THE RADIO OPERATION: If you wish t« use the clock as an alarm only, Independent of the radio, merely set alarm as described in paragraph entitled "To set the Starling Time." Set the Alarm Dial approximately 10 minutes ahead of desired Alarm Time. To shut the buzzer off, push in the Alarm Set knob.

SETTING CLOCK AND RECEIVER FOR AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF; If radio has been previously turned on automatically, if will first be necessary to momentarily set Radio Control Switch to the "OFF" position before setting it to either of the following positions. Place the Radio Control Switch in either the "OFF" or "AUTO" position. THE TWO PRECEEOING PROCEDURES ARE VERY IMPORTANTI Setting the control to the "AUTO" position will allow the receiver to subsequently be turned on automati- cally at a pre-set time.

Now, turn the Sleep Switch in the direction of the "SLEEP" arrow. Rotating this knob all the way clockwise to the "60" position will allow the radio to operate for approximately one hour from the time the Sleep Switch has been set. Setting this switch to any intermediate point will allow the receiver to operate fpr a proportional part of the hour. CONNECTING THE APPLIANCE; Insert the power plug of the appliance into the utility socket provided at rear of the receiver. This appliance must have a wattage rating that does not exceed 1100 watts. If this wattage is exceeded, damage to either the liming mechanism or the radio could occur.

AUTOMATIC STARTING OF THE APPLIANCE; To start the appliance automatically, turn the "ON-OFF" Switch of the appliance to the "ON" position and set the clock as described in paragraph entitled "To set the Starting Time." The radio and utility socket are energized simultane- ously and therefore the radio can not be turned on while the instrument is pre set for automatic operation of an appliance. Bui, once the appliance is on, the radio can be used in the normal manner. If you do not wish to hear the radio when the appliance is automatically turned on, turn the Volume Control fully counterclockwise. When you have finished using the appliance and wish to use the radio independently of it, either turn the appliance's "ON-OFF" Switch to the "OFF" position or remove the appliance plug from the utility socket at rear of receiver.

AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF OF AN APPLIANCE: An appliance can be shut- off automatically by connecting it to the utility socket in the same manner as described above. The setting for automatic shut-off is the seme as described in paragraph entitled "Setting Clock and Receiver for Automatic Shut-off." As the sleep Switch- has no accurate calibration the setting of this switch must be approximate. This instrument is not recommended when accu- rate shut-off time is required.

REMOVING AND REPLACING CLOCK KNOBS AND CRYSTAL

KNOBS: The Radio Control Switch knob. Alarm Set knob, or the Sleep Switch knob may be taken off by prying them forward. The Hand Set knob is screwed on and must be removed by rotating If In a counter- clockwise direction while at the same lime holding the shaft steady with a fine pair of long nose pliers—WARNING: Place a piece of paper between pliers and the dial crystal to avoid damage to this part. CRYSTAL: In order to service this part, it will be necessary to remove receiver chassis from cabinet, and to withdraw clock unit from chassis. To remove receiver chassis from cabinet first take off the Volume end Tuning knobs. Next pry off the two retaining clips at top of cabinet back and remove the two chassis mounting screws which are accessible through slot openings at each side of cabinet back. (NOTE; Do not disturb the two exlernelly mounted screws at bottom of cabinet back:

these screws serve to mount loop and back to chassis.) Chassis can now be withdrawn from cabinet. To remove the clock, first slip the "Glow Life" from Its bracket. Next, remove the fibre shield around top of clock by prying off the two retaining clips located on each end of shield. Unsolder ell leads coining from radio chassis to the clock. Now take off the three mounting screws that retain clock mounting bracket and entire unit can be withdrawn from receiver chessis. Remove the clock knobs as indicated in previous section. Next, bend oof the four retaining ears that hold bezel in position and remove it from clock. The bezel background and crystal can now be taken off.

SERVICING CLOCK MECHANISM

Should service of the clock mechanism be required contact your Stewart Warner Distributor for the name and address of the nearest Telechron Service Depot.

PARTS REPLACEMENT

Should it be desired to replace any other parts than those listed in the receiver parts list, they may be obtained by writing to:

Telechron Dept. General Electric Co. Ashland, Mass.

Please specify that unit for which parts are wanted is a C57gl07 Switch Timer.

Page 113: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

RT-WARNER PAGE

MODELS 9162 9162-B

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 1. During th« alignment of this receiver, the "GlOW LITE" tuning indi-

cator will hove to be let to a specific frequency. Since the diol scale is an integral port of the cabinet, the receiver chassis must be in the cabinet for correct positioning of the gang condenser and pointer. Before lemoving chassis from cabinet it will first be necessary to take off Volume Control knob, to pry off the two retaining clips at top of cabinet back and to remove the two chassis mounting screws which are accessible through slot openings at each side of cabinet back. (NOTE: Do no* disturb the two eKlernally mounted screws at bottom of cabinet back; these screws serve to mount loop and back to chassis frame.) Then turn the Tuning knob to the desired position for

alig nment and, taking core not to change this setting, pull Tunin< knob from shaft. Now chassis con be withdrawn from cabinet wifhou disturbing position of condenser.

2. Couple the signal generator to lh« receiver by connecting its outpu to several turns of wire formed in a circular shape so that it ma; be placed adjacent and parallel to the receiver loop antenna

3. Connect on output meter across the speaker voice coil or from fh< plate of the 50C5 lube to B— lug through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser

4 Set volume control at maximum volume position and use a weak sig nal from the signal generator.

DUMMY ANT. IN SERIES

WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

DIAL SETTING

AND SLUG TRIMMER

AND SLUG

Connect directly to cou- pling turn ot described in step 2 above.

455 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

Connect directly to cou- pling torn at described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

Any point where it does not affect the signal.

Broadcast Oscillator

TYPE OF AOJUSTMEF

Adjust for maximum out Then repeal adjustment.

Adjust for maximum out

Tone to 1500 KC generator signal

SLUGS @ AND (3) ACCESSIBLE FROM BOTTOM OF TRANSFORMERS.

osc. I5O0 KC.

ANT, ISOO. KC.

Broadcast » j. » r . . Adjust for maximum out Antenna 1

"GLOW LITE" DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT

Stringing of drive cord can be greatly facilitated if maval of the clock is undertaken. To string drive eo turn the gang condenser drum to maximum count clockwise position and use the following parts: 505T61 Tension spring 117057 Cord (2Vi ft.) f ^ 119087 Ring I 114955 Clip 1

TRIMMER LOCATIONS

SOCKET VOLTAGES

1 All measurements made with a vollme'er having a sensitivity of 20,000 ohms per volt except where indicated by (*). The (*) symbol designates a vacuum lube voltmeter measurement,

2 Dial tuned to maximum counter-clockwise position.

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

117 VOLT SB CYCLE B.C. POWER SUPPLY ISEI

FOR THESE MEASUREMEHTS. ALL VOLTMES MEASURE! BETWEER

SOCKET TEIMIRALS AH B- LUG UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

1(7 A.C. MAX. IIOO WATTS 0

APPLIANCE RECEPTACLE USED ONLV ON MODELS 9162 - A AND 9162-8, .

12BE6 MIXER-OSC.

0 .-J2 /^KXhv\^ PwxT VOO/ •

*-0.4 95

I2BA6 I.F.

95 Z(H)(P5\

12AT6 2nd BET.—A.V.C.—A.F.

0 s-\2

rar \ rKvwMr-*-o.«

35 *-o.6 35W4

RECTIFIER 31 "-^A, olOS A.C

REAR OF CHASSIS

Page 114: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-10 T-WARNER

29 ^ rjgo-ooiriom . "I . —r>Op -;<OC>r<Sc>C) •o tl c •>

m 2 mi «- E O a ^ i II I

u - s 3** s o p- Q * 0 u

S.-- O) DC = ^ -

o <« .1 -5 ; 2 3 k- ® O a — >-K .. ff .. .. c S • x -o .0 o 3 2* ootoS c c & c it ^ ^ w u ._ _J ^ ^ ■J T> •! 01 ? D S c ,E £ -Q 8 o * .? £ ■ 2

'■522S -S ^ Sg-^-S i ^ ^ c o a I .5 3 ■ : JJ ) .= □ U JT X -C _ at ac to </)«/)«/>

iu.5.£T ?"*" = Sfc o tl— J . ° ? » 0,0 S "O ■ * *

n"" I ' E ^ pTB.? i? " a.c £ £ q.

■friUi ! t «> c ? x •-s-e-s c-s s : o o o Q. 2 >. y <si is) ut *s> is) >

X S2 K G "O FN ^ CN CN ITi —-O « S S X! S fNcor-jm o m » r~,-o » ^ IO S 15?% S ^ o co &■ cmrs >ncn o^a>-« S 22 2 o o-o-o o orv og r. <0 o.— S! £3SJ oj c — gr- Koi o cnS o O o— ■o m co m m ^ K — in vi «o m <n-o •/> in—

"^SP 9PE! 10 cnioomok — mnmoo c-; 'c o< moko o< ojo — ooooooor, — -0 -O -

>)*>» P-i^

► -osS m C.D T ^ O 0 i - i " 1 E as £"° £ 1 UUu- Z i — ti c? o ; o

* Isis!§! 2 i D- ' c c C o O So s W -"UK H

e?e2 i;

- ^SsokPSsok- « oi -Ps 3 o S-5 sg *f-- ill:i § ||a

^ i T s i s T ? i J

?*«I »I £ IJ i S S5 £ 5 s 2 Eft OCcJC'-c^C ° UOo®o55»oi^S ^Vva-UolufV vS

i -S : - oi -; g -.Eo.

pi I K 15 ® t S-§ »5 o ^ "O

i o t "Z • s ? o

fi|„z 0 = : : •■ ^ 0 S^. | ^ Sv • 'I 0- _ S £5. ■S o o, oi" ^ a- *Znt:*h- o J o g o c c r c ^ w E E o '5 o 5 "3 v

J. SC KJO OfljOjo^Oi^^ Is^inTfTY-flg. 0 Q tu c_k Q uj Ii_ Ox »- "* </»: 1

o*og o ok »<*> io *n tn

^ t o v - - , •-■ S .E [I «-» J*:.-0 —aaaaaa o g u o o — — — — — - II1«2:U KJ UUUU^U^

p o P O cn is rv o rs ^ fs ^ S Pv. looo mrvK Vjo-o 2f CN — 2 Os <S go O «0 ^ ON^O o OCOkOOnoOkNOO O O CN <S C4 O Q O r- cs O »- fN •niftinin »ovo^lo — *0^—-i«o

SS ^ ^ S 8 8 § S SS S SSS

8 i fi t 5 i o. a a :

^ ^ S 8 S g ^ ^ ^

^ 0-^ rs a a* ^2 co m v* ±~ v v z -9 p p

' 2 2 :;s -IJ_5

: >- fc >- c c i ; . o . o ® ' Tl U_ ^ "U l ■ _: c _: c c. > o oo i u u u

c V — t a. .' "o 0 i 0 g 0 £ c 0 ^ c ~ 0 ° 1 0 0 u U u u u

en en s « *0 en 00

■0 c-? 00 •c r> 93

S1" ?.y e2l> 3 £ fB515 S o®o®o£u£Qg^ — — Sg

",8 loLgi ill M'I 5 i c c. 2 ® J £ £ £ 0 £ O £ O £ coco = = e

<:|| i»

-C 0 i m ci> p «,§6|i5 pa§^T^ w> c c c-5 e t 0 o o c o £ -8-P-PI-P et 0 o a o □

IT iu 1 o 0 o g o

^ - III

i E . o=oJ?i? P.Sl8io0o e o *< o 3 o 0»0 01 fi X S ^^.e^.ES 2 S ■-C3 = ?-CCC 1i S-Ssi^i 2 8.2 SopS om^ii — oOOOOOO o i "o "S "o - » - v l> ® ® 0 m ec ac ac OL

SfeS *- o- * co -o <, 5 ok rx w 3£3S « —»«0 o> £2 mnok OpiO ^p-k-OkB co 00 —M — Ok Ok Ok 00000. Xl a. 000

Page 115: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER PAGE !

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE MODEL 915

1. Remove cha»»ij ond loop antenno (mounted to chuuit) from <abinci—allow loop to remain ottoched to chastii. 2. Replace the dial tcole on the shaft of the gang condenser. 3. Since the "position indicator" for the dial scale is on integral port of the cabinet, it becomes necessary to install a "temporary pointer" when the d

is removed from the cabinet. This con readily be accomplished by securing a piece of heavy wire to the dial h'ghr brocktf and thapmg the free of the wire so that it can be placed in a vertical position between the dial scale ond the dial light. With the gang condenser fully meshed, "temporary pointer" should appear at the edge of the broadcast band dial scale bate line.

4. Connect ground lead of signal generator to B—. CAUTION: If your test oscillator is designed with an AC-DC power supply, connect ground lead of signal generator to B— through a .25 condenser.

5. Connect on output meter across the speaker voice coil or from the plate of the 50B5 tube to B— through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser. 6. Set volume control at maximum volume position ond use a weak signal from the signal generator.

DUMMY A NT. CONNfCT IN SERIES HIGH SIDE OF

WITH SIGNAL SIGNAL GENERATOR GENERATOR TO

SIGNAL BAND GENERATOR SWITCH FREQUENCY POSITION

200 MMfO Mico Condenser

200 MMFD. Mica Condenser

?00 MMFD. Mica Condenser

200 MMFD. Mica Condenser

200 MMFD. Mica Condenser

400 OHM Carbon Resistor

400 OHM Carbon Resistor

Terminal "C" of Short Wave An- tenno Coil

External antenna terminal

Iwiernal antenna terminal

External antenna terminal

External antenna terminal

External antenna terminal

External antenna terminal

455 KC 400 cycle AM Modulated 1500 KC 400 cycle AM

Modulated 1500 KC

400 cycle AM Modulated

600 KC 400 cycle AM

Modulated

Broadcast (counter- clockwise)

Broadcast (counter- clockwise) Broadcast (counter-

clockwise)

Broadcast 'counter- clockwise)

Any point where it does not af- fect the signal.

Tune to 1300 KC Generator

Signal Tone to M0 KC Generator Signal

TRIMMER TRIMMER ■ .T"1" ii DESCRIPTION

1-2 2nd I.F. 3-4 1st l.F.

5 Broadcast Oscillator

(Shunt)

a

Broadcast Antenna

Broadcast Oscillator

(Series Pad)

TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

Adjust for maximum output. Th repeal adjustment.

Adjust for maximum ootput.

Adjutt for maximum outer".

Adjust for maximum output. Try increase output by detuning tri mer and retuning receiver dial i til maximum output is obtaire

Repeat odjoilmeni of trimmers 5 and 6 at 1500 Kc. Then re-check adjustment of trimmer 7 at 600 Ke.

15 MC 400 cycle AM

Modulated

15 iWC 400 cycle AM Modulated

Short Wave (clockwise)

Short Wove (clockwise)

Short Wove Oscillator

Adjust for maximum output. Ch to see if proper peak was obtair by tuning in image at approx. 1 MC. If image does not appear, align at 15 MC. with trimmer ter farther out. Rechock image.

Adjust for maximum output. Try Increase output by detuning' tri mer and retuning receiver dial i til maximum output is obtain

© 9 ilr ^ N lb (i»t«} £ :W

i—^—y wm W HHM

1 osc 1

Tune to 15 MC Generator Signal

Short Wove Antenna

y u Bj E3 a

m •»>

*2

a 5?

a

mm me*mm*

117 Mini c ten ».e. n«I siprit •«» 101 TRESt MEUIIIMinS 111. lOtTHII MAIIKI KTwill iKin tiimuu in i- in mill ITNtRWIIC IMICITU.

BOTTOM VIEW OF MASSIS

DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT

To string dial cord, turn the main drive drum to maximum counter- clockwite position and use following parts; I149SS Clip on end of

cord 302773 Cord O'/j feet) 119087 Ring 161384 Tension Spring

IUII M nr.-it, t-if. S9

/ 0 —► 'o •- V'n/ *" *OT| -

Measured with voltmeter having sensitivity of ■ 1» 20,000 ohms per volt excipf where indicated by (*). The (") symbol designates a vacuum lube voltmeter 1 ^ / 0

measurement. ^r MM OF CNAttlt

NOTE A; The center stud of this tube must be connected to B— to reduce capacity caupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if 'his connection is omitted.

Page 116: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER

MODEL 9156-A

o-og^c^i—<nrNw>ocj;Qogoo^ — noooooo — — r>00'-^e«-^o

Mi!

S ! ! ! 3 : ; { : p 5 : ? ; f ; i ? i J ' «

I 1 8 ^ £S a j ! V i ; s t ao^ u. ol - -?*

? s S-S S }- T T 1

iWl

S -c o .5 -0 E ? 5 . o I? :^2>c

Iflssz E E S 5 5 o j; i-M ni- g aa a a " ^ U U U u 0 U Q

_ 4 = I X ^ ^ s ji o .E 2 .5 ■o o ? o .t 5e?.o2 S 111U X e » « ® I I I 55j<

i/) «/1 < 4>ocNg^r«or>r}r-'*,» VTO^^SW-oojociw a3--)(>|offl^eo«pfNp>coo«^cogg>cyco*o^^g'- ogSoS-oooooooodO ooo-P-o V>IO^<0«0 — »n«oio,r>,r>,oto«o*o,0'- «oioir>'-—-

O •o "O lO'O'O'O — CMcsCiN NN •O CM <M CM CM «OCMf< OCV^CCM-O HO in<n>o«n v o g *>*a £ 00 O ««

\ Z :t \ \ l> 5 . : ^-P Uo i B

J iJ

: u ys

' l iS| 1

I ^ ;l5+is? ® s w u_OXXu EI'S* E 2|5_«S

J

> E E'c E'c5! o p = C n - J°|e|? C-p-c s 5 I^S'j V— — ® 5 0 r 8 o• 'Vxu* >53 [0EP28O55

5 03 ao 3 So 00 00 u rs u ^ ~CM ^ ^ - SW CS <s M ^ •n CM 00 W CM C C c -f c v- c 0 O o T3 O J C ^ ^ -O ^ -fl ^ -fl B 5 0 5^ S

s i|||ji « ? * ' 2 I I I H £rr"gssS 0 5 So * 2 llliilil OO O 5

•0 FP^ 2 I SI ill ilsSss

z> 0 0 0 0 D c s Trrrr ?ni° Pi ^pooroto 00 ^ o o o 6 E 6 < "S ^ o o o 0 0 o g o g

.!2 .'2.2 3 «J S £ £ « ® « ot at ac ac >

e c c c c • , • • • • 'Du.'O'O'O'a 3 aliissl o §.3.33^^^

I .= .1-2 S.? a-! ; 5 8 uuu v Q — rv N n *0 KP.«5 CD CMPIOO •— >0 — — ON « ^ K 'O CM ^ CM — ■— r— CO OO »- CM •— CM OOOOOg 22S 10 ®22£

t co cj> cm n n 1 rl CM ro CO m o CM ■M "M -t ^ ^ f ^ §lssiii

S 2~z% s s So I SSSR 11®? «i <o«*iS 8 8 ioSi

— CM CO O -OOO CM CO f -Pl-J^PsOCM nO^CO 00 OCM^Om ^ re CM CM CM r> r»<n«-> r> r> ^

tl fwCT1 02 -t 02-°Q

Miiiri! c CO < o .t O CO -

I I S I £ 2 i _ 2g s-o^. jo

c — f-> S'T— £ X I I I X M x s C <a><J C <« eg o 00

- c C ^ P "D - p P C - § U U 5! i. — j

r>gc20«r» 0 ^8889 5 S?

S -S »0 M> "O "O *0 ^

HB

rs o — CM »o -o 5 •— fN» PM CM CV <SJ CM

Page 117: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER PAGE !

MODELS 9T51 9161-B, 9X61-

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

I. During the alignment of fhi» receiver, Ihe poinfer will have to be set to o specific frequency. Since the dial scale it on integral port of the cabinet, the receiver cbovsis must be in the cabinet for correct pot' troning of the gong condenser and pointer. Before setting the pointer to the desired frequency, if will be necessary to check the position ot pointer with respect to the gang condenser. To accomplish this, rotate tuning knob fully counter-clockwise until gong condenser is fully meshed. With gang in this position, pointer should be directly over the third dot or depression located on the first left hand vertical bar of the speaker grill, {See picture of the receiver on front side of this data sheet). If the pointer is not properly positioned, hold the Tuning Knob steady ond move the pointer mnnuofly to the proper place.

2 Before removing chassis from cabinet, it will be necessary to take off the Volume Control knob ond Tuning knob, to pry off the two retaining clips ol lop of cabinet bock and >o remove the two chassis mounting screws which are accessible through openings ot bottom corners of cabinet hock. (NOTE: Do not disturb the two externally mounted

screws ot bottom of cabinet back; these screws serve to maunl loop ontenna ond back to chassis frame). Then turn the tuning shaft until pointer is set to desired frequency for oVignment ond taking tore not to change this setting, withdraw chassis from cabinet. The cabinet grill will hold the pointer, allowing it to be pulled from its shaft as chassis is withdrawn.

3. Couple the signal generator to the receiver by connecting its output to several turns of wire formed in a circular shape IP that it may be placed adjacent and parallel to the receiver loop antenna,

4. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil or from the piate of tbe 50C5 tube to b— {see voitoge cbort for convenient connec- tion point) through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.

5. Set volume control ot maximum volume position ond use o weak signal from the signal generator.

6. After alignment has been completed and chassis reassembled In cabinet and poinfer properly positioned, check calibration over entire dial ond should the calibration error be objectionable, repeal procedure, exer- cising greater precaution in the initial setting of the pointer.

DUMMY ANT. IN SERIIS

WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR

SIGNAL SIGNAL RtCEIVER TRIMMER TRIMMCR GENERATOR GENERATOR DIAL AND SLUG AND SLUG TYPE OE ADJUSTMENT

CONNECTION FREQUENCY SETTING DESCRIPTION

NONE Conned directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

455 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

NONE Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

NONE

^ —

Connect directly to cou- pling turn as described in step 2 above.

1500 KC 400 cycle

Modulation

1-2 2nd I.F. 3-4 1st I.F.

5 Broadcast Oscillator

Tone to 1500 KC generator signal

Adjust for maximum output.

Broadcast »j- . c . . Antenna Adjust tor maximum output.

V I itrewj*0"Mt»| i

TRIMMER LOCATIONS

POINTER AND DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT

To string dial cord, turn the gang condenser drum to maximum counter-clockwise posi- tion and position pointer drum as shown in illuslralian and use ' fbe foUowlng ports-. 505101 Tension spring 117057 Cord (2'A ft.) 114955 Clip A 'CN m

POINTER REPLACEMENT In order to replace the pointer, it will firsl be necessary la remove the chassis from the cabinet as outlined in step 2 in the Align- ment Procedure. A new pointer may now b» vswMsUed. by inserting it, from the rear of the cabinet into the recess ot the front base of cabinet Final positioning of .pointer can only be done after chassis has been reinserted into cabinet and pointer has engaged pointer shaft. The sotting must he accomplished in accordance with directions given in the second paragraph of step 1 of 'be Align- ment Procedure.

1. All measurements made with o voltmeter having a sensitivity of 20.000 ohms per volt except where indicated by (*). The (*) symbol designoles a vacuum lube voltmeter measurement.

2. Dial tuned to maximum counter-clockwise position

NOTE A: Grounding of cen- ter stud on lube socket Is necesvary to reduce capacity coupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if this ground is omitted.

117 TOLT M CYCLE B.C. fOWEE JirPLT ISEI

FOR TIESE HEUIIEMENTS

3SW4 RECTIFIER

SOCKET VOLTAGES

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

UAT6 2at BET.—R.I.C.—R.F.

ALL VOLTABES MEABIREI BETYVEER SOCKET TERMHALS Ml I- LIB UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

nrct F. .. MIXEi-OSC.

REAR OF CHASSIS

Page 118: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER

«ji

- W YV -s 0-

80 »oOpOr<OOC>,0»-«Nrt>0»oO^>00,OCS o ^ *0 Q 55 •— p fstMr-^oppoqqooqo^^^o^^p <NpOo

oh®

E E^j

< II^E

tj S lsS,5 : 11411 S 0 c c'« e 1* UP 0 ® 0

iiim

• »OQXg*o • <2§ilsC

? E ^ c i S o E SS-?S S Si rl-0

I S i S <■

nil mii

^ 3 fi ^ v, "D ® O < 5 s I E E S J

; ; 5 £ S S °-£-l Q. i ll L o"o"i o a — — — — — o t c 1 uuuuuuuu^^v

illll ?::|i "pn •oO'^E: I Zs-r .5 > «i* o

- i ls:Ss5 ■

m n o 5 9 = § S §

SnliiibE^

1,1111^ C 0 O 3 1/ ^ ^ a. n. oc uS v

o»r>*o-^ (oooo —^ r>.""r »o'T -o <-> ^ >0 rv rs. rv o o o ^ ^ in *0 *0 c< c< « •oo« ^ fx rx — »n o. ^ eo't o ^ ^ ^ fl# ^ ST ^ ^ fi9 O^OOmOOOiO^OO-OrxOOppO^O OOKpx^J^O — Oc^fNO^vCNr*o — oo<N — <Mr<f»fNrjpK fN o o oC c- »o to in 10 o in »o *0 ^ •o 10 "O •—*0 *0 •O "O ^ *0 »o *0 •«•> *0»o

1 1 L ? I

2 g S S g I^IO 10 "OlO *0 »0 P O Q P P*> P 1^ <*< fx fx^« k rs p a p o p<N o «-,«*

1 ;■>: m i ^ [«: i-g it inj \* & \ i i 1 i

C^n^jo g o 2***™

A — v w S ^ i i

:.2 •s 'S 3 3 «. 1 «. H 0 r* Z§ 0 a. 1 ■

I il

II £ Oo m 10

X ."^•O J 1 > ^ 6 0

•C p O o o 2 • 5 "ir • T; o • Tirff i • • t.0 5,0 • ?5!£5£Si ■DTJ-D OTJ p-O-D 5 S S>= £ £►

"t . - 0 0_ 1 3T> * * >

» • «oo : n r SfTo S^-S-S ' 1 ■ ? 3^ ' < B

a § Sg £ §:= CX J5 J J1 - -£ |- 0 5 5 o 2 rrrll o b 0 c 5 Q. 555j-?3:

i SO E E J^O f f J-r oOO 5 c 0 P j 3 o r> N ' — — r> r< = ? e c e e

linu 3 0 s s s s o o o o

i¥* <** m -?o5 ; 85 • 0w5 c-i

;5=-£ •IS'5 8 -I ~ M C 01

ip 5 p. 5111 § 1 §§S § K§ § 1 S I i I SI

to < -i m <!<■ ;< ■ < « o ik «-*■« -o coo i ri <>i m fi •-f-S r- ci (<< r< ci c< a s s a SR sa

r- — 00 CO « ^ CX C? •— £22°S S 8 2£2S •owi'O'n'^ « « •oio'^'n

j i j<U oi O ! | : : oh-o-rf ^ w ok •- 2 •- p- c C* (-< d ddOO

Page 119: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TEWART-WARNERP

ALIGNMENT

PROCEDURE

(S) ^ u4

^ % V- yi

MOD 9159

1 With the gong condenter fully moihed, the diol pointer thould be in o horitontol po»ilion, parallel to the bottom edge of the cabinet. If it if fet incorrectly, merely bold tuning control thaft tteady and turn pointer to correct pojition.

2. During the alignment of thi» receiver, the dial pointer will have to be >e' to foverat different frequencies. Since the dial scale is an integral part of the cabinet, the receiver chassis muff be in the cabinet for correct positioning of the gang condenser and pointer. To remove chassis from cabinet, first remove cabinet bock, all knobs, and the two chassis mounting screws. Turn dial pointer to desired position for alignment and hold tuning shaft firmly in one hand. Then carefully remove pointer from gang condenser shaft. Chassis

con now be withdrawn from cabinet without disturbing posftio condenser. HOTEs During the alignment of the Broadcast R.f. and Osdl stages of this receiver. If will not be necessary to remove eh from cabinet as trimmers 5, 6 and 7 can be adjusted by the of a short screwdriver.

3. Connect ground lead of signal generator to receiver chassis. 4. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coll or fron

plate of the 3V4 tube to chassis through a .01 Mfd. condenser. 5. Sot volume control at maximum volume position and use a t

signal from the signal generator. DUMMY ANT.

IN SCRIES WITH SIGNAL

GENERATOR

CONNECT HIGH SIDE OF

SIGNAL GENERATOR TO

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

BAND SWITCH

POSITION

.2 Mfd. Condenser

200 MMFO. Mica

Condenser

200 MMFD. Mico

Condenser

200 MMFO. Mica

Condenser

200 MMFD. Mico

Condenser

400 OHM Carbon Resistor

400 OHM Carbon Resistor

Terminal "C" of Broadcast An- tenna Coil

External antenna lead (blue)

External antenna lead (blue)

External antenna lead (blue)

External antenna lead (blue)

External antenna lead (blue)

External antenna lead (blue!

455 KC 400 cycle AM

Modulated 1500 KC

400 cycle AM Modulated

1500 KC 400 cycle AM

Modulated

600 KC 400 cycle AM

Modulo led

Broadcast (counter,

clockwise)

Broaden st (counter-

clockwise}

Broadcast (counter-

clockwise)

Broadcast (counter-

clockwise)

RECEIVER DIAL

SETTING TRIMMER NUMBER

TRIMMER DESCRIPTION

Any point where it does not af- fect the signal.

1-2 2nd I.F. 3-4 lit I.F.

1500 KC 5 Broadcast Oscillator

(Shunt) Tone to 1300 KC

Generator Signal a

Broadcast Antenna

Tune to 600 KC Generator Signal

7 Broadcast Oscillator

(Series Pod)

TYPE OF ADJUSTMIN

Adjust for maximum output, repeat adjustment.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output, increase output by detuning mer and retuning receiver di til maximum output Is obt

Repeal odiuitmenf of trimmers 5 and 6 at 1500 K«. Then re-check adjustment of trimmer 7 at 600 Kc.

15 MC 400 cycle AM

Modulated

15 MC 400 cycle AM

Modulated

Short Wave (clockwise)

Short Wave (clockwise)

Tone to 15 MC

Generator Signal

Adjust for maximum output, to see if proper peak was ofc Short Wave by tuning in image at apgra

Oscillator MC. If image does not appe align at 15 MC. with trimmer farther out. Recheck image.

Adjust far maximum output. Short Wave increase output by detuning Antenna mer and retuning receiver di

til maximum output is ob

sexraou/ e i / Or /o 1 fai •cctina.r rxou rrou or soirou rr umx-cx y y \r\/ V y mxwoxMCo

©1™U^

■y\ osc. / ) 600 KC.

SOCKET VOLTAGES 1. All measurements made with a voltmeter having a sen

of 20,000 ohms per volt except where indicated by (*' (•) symbol designates a vacuum tube voltmeter measun

2. Band switch set to "BC." position. 3. Dial tuned to maximum counter-clockwise position.

MTTWiinEW OF CMtttt ui mitsci mAtma ttmxi »»e«n mmuu us ttsnn lit si mi »utrar ssifm ram KMUcmn wwv-i

m ih ""©q urm tw in.-m.—u.

*? t.e «.e CSS*"/?

rarmircusm

AVERAGE BATTFBV DRAIN B-12 Ma. ArJSOUi.

114 •-0-OA 1.4

met mvcwiM

REMOFCEMW NOTE A; Grounding of center stud on tube socket is necets< reduce capacity coupling between other prnv OstrUatran may if this ground is omitted.

Page 120: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-16 STEWART-WARNER

MODEL 9159-A

SQUEALING OR INOPERATIVE 9159.A RADIOS

Bocause of inadequate plating on jomo 9139-A chassis, it was impossible to effect a good soldered ground connection. Over a period of time, these solder joints may develop a high resistance to ground, causing the receiver to operate improp-

erly, or become entirely inoperative. All chassis solder connections should be prodded with a screw driver to see if they will break loose. If they do, the chassis should be cleaned and the connec- tion resoldered, using a good soldering flux.

To string dial cord, turn the main drive drum to maximum counter-clockwise position and use following parts; 114955 Clip on end of cord 502773 Cord (3V2 feel) 119087 Ring 161384 Tension Spring

IIS tti Ki-A.re.-kr

'1 f

>4 P«A-.t5 V»e C-JBUD T

/• ^ * STB 1

V e ' mow. I

BATTCRV PACK ■ueMia ITMM CvKACAOT ■ AMI

AfffRtNU etrtRtva

I.F.

455 KC.

DIA- GRAM

NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

LIST PRICE

46 47 512051 KTJfWt Condenser—.5 Mfd. -*-10% 200 volt revnr-ievnr .vr FW) lif-l 4AA .. 1. -43 RESISTORS

B.C. ANT. COIL 909871

S W ANT. con

509868 B.C. OSC.

COIl 509867 S.W. OSC.

COIL 509865

Lettered and numbered terminals in Mlustra- lions correspond to similarly lettered and numbered terminals on the circuit diagram.

BAND SWITCH 509863

REAR VIEW 'Not used; moy serve as wiring iunclion point.

PARTS LIST DIA- GRAM PART NO. NO.

13-A, 8, C 509418

14-A,8 509864

IS 512029 17. A, B 509861 »8 51300) 22 5)3003 25 512011 29 512520 30A 509433

32 A,B 509889 33 513003 3 4 512011 3 6 505174 37 312031 40 313003 42 512011

DESCRIPTION

CONDENSERS Condenser—trimmer assembly

A—1.6 to 18 Mmfd. T 8—4 to 70 Mmfd, > 1 C—300 to 700 Mmfd. J

Condenser—trimmer assembly A—3 to 35 Mmfd. 1 8—1.6 to 18 Mmfd./-—

Condenser—.05 Mfd. 400 voif Condenser—-variable gang (includes drum) Condenser—ceramic 2 2 fcunfrf 500 unit Condenser—ceramic 100 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—.01 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—mica 3,300 Mmfd. ±2% 500 volt Condenser—ceramic 86 6 Mmfd 2:5% (Part of 1st IF transformer) Condenser—ceramic 107 Mmfd. 2:5% (Part of

lit IF transformer) Condenser—ceramic 33 Mmfd. (Part of 2nd IF transformer)

Condenser—ceramic 100 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—,0) Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—electrolytic )0 Mfd. 150 volt Condenser—.05 Mfd. 600 volt Condenser—ceramic 100 Mmfd. 500 voit. Condenser—.01 Mfd. 400 volt

Resistor- carbon 470,000 Ohms '/j watt Resistor—carbon 100,000 Ohms Va watt Resistor—carbon 68 Ohms 1/2 wall Resistor—carbon 12 Ohms ±10% Vz waft Resistor—carbon 5600 Ohms ±10% Vb watt Resistor—carbon 2.2 Meg. Vb watt Volume Control 1 Meg. (with OFF-ON swiKh).... Resistor—carbon 10 Meg. Vb watt Resistor—carbon 3.3 Meg. Vb watt Resistor—carbon I Meg. Va watt Resistor—carbon I Meg. Vj wolt Resistor—carbon 560 Ohms ±10% '/b watt

COILS A TRANSFORMERS Coil—Be. Antenna Coil—S W. Antenna Coil—6c. Oscillator Coil—5.W. Oscillator Transformer—lit I.F. (Includes condensers 30-A

and 30-8) Transformer- 2nd I.F. (Includes condensers 32-A

and 32-B) Transformer—output

OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS Switch—bond Battery cable For use with individual bat-

teries Battery cable Speaker—PM dynamic (3")

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Bock for cabinet Cabinet Clip for mounting I.F. transformer Clip retainer on end of dial cord Clip—retains cabinet bock Clip—retains tuning sleeve Cord—-dial drive (S'/b' requbod) Per ft. Knob—"OFF-VOLUME-ON" Knob—"SW-BC" Knob—"TUNE" Pointer Ring for dial cord .!."!!!!! Sleeve—tuning Socket—miniature (7 pin) Spring—dial cord tension

PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Page 121: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STEWART-WARNER PAGE 2

MODELS 9165-A, 9165

1. During th« olignmenl o{ rfiit reenlvnr. th» pointer will have to be set to a specific frequency. Since the dial Kale Is an integral part of the cabinet, the receiver chassis must be in the cabinet (or correct posi- tioning of the gong condenser and pointer. Before setting the pointer to the desired frequency, it wil' be necessary to check the position of pointer with respect to the gcng condenser, lo accomplish this, rotate tuning knob folly counter-clockwise until gang condenser is fully meshed. With gang in this position, pointer should be parallel with base of cabinet. If the painter is not properly positioned, hold the Tuning Knob steady and move the painter manually to the proper place.

2. Before removing chassis from cabinet, it will be necessary lo take off the Volume Control knob. Tone knob, Tuning knob and cabinet back and lo remove the two chassis mounting screws of bottom of cabinet. Then turn the tuning shaft until pointer It set to deti~ed frequency for alignment and taking care not to change this setting, remove pointer.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil or from fhs plate of the 35C5 lobe to B— (see voltage chart for convenient connec- tion point) through a 0.1 Mtd. condenser. Connect ground lead of signal generator lo B— lug. CAUTION; If your signal generator is designed with an AC-DC power supply, connect ground lead to B— lug through a .25 Mfd. condenser. (See voltage chart tor convenient B— connection.) Set lone control to its maximum clockwise position. Set volume control at maximum volume position and use a weak signal from the signal generator. After alignment has been completed and chassis reassembled in cabinet and pointer properly positioned, check calibration over entire dial and should the calibration error be obiectionable, repeat procedure, exer- cising greater precaution in the Initial setting of the pointer.

DUMMY ANT. IN SERIES

WITH SIGNAL GENERATOR

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

O f Mfd. Condenser

200 Mmfd. Mica

Condenter

200 Mmfd. Mica

Condenser

200 Mmfd. Mica

Condenter

Log on R.F. Trimmer #6

External Antenna Terminal on Loop

Frame

External Antenna Terminal on Loop

Frame

External Antenna Terminal on Loop

Frame

455 KC A00 cycle

Modulation

1600 KC A00 cycle

Modulation

1SOO KC 400 cycle

Modulation

1500 KC 400 cyde

TRIMMER LOCATION CHART

Jj

RECEIVER DIAL

SITTING

TRIMMER AND SLUG

NUMBER

TRIMMER AND SLUG

DESCRIPTION TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

Any point where it does not affect the signal.

Tone to 1500 KC generator signal

Tune to 1500 KC generator signal

*na i.r, 4 i- « * • Adjust far maximum output. | p Then repeat adiustment.

Broadcast . , Oscillator Ad|ust tor maximum output.

Broadcast R.F.

Broadcast Antenna

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximorr output.

C:;i,

1 THE IFMMuCft UN UNDiHSIDf OF OSrHLATOD SCCFtON OF GanG •SACCCSStGLC THAU MOlE AT OUI'UM v CHASSIS, ANf) OrNfflALl* DOES Nor OfQUiffE AOJlfSfMENT. IT i H •" KAN ALLtL Wllfl IftJMUfft NO-S-

&

POINTER AND DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT

To string dial cord, turn the main drive drum to maximum counter- clockwise position and use fol- lowing ports: 114955 Clip on end of cord 117057 Cord (2 feet) 505161 Tension Spring

SOCKET VOLTAGES

1. All measurements made with a volt- meter having q sensitivity of 20,000 ohms per volt except where indi- cated by (*). The (•) symbol desig nates a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.

2. Terminals on loop antenna are shorted together to minimize noise signal pickup.

3. Dial tuned to 540 Kc. 4. Volume conlroi sei io maximum wiih

no signal. 5. Tone control set at its maximum

clockwise position. NOTE A: The center stud of this tube must be connected lo B— to reduce ca- pacity coupling between pins. Oscilla- lion may result if this connection is omitled-

117 I0LT U CYCLE I C PORE I MPPIT (SEE FOR THESE ME1SUREHERTS.

ILL I01TI6ES MEItllEB IETREEI toein TEIMIIILS IRO I- lit IRLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

liBEf CMVEITEI

12AT6 lET-lie-IF

Page 122: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-18 STEWART-WARNER

[MODELS 9165-A, 9165-B

JJJU pO«P1 ^ * CHNpM oo o

£ S

i-t ; ; v iiljE i lJJ-<

1 i i:^ i i^ss: i :=|s5:i 1 -5 s* •! ( ^ I 5 o » •5" - - i .5 o a . ; -0 i S ! p^TZz I .£-003; I o o»- l-t- f •■?:l :i :I :

a " o o o ^ 0 c c c ^ ^ ^ ^

2 1 : jfi i 5 i : :.E :

Ut* = E S-2 « : -2^-2 • -5"at a i •», .E. : 4i Q.'«*

O x s. x-"

• lit • -s ) O 5- ^ S-Owco S •—>-2^ * tttHr+k - -5-, ... S I | § I .£ .-SiS-SS^JJaiS - " c O O 3 5 V w : ^ a. a. a: i/^i/) </>

'i8!^

If iTl^ 0 ■- W w ^.Ai.'.

V V ^ „ . JKl - - < „ ., ,; jHh 1' t ' ^ " * ' " ' •^3 L f ^'<r L ^ yt

*1! '*'* ' - v " "•;- » « •» v * i,,. i. * ' r f *■-,• ( , „

m m co m co co oo ca oo to !Q SSooo S S SSSo s SgggoS S=R«K s a aaaa ^ Kgggaa

§ SSS 2 22 § 2 • ■ • • • in — ■— r-i «-<« "*

joS* i *> 19 M ;

iS l|l| I I 2 isiii

< 0 .i ..0 E i-. .Si .S r«. w "* e E .y c o o c E . ^ . O O «. 0 o 3 w?-£ v vfi c

^S=sl I So 9 ^ S S 1 ■ IzitVA* lis-islii

•5 0.e,ffYTI o £ < «

SSS 8 ,888 8888855 o o<c*o

\£ [ ; 0 :

1 1

is l+l7 ' Ml - s 30_0-.O - J - g ! i ■ e

igsg^So o a i : !. O O 0)0' 0>O O O _ Z : "-

< ; i -, Wc3c3C55O^" " olJlo-e-sl-e o i |7:

5?OSO2SS?Z= = •' siiijn 11 ■•isis ss^^lssls Jli

J0i0iUi8W co oo o« •— o o p CN ^ s s -"~5 <o oooo mpaw 8 S 5a5>0 8888

K a M 14 i i M 1 I a a sss? assa s 8

!"£ i-o i i i*2 i-8 M

SS SS 2 2S 2 2SSS S 222 8 S g

:: it : ^ ^ ' _ ; i . :~ : ■ E i 13 ;3 1

"» if U'S i"S = - i iPr ir =

k » £ - s J2 2 — o o a m l/» ^2 „ gO U yj ini7i i 9 58 5 S s 5-rs sliHl tl "SS5!!S0S

»««g££c« D "o ■" O "" cctaSSZE O o S O o o UUU VJU U

" ; 18 ig M i g ! ; -♦ i • : K3-B-d 13 . > > c 9 ? 2 ^ E -l-> >

^Sers & I ][ E [ 5 • S 5 • ^ c c »> c C W _£ U V 0 "0 13 0 "D ^ c c ^ c a o o UU V

fO "O *0 Ot; K •OK K as •—Q 0*0 *0 ^ "O <3 rton ^«? <5 o® S o <N n C4g »o g SiKio 5>8 8 S?

8-D-af^ o>K 5» • • 55 u.2 u.E25^> >2 g a | ai ^ wooi

o s s:s 5:3 s s;ao s T; C C CC<C<ccc«N«C c • o • • -J?-!! • I I 2 nT3"0"C'ps."rj.fcrT3X3Tl I \ 13 ^CCCCQCO5£S<<®S oooo o o o o o uuuu u uou u SSSS R S wS88{ S «Sm c* — o o —•■o ^ io»o »o?> »o «o,o»o MS

nil

1? 31 li

sa BH

Bu

ic;

i i u is itil 1115 if it- i ' 'S. 0'

, 111 I : ■- '• . : "S "a ^ : :p j i?l : 12 -s i V • . 3 s ; S3 . t ■_• o 3 ! 3 "3Q.-r Q- -D _ | -O o E*£ 9 C

s1is=S-El-l : «- . S v ° •

IJo"! "I ° ° ° a s < U O ^ <m< a

5855 5 SSS S5C52S 2858 8 888 SaSaf:^ 8882 2 222 2888"

: "SI ; -g i ; i|8S Y -isE :2 mo c :_ 0 :■<) C C c — -Q •5 2 S02>. i — ^ a . o :3u; S o-.-D ■ f "*• ® - O" » ? 01 ^ : . c O" c C 5 ! O .t Z ■- 0 :1*" c c 5 c w Jhiil o « o o ® 0 •p = c ^ ^

Hit Its

|°o i

gsgSg^S" U<MVjcMr2—rt • «A c c c c c CO 2||i|-o| at o o a o o o 3 v v y r y r 5 M iM M J

oooo oo ^ ,- .'* .2.2.2 .2 _3

• •••«• o iz oca etac a(> •r] «n ^ ^ o< as •« <■« o.-o ©.

i 5 > J 1 o ? o

'.■: -si: » „ 0 -- • . £ E S ? 0 S1 3 — "o— S

I-s is-i1

o § j E g - e •j g « 2^ o „ £ - J3 O-D

tj < ! : !< ■ :< ■> ft ! •« u J ^ r4 ^io o*'— cr»«o *n aocsn eo 2^:2; Z I- CM CM CM CM CM CM CO O <*> fO CO CO CO ^

life J .2 -J jr r ^3 o 2 = %J Q n 3

•rt C-? w § v | M • .

-* n S-O o § o ® H M! €0 o

S " t = 'i oi o t

Page 123: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET 1 Raise »he carrying handle until latch Button It exposed. Prets down

on the button and timply separate the back and front halves of the cabinet while holding the latch button down.

2. Disconnect bock retaining cord by removing center screw on re- ceiver chassis.

3. Remove the four chassis mounting screws (see Trimmer Location 6. Control knobs

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 1. Remove chassis from cabinet by following procedure described above, 3. Set volume ci

STEWART-WARNER PAGE 23

EDrMUl f A DIMET MODELS 9170- ' CABINET 9170-C, 9170-1

Chart) and lift chassis from cabinet. 4. Disengage one end of handle from escutcheon by squeezing

gether the wire retaining clip.

5. Remove the escutcheon by taking out the cross slotted screws.

6. Control knobs may now be removed by pulling them straight up.

2. Connect on output meter across the speaker voice coil or from the plate of tho 3S4 tuba to chassis through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.

3. Set volume control at maximum and use a weak signal from t signal generator.

»m a i 17 volt AC or DC line.

|| SIGNAL GENERATOR CONNECTIONS

CONNECT HIGH SIDE OF SIGNAL GINIRAIOR TO

CONNECT GROUND LEAD OF SIGNAL OINKRATOR TO

Any B— terminal in

Lug on trimmer #6 at side of gong (see chart below for loca- tion of trimmer).

CAUTION If your sig- nal generator is de- signed with on AC-DC type power s u s p 1 y , connect ground lead or signal generator to re- ceiver through a .23 Mfd. condenser.

FRCQUCNCY

455 KC

RECEIVER DIAL

SETTING

Any point where it does not affect the signal.

TRIMMER OR SLUG TRIMMER

DESCRIPTION TYPE OP ADJUSTMENT

1 and 2 2nd I.F.

3 and 4 lit I.F.

Adjust for maximum output. Ths repeat adjustment.

IMPORTANT: Before undertaking alignment of the oscillator and an- tenna trimmers it is necessary to reassomble the chassis in the cabinet. The tuning knob should be installed on tho gang condenser shaft so that when the condenser is fully meshed, the dot under the smaller 5 of the 55 on dial xale is directly opposite the pointer (gold mark on cabinet). As battery position slightly affects R.F. alignment, if Is prefer-

able to have batteries in proper place. To gain access to oscillotor and antenna trimmers, it will bo necessary to open bock of cabinet. In order to provide a coupling for the signal generator, during this part of the procedure, wind several turns of wire in a eireulor shape to form o rodi- aling loop that may be placed adjacent (axes parallel) to the loop antenna. Now complete the alignment procedure os follows.

Connect directly to radiating loop. (See above for Inilructions on radiating loop.) Rotate and adjust loop for maximum Input.

Same as above

1600 KC Broadcast Oscillator

Tune to 1500 Kc. generator signal.

Broadcast Antenna 1500 KC

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

#

8

f . At cV., ;•»/ — v* \"

r1 '1® H i\A H _ /i

" l - AC-OC—BATT.

SWITCH 521293

•May serve as a wiring point.

Lettered terminals in illustration cor- respond to similar- iy lettered termi- nals on the circuit diagram.

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS All voltages measured to 8— using a 70.000 ohm per volt meter with the receiver connected to a 117 volt 60 cycle power supply, except those marked with an asterisk (*). The asterisk indicates that the voltage was measured with the receiver powered by its self contained batteries. Loop terminals shorted together No voltage reoding ot a tube element indicates rero voltage or voltage which cannot be accurately measured with a 20.000 ohm per volt meter.

r»®*.

I. F. 455 KC

Page 124: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-20 STEWART-WARNFB

0

Q

-ml

ri

'i\i

12 A,B 521294 13 ...513008 16 512217

22 A. 521318

32-0 321305 32-F . 52 T 305 32-H 521305 33 512214 34-A,e,

C . 521193

14 510195 15 .510129 17 310173 21 ,510161 23 510197 26 510194 29 A, R 521218 3) . 510108 32-C .... 521305 32-E 521305 32 G ... 521305 32-J 521305 35 .510126 36 510133 38 510179 41 ..510133 42 510146 43-A,B. .521210

11 521375 20 521224 22 521318 28 321319 39 521266

CONDENSERS Condenser—variable gong Condenser-—(eramic 470 MmfH. 350 volt Condenser—.1 Mfd. 400 volt .. Condenser—ceramic .01 Mfd, 450 volt Condenser—ceramic 47 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser—ceramic 62 Mmfd. (Port of let

I.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 47 Mmfd. (Part of 1st

I.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic .01 Mmfd. 450 volt Condenser—.05 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—.05 Mfd 400 volt Condenser—-ceramic 20 Mmfd. (Part of 2nd

I.F. transformer) Condenser—ceramic 150 Mmfd. 500 volt (Part of Audio Coupling Unit) Condenser- -ceramic .002 Mfd. 500 volt (Part of Audio Coupling Unit) Condenser—ceramic .01 Mfd. 500 volt (Port

of Audio Coupling Unit) Condenser—ceramic 150 Mmfd. 500 volt (Part

of Audio Coupling Unit) Condenser—ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 500 volt (Port

of Audio Coupling Unit) Condenser—.05 Mfd. 400 volt Condenser—electrolytic (less mounting bracket)

A—250 Mfd. 15 volt 1 B—40 Mfd. 150 volt >■ C 40 Mid. 150 volt )

Condenser—ceramic 1500 Mmfd. 350 volt RESISTORS

Resistor—carbon 4,7 Meg. '/j watt Resistor—carbon 390 Ohms ±10% '/j watt Resistor—carbon 100,000 Ohms '/j wort Resistor—carbon 22,000 Ohms 'A watt Resistor- carbon 10 M4g. '/z watt Resistor—carbon 3.3 Meg. Vi watt Volume control—1 Meg. (with On-Off switch) Resistor—carbon 27 Ohms ± 10% '/i watt.... Resisloc—carbon 10 Meg. Vs wait (Part of

Audio Coupling Unit) Resistor—carbon 4.7 Meg. Vs woft (Part of Audio Coupling Unit)..

Resistor—carbon 1 Meg. Vs wall (Part of Audio Coupling Unit) ........

Resistor—carbon 3.3 Meg. Vs watt (Part of Audio Coupling Unit) ..........

Resistor—carbon 270 Ohms ± 10% V? wall.... Resistor—carbon 680 Ohms ± 10% Va waft.... Resistor—carbon 220,000 Ohms '/a watf....._. Resistor—carbon 680 Ohms ± 10% V? watt.— Resistor—carbon 3300 Ohms '/a Watt Resistor—-wire wound (include mounting

bracket) A—2000 Ohms ± 3% 7 watt I B—150 Ohms ± 10% 3 watt (fuse typo) 1

COILS A TRANSFORMERS Antenna—rod type (included mounting board) Coil—oscillator Transformer—fst I.F. (includes condensers

22A ond 228) Tronsformer—2nd I.F. (includes condenser

28 A) Transformer output

m

30-A to E 521293

32-A to J 521305

OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS Switch—AC-DC—Battery

.521365 508305

Audio Coupling Unit (included condensers and resistors 32-A thro J) 1.25 Speaker—P. M. dynamic 14") 4.00

Selenium rectifier 1,65 CABINET PARTS

Cabinet, bock section. Model 9170-B—Green $ 4.00 Cobinef, bock section; Model 9I70-C—Gray.... 4.00 Cabinet, back section; Model 9170-D—Maroon 4.00 Cabinet, front section; Model 9170-B—Green

(includes latch ond baffle) 5 25 Cabinet, front section; Model 9170-C—Gray

(includes loich and baffle) 5.25 Cabinet, front section; Model 9170-D—Moroon (includes latch ond baffle) 5.25

Clip, hinge; for front and bock section of cabinet 03 Clip, retains handle 03 Escutcheon plate 1.73 Handle, plastic 30 Knob, "OFF" and volume 25 Knob, Tuning ond Dial Scale .25 Latch 05 latch button 10

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Clip for mounting I.F. transformers 05 "C" washer for latch button 02 Clip, coil mounting 05 Clip, retains mounting stud 05 Clip, retains "A" battery holder ... .03 Connector, "6" battery .45 Contact, "A" battery; leal type 03 Contact. "A" bullery; spring type Holder, "A" battery; for leaf contact (less

contocl) 15 Holder, "A" battery,- lor spring contact (less

contact) .15 Screw, ±6*3,'8 (ploslic thread cutting); retains chassis 02

Screw. ±8-32*1". philips oval head; retains escutcheon plote 05

Spring, coll; for latch button 02 Socket—minioture (7 pin) 24 Slud, mounts escutcheon plate (fiber) .25 V/osher; spring washer for latch button 05

ALL PRICES ON THIS PARTS LIST ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Page 125: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SPECIFICATIONS Voltage Rating Type of Circuit Tuning Range Maximum Appliance load Intermediate Frequency

117 Volts, 60 Cycle Superhetrodyne

540 KC to 1650 KC 1100 Walts

455 KC

STROMBERG-CARLSQN PAGE 2

MODEL C

TUBE COMPLEMENT 1 I2BE6 Oscillator and Converter 1 12BA6 IF Amplifier 1 12AT6 Detector-Audio Amplifier 1 50C5 Power Output I 35W4 Rectifier

Output meter across voice coit (3.2 ohm). Volume control at maximum for alt adiustments.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

* Align for maximum output. Reduce input as needed to k

SIGNAL GENERATOR TUNER ADJUST TRIMMERS

Frequency Coupling Capacitor

Connections to Receiver

Ground Connection

SETTING TO MAXIMUM OUTPUT (in order shown)

455 kt 0.1 mfd. 1 2BE6 grid B — Rotor full opon (Plates out of mosh)

■ Input and output slugs of IF cons

1650 kc 0.1 mid. 1 2BE6 grid B — Rotor full mosh (Plates in mesh)

Oscillator trimmer A2

1500 kc. Radiating loop 1500 kc Antenna trimnor A1

PARTS LIST CAPACITORS RESISTORS

Circuit S-C Circuit S-C Symbol Port No. Description Symbol Part No. Ootcriptien

C-l 81778 Varioble Condenser (30-39) R-1 149134 1500 ohms—1 W—20% (20-152-41 C-2 81779 40-40-20 MF 150 V Electro. (31-38) R-2 149125 10 megohms—% W—20% (20 106 11 C-3 110724 .1 MF —400 V (32-57) R-3 149096 150 ohms—% W—20% (20-151-31 C-4 110801 ,05 MF — 400 V (32-5) R-4 149096 150 ohms—% W—20% (20-151-31 C-5 110801 .05 MF — 400 V (32-4) R-5 149121 2.2 megohms—% W—20% (20-225-31 C-6 110291 100 MMF — 500 V (35-4) R-6 149109 22K ohms—% W—20% (20-223-11

C-7 110542 .02 MF — 400 V (32-3) R-7 149091 22 ohms—'/j W—20% (20-220-31 C-8 110805 .005 MF — 200 V (32-20) R-B 81780 .5 megohms—Potentiometer (50-35

C 9 110801 .05 MF — 400 V (32-5) R-9 149095 100 ohms—'/, W—20% (20-101-31

C-10 110291 100 MMF — 500 V (35-4) MISCELLANEOUS X-l 81797 Couplate (CRl-400-001 K) (36-3

COILS 81784 4" Speaker (80-14

01781 Oscillator ceil (60-31 81785 Knob — Volume Control (122-56 L-1 81786 Knob — Tuning ( 1 22 58 T-2 81782 Input IF transformer (61-11) 81776 Knob — Clock Control T 3 81782 Output IF transformer (61 11) 81777 Cabinet (120-70 IP 1 81783 Back Panel with loop (125-501 81775 Clock Dial GIoj

SERVICING OF TELECHRON MOVEMENT Telechron has'established service stations which are prepared to service the movement unit when delivered I

itself — that is when physically removed from the radio receiver case. Under no circumstances will the cloc

be serviced when not removed from the cabinet.

To take the clock movement out of the cabinet follow the instructions given below. Remove the following:

1. Line cord from power line.

2. ' Tuning knob — volume control knob^- - -

3. Back panel and chassis from cabinet.

4. Three nuts holding clock clamp shield around clock.

5. Unsolder the black, blue and green wires connected to the clock after pulling back the clock shield.

6. Before the clock can be removed from the cabinet, the slumber switch must be in the full 60 minute posifii and the operation selector knob must be in the "on" position.

7. Remove the clock movement by slightly turning the rim so the movement parts con pass thru the cabinet openin

fa T a T? T5

Page 126: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 STROMBERG-CARISON

MODEL C-l

R

o

a

m a

©

a

m

*

m

Hil fir?

o

a Q %

Page 127: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STROMBERG-CARLSON PAGE 2

MODELS 400RPM, 400RPi 400RPO, Custom

ALIGNMENT CHART

An oceurata, coltbratad tignal gansrator and d-c vacuum lube volfmefer are nocouory In order lo align Ihi* radio. A tweep frequency tlgno) generator o on OKllkecepe «oy be uied If available, but are not required. Any attempt to align without the required equipment it certain lo retull In failure. The chart II the varlen allgnmenl rtep*. Locollon of the alignmenl point! It ihown on the tube location and part identificotion chart.

Obeerve Hie (allowing precoufionti (A) Make all odiuifmentt In order given. (B) Um a non-metal He screw driver and light pretsure for slug odiuilmenH. (C) The standard 300-ohm dummy antenna comprises a pair of resistors, one connected in seriei with each terminal of signal generator, of such value that

total Impedance between terminals. Including signal generator Is 300 ohms. (0) To use signal generator with sweep oscillolor and etcllloscope, substitute steps 2A, 3A and 4A for steps 2, 3 and 4.

Band and Pointer

2. AM HF) low (540 ke) end of dial.

3. FM AFC OFF) low end of dial.

4. Same as step 3.

3. FM AFC OFFj 108 mc.

5. FM AFC OFFj 88 me.

7. FM AFC OFF, 108 m«.

8. FM AFC OFF, 100 mc.

9. FM AFC OFF, 90 mc.

10. AM HF, 1650 kc.

11. AM HF, 1400 kc.

12. AM HF, 600 kc.

13. AM HF, 1000 ke. 14. AM HP, 1000 kc.

13. Same as step 14.

Band and Pointer 2A. AM HF, low (335 ke}

end of dial.

3A. FM AFC OFF, low end of dial.

4A. Same as step 3A.

Signal Generator

455 ke, no modulation, high side to pin 7 (grid) of V-10 (6BE6) thru .01 uf capacitor, low sida to chassis.

10.7 mc, no moduloHon, high side to high side of l-l thru .01 uf capacitor, low side to chassis.

Same as step 3.

108 mc, 400 cps modulation to termlnols FM and G thru 300-ohm dummy antenna (note C). 88 tnc, otherwise same at step 5.

108 me, otherwise some as step 5.

100 mc, otherwise some as step 5. 90 mc, otherwise same as step 5. 1650 kc, 400 cps modulation to IOOP terminals through 50-ohm resistor. 1400 kc, otherwise tome os step 10.

600 kc, otherwise tame as step 10.

Same os step 11. 1000 kc, 10 kc modulation, otherwise same os step 10. Same os step 14.

Meter Connection

0-c VTVM to terminal 4 of 1-10 and chassis. (AGC volt- age).

Same as step 2.

O-c VTVM te 1 unction R.17 and R-18 and to chassis. D-e VTVM to terminal 4 of L-10 and chassis. (AGC volt- age).

Same as step 3.

Same as step 3.

Same os step 3.

Same as step 3.

Same as step 3.

Same os step 3.

Same as step 5.

Same at step 5, A-c voltmeter across eutpul connector TD-3. Same at step 14,

Adlustments and Notes

With tuning capacitor fully meshedi Adiusi dial pointer marker at top left of dial, adiust f-m tuning slugs flush u bottom of glass coil-forms. Use least Input signal to provide —I to —1.3 volts —3-vol» scale. Adjust secondary (fop) of T-3, T-3, T-7 maximum negative voltage with 1000-ohm resistor oci primary winding of transformer being adiusted. Ad primary (bottom) of T-3, T-5, T.7 for maximum nego voltage with 1000-ohm resistor across secondary windlnt transformer being adiusted. Use least input signal to provide —1 to —1.5 volts —3-volt scale. Adjust secondary (top), primary (bottom! T-6 for maximum negolive voltage, leave signal genen output set lo provide —2 volts, the correct signal l< for step 4. Use —3-volt scale. Adiust secondary (top) of T-6 for I voltago between positive and negative voltage. Use least Input signal to provido —1 lo —1.3 volts —3-volt scalo. Adiust C-29 (FM osc.) for maximum nega voltage.

Check dial colibralien. If incorrect, change position of < in relation to 1-6 (ate. coll) to obtain correct dlol call lion of 88 mc and repeat steps 3 and 6 unlit dial call lion is correct at 108 mc and at 88 mc. Use least Input signal to provido —1 to —1.5 volfi —3-volt scale. Adjust C-7 (RF) C-1 (ont.) for maxii negative voltage. While odjustlng C-7, rock signal gen tor slowly, returning lo 108 mc. Becheck C-29. Check dial calibration.

Check dial calibration. If steps 8 or 9 show Incorrect calibration, repeat steps 1, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Us* least Input signal lo provide —1 to —1.5 volli —3-volt tea la. Adiust C-42C (AM osc.) for maximum n live voltage. Use least input signal to provide —1 ta —1.3 volt —3-voll scale. Adiust C-42A (ant.) and C-43B (RF) maximum negative voltage. Use least input signal to provide —I la —1.9 volt —3-vell scale. Adiust L-9 (lew-frequency antenna) slur maximum negative voltage. Repeal step 11. Rock tuning slowly ta center of dip In meter reading » Increasing signal Input fe provide readable Indication. Adjust C-30 to center of dip in motor reading, inci tignal Input If necessary to obtain readable indicalio 3-volt or lower scale.

Allornoto stops 2, 3 and 4 for use with swoop oscillator and ascilloicopo

Signal Generator 453 ke, swept at 22.5 kc. Hiah tide to _pln 7. jgfldj .of V-IO (6BE6) thro .01 of co- poeitor. low tide to chostls. 10.7 mc swept ot 130 kc. High side to high side of l-l thru .01 uf capacitor, low side to chassis.

Sarno at stop 3A.

Meter and Scopa Connection

D-c VTVM to terminal 4 of L-lp and chatslt. (AGC volt- ago). Scope lo pin 3 of T-5 (3rd IF. AM) and chassis. D-e VTVM same ot step 2A. Scope fo pin 2 of V-6 (6A15) with C-22 discon- nected.

D-c VTVM tome os stop 2A. Scope to Junction of R-17 and R-18.

Adjustment and Notes Use least input signal to provide —1 fo —1.3 voll —3-voll scale of VTVM. Adjutl piimory (bottom) secondary (fop) ot T-3, T-3 and T-7 for best double-

Use loost inpuf tignal fo provide —1 te —1.5 volt —3-volf scale of VTVM. Adjust primary (bottom) secondary (top) of T-l, T-2, T-4 and primary (bottor T-6 for bast double-trace curve. Reconnect C-22 b step 4A. Use least input signal to provide —1 to —1.5 voll —3-volt scale of VTVM. Adiust secondary (lop) of T-

ft Ti-iVin TT R "i r) AT*

Page 128: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-4 STROMBERG-CARLSON

MODELS 400RPM, 400RPM2, 400RPO, Custom

^ oo

Sfi *J- IO / Q y u —c

5 ff

SSO

3^- o. s1

<t ZlJ,5

31 oQ

Q — X t~-> < u_ /r-H o 3 ><*

®Ja OJ cl orr '

aBwwiyi JSO IM?

y^wwiHi da m

adwwiai 03ad H9IH

inv m

Page 129: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

VOLTAGE CHART

STRQMBERG-CARLSON PAaiill

MODELS 40()RPM, RPM2, RP

TnmNAi POSITION SYMBOL TYPE FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5

AC FM V-l 6CB6 FM-RF Ampl. -.1 0 0 6.3 170 150

AC FM V.2 6AU6 FM Mixer 0 0 0 6.3 200 200 4.8

AC Any V-3 6BA6 Ut IF Ampl. -.1 0 0 6.3 190 140 1.0

FM V-5 6AU6

FM V-6 6A15

FM V.7 12AT7

FM V-8 6AL7

FM Liralter AM Detector

FM Ratio Det. .9 .9 0 6.3 0 0 0

FM Osc.# Vor. Reactance

130 0 2.5 0 0 175 -2 0 6.3

Tuning Indie.

AM-RF Ampl.

AM V-10 6BE6

FR-AES V-ll 12AU7

Any V-12 12AX7

Any V-13 12AT7

AM Converter

AF Amplifier AF Amplifier

AF Amplifier Phase Inv.

0 0 350 -.8 -.8 -.8 6.3 .6 - AC

0 0 6.3 0 190 110 1 - -

-10

22 -. 21 30 30 250

200 100 100 301 30 100 0 .2 30

90

30 3

Any V-14 6F6 Power Output 0

Any V.15 6F6 Power Output 0

Any V-16 5U4G Rectifier NC

30 400 340

30 400

30 30

30 30

NOTES: Ho signal input. Power supply 117 volts, 60 eps. Tuning capacitor fully meshed~540 kc end of dial. Vollages measured to chassis (ground). A-c voltages measured using 1000 ohm-per-volt voltmeter. D-c vollages measured using vacuum-tube volt- meter. NC indicates no connection. Variations of ±10% in voltage readings may be obtained doe to variation in tubes, resistors, etc. V-ll, V-l2, V-l3 healer voltage 6.3 volts AC measured between terminals 4 or 5 and 9j V-14, V-15 healer voltages 6.3 volts AC measured between terminals 2 and 7i V-16 filament voltage 5.0 volts AC measured between terminals 2 and 8.

GENERAL ASSEMBLY

R.P.O. RPM RPM2

BAFFIE — SPEAKER CABINET ASSEMBLY —

'CABLE ASSEMT- SPEAKER CHASSIS ASSEMBLY DOORS (PAIR) - ESCUTCHEON KNOB — LOUDN6SS KNOB — TUNING KNOB — SELECTOR KNOB — BASS KNOB — TREBLE LOCK WASHER -- SPKR. MTG. - PILOT LAMP - LAMP CAP — (RED) RECORD CHANGER SCREW CHASSIS MTG SCREW — ESCUTCHEON SCREW — SPKR. MTG - SPKR. ASSEMBLY WASHER — SPEAKER MTG

102012 108301 109054 112621 81888

125607 134625 134625 134624 134626

526081 29956

801401 100941 203549 163653 511991 100942 525571

102012 108321 109054 112621 81924

125607 134625 134625 134624 134626

526081 29956

801401 100941 203549 163653 511991 100942 525571

125607 134625 134625 134624 134626 134627 526081

29956 801401 100941 203549 163653 511991 100942 525571

Page 130: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-6 STROMBERG-CARLSON

MODELS 400RPM, 400RPM2, 400RPO, Custom i '

TUBE COMPLEMENT Circuit S-C Symbol Part No. Oeicription V-1 162092 6CBd FM-RF Amp. V-2 162032 6AU6 FM Mixer V-3 162012 6BA6 1st I.F. Amp. V-4 162012 6BA6 2ncl I.F. Amp. V-5 162032 6AU6 FM Limifer and AM Oet, V-6 162022 6AL5 FM Raiio Det. V 7 162067 I2AT7 FM Osc. ond Var. Reactance V-8 162064 6AL7 Tuning Ind. V-9 162012 6BA6 AM-RF Amp. V-10 162013 6BE6 AM Converter V-ll 162042 12AU7 AM Amp. V-12 162070 12AX7 AF Amp. V-13 162067 12AT7 AF Amp. ond Phase Del. V-14 162112 6F6 Power Output V-15 162112 6F6 Power Output V-16 162107 5U46 Rectifier

CAPACITORS

Circuit s-c Symbol Port No, Description Voltage C-l 110045 1 -12 uuf C-2 110410 27 uuf, NPO 400 C-3 110694 100 uuf, GP 500 C-5 110818 1000 uuf 500 C-6 110694 100 uuf, GP 500 C 7 110045 1-12 uuf C 8 110471 22 uuf, NPO 500 C 9 110694 100 uuf, GP 500 C 10 110818 1000 uuf 500 c-ll 110586 5000 uuf 450 C-l 2 110540 .01 of 400 C-I3 110540 .01 uf 400 C 14 110586 5000 uuf 450 C 15 110540 .01 uf 400 C-16 110540 .01 of 400 C-17 110586 5000 uuf 450 C-l 8 110540 .01 uf 400 C-19 110817 2200 uuf 400 C-20 110463 330 uuf. GP 350 C-21 110586 5000 uuf 450 C 22 111093 5 of 50 C-23 110463 330 uuf, GP 350 C 24 110463 330 uuf, GP 350 C-35 110815 1000 oof 500 C-26 110818 1000 uuf 500 C-17 110818 1000 uuf 500 C-28 110439 2.2 uuf, NPO 500 C 29 110045 1-12 uuf C 30 110584 5 ugf, NPO 500 C 31 110407 33 uuf. NPO 400 C-32 110816 33 oof, N220 400 C-33 110458 47 uuf, GP 500 C-34 1108(8 1000 uuf 500 C-35 110453 220 uuf, GP 500 C-36 110439 2.2 uuf, GP 500 C-37 110818 1000 uuf 500 C 38 110694 100 uuf. GP 500 C-39 110815 1000 uuf 500 C-40 110815 1000 uuf 500 C-41 110548 .22 uf 400 C-42 110121 AM Toning Variable C-43 110661 .1 of 200 C-44 110586 5000 uuf 450 C 45 110540 .01 uf 400 C 46 110661 .1 of 200 C-47 110413 5 uuf, N750 400 C-48 110694 100 uuf, GP 500 C-49 110540 .01 uf 400 C-50 110056 30-270 uuf 350

C 51 C-52 C-53 C-54 Radio* C-55 C-56 C-37 C-58 C-59 C-60 C-61 C-62 C-63

s-c Port No. 110458 11066J 110544 110540 110543 110538 110676 110544 110542 110676 110410 110543 111609

110543 110410 110538 110455 35590

C 54 SR-405*

S-C Part No.

149119 149400 149113 28162

149101 28144 28170

149101 28144 28148

149108 149101 28177 28184

H9385 149095 149234 28168 28168 28187

149101 149402 149107 149101 28152 28150

149113 149058 149101 28164

149119 28144

149051 28162

Description 47 out, GP .1 wf .047 uf .01 uf .033 uf 4700 uuf 750 uuf .047 of .022 of 750 owf, GP 27 uuf, NPO .033 uf (20 of (20 uf (20 u! (15 uf .033 of 27 uuf, NPO 4700 uuf 470 out (30 of (40 Of (50 of (15 of 470 oof 4700 oof .1 of .1 uf .1 uf .01 of (30 of (30 of .1 mf

RESISTORS

Resistance 1 Megohm 6800 ohms 100K ohms 2200 ohms IK ohms 68 ohms 10K ohms IK ohms 68 ohms 150 ohms 15K ohms IK ohms 47K ohms 270K ohms 100K ohms 100 ohms 22K ohms 6800 ohms 6800 ohms 470K ohms IK ohm 10K ohms 10K ohms IK ohm 330 ohms 220 ohms 100K ohms 27K ohms IK ohm 3300 ohms 1 Megohm 68 ohms 4700 ohms 2200 ohms

Page 131: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STROMBERG-CARLSON PAG!

MODELS 400RPM, 400R 400RPO, Custom

Circuit S-C Tol. Symbol Part No. Resistance Watt R-36 149095 100 ohms Vi w 20% R-37 149109 22K ohms Vi w 20% R-38 28166 4700 ohms Vi w 10% R-39 149121 2.2 Megohms '/» w 20% R-40 26183 220K ohms y. w 10% R-41 28183 220K ohms Vi w 10% R-42 28179 68K ohms Vt w 10% R-43 28190 820K ohms y» w 10% R-44 149122 3.3 Megohms 'A w 20% R-45 28177 47K ohms Vt w 10% R-46 28187 470K ohms Vj w 10% R-47 28177 47K ohms Vi w 10% R-48 149122 3.3 Megohms Vt w 20% R-49 28179 68K ohms Vi w 10% R-50 28183 220K ohms Vt w 10% R-51* 149385 100K ohms Vt w 10% R-52 28174 27K ohms Vj W 10% R-53 149385 100K ohms Vj W 10% R-54 149122 3.3 Megohms Vt w 20% R-35 149122 3.3 Megohms Vt w 20% R 59 28177 47K ohms Vi w 10% R 60 28187 470K ohms Vi w 10% R-61 145627 loudness Control

10% R-62 149385 100K ohms Vj W R-63 149107 10K ohms Vt w 20% R-64 28174 27K ohms % W 10% R-65 28163 2700 ohms Vj W 10% R-66 28175 33K ohms Vj W 10% R-67 28187 470K ohms Vj W 10% R-68 28187 470K ohms Vj W 10% R-69 145628 5 Megohms Dual Pol.

10% R-71 28177 47K ohms Vj W R-72 28177 47K ohms Vj W 10% R-73 28164 3300 ohms Vj W 10% R-74 149386 150K ohms Vt W 10% R-75 28184 270K ohms Vj W 10% R 76 28171 I2K ohms Vj W 10% R 77 28163 2700 ohms Vj W 10% R-78 28177 47K ohms Vj W 10% R-79 149108 15K ohms Vj W 20% R-80 28166 4700 ohms Vj W 10% R-81 28177 47K ohms Vj W 10% R-62 28183 220K ohms Vj W 10% R-83 28183 220K ohms Vj W 10% R-84 46369 350 ohms 5 W

>0% R-85 28156 680 ohms Vj W R-86 28177 47K ohms Vj W 10% R-88 149402 10K ohms 1 W 10% R-89 46486 100 ohms 2 W R-90 149612 (750 ohms

(2500 ohms 6 W

11.9 W R-91 149424 2.7 ohms 1 W 10% R 92 149424 2.7 ohms 1 W 10% R-93 149086 47K ohms 2 W 20% R•94, 149113 100 ohms Vj W 20%

COILS Circuit S-C

Symbol Part No. Description L-l 114097 Antenna coll (FM) 1-2 114693 RF Choke L-3 114098 RF Coil (FM) 1-4 114707 RF Choke L-5 114618 RF Choke 1-6 114098 Osc. Coil (FM) L-7 114620 RF Coil 1-8 114707 RF Choke 1-9 114122 Ant. Coil (FM) L-10 114095 RF Coil (AM) L-11 114123 Osc. Coil (AM) L-I2 161044 (lOkc filler) Reactor

transformers Circuit S-C

Symbol Part No. Description T-1 114363 First 1F-FM T-2 114363 Second IF-FM T-3 114414 Second IF-AM T-4 114363 Third IF-FM T-5 114414 Third IF-AM T-6 114404 Ratio Detector T-7 114414 first IF-AM T-8 161337 Output transformer T-9 161776 Power transformer

MISCELLANEOUS Circuit 5-C Symbol Part No. Deicripflon F-I 25156 Fuie, 3 amp., 3AG Fl-1 110478 Filler assembly M 30933 Dial Lamp 1-2 30933 Dial Lamp J-l 31539 Twin input jack J-2 31539 Twin input jack J.3 31539 Twin input jack J-4 152038 A-c socket J-5 152033 Relay Power Jack J-6 34421 Cabinet lamp Jack P-l 30224 Plug used for J1, J2, J3 and J4 S-l 158652 Selector switch A.C. Cord and Plug Dial Bracket—Right Dial Bracket—Left Dial Glass Grommel—A.C. Cord Grommet—Dial Glass Pointer—Dial Toning Shaft Assembly—Flywheel

•R-51 and R.94 used on Custom 400--omifted on SR 405

COIL IOC NTIFICATION

T I.TI.T3 .74 .T5.TT

8 • t—swwtwo

Page 132: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 STROMBERG-CARLSON

MODELS 400RPM, 400RPM2, 400RPO, Custom

Page 133: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

STROMBERG-CARLSON PAGE

MODELS 400RPM, 400RI 400RPO, Custom

"t RI0< Tf <•< ♦ X

ft It , ri ISO'

rafi r.

s : j

hlih till * Ji'Xu

«AT» OCTECTOfl

ci ~1 5000

J KwwwJ t

all capactohs tee in ul all ncsisrons are in omi

MOTE: A FIRST PROOUCTICN RUN 010 NOT INCLUOC BELAY JACK 0# TMCRtFORE A A WAFER 5a.ecT<* switch wts ueeo.FOR rcfuace' MENT Of 9 I USE A S WAFER SWITCH AS SHOWN. 5 IN RADIO a TV CONSOLES C94 IS .01 UFO KM • H»« ABE ADDED.

Page 134: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

f'lip ■

• . ^cl I \^*yJ "its ■ X^gsSZ ••

511M, 512BR, 5I2C

512GR, 512RE,5U Ch. 1-601-1

-,1

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER SUPPLY

105-125 Volts AC or DC, 35 Watts

FREQUENCY RANGE 540-1650 Kc.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 455 Kc.

LOUDSPEAKER 5" P. M., 1. 47 Oz. Magnet

SYLVANIA TUBE COMPLEMENT

Function

Os c illator-Mixer I.F. Amplifier Detector - A.V.C. - IstA.F. Audio Output Rectifier

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

Allow chassis and signal generator several minutes warm-up.

Connect an A.C. Voltmeter across voice coil terminals and set volume control to full volume position.

Keep generator output at lowest useable level to prevent A.V.C. action from interfering with accurate alignment.

I.F. ALIGNMENT

2. Tune amplitude modulated signal genera to 455 Kc. Connect generator output le: to "Neg. B" and through a 0.1 Mfd. < pacitor to pin 7 (control grid) of the I2E Oscillator-Mixer tube.

3. Align I.F. transformers TI and T2 adjusting first the cores accessible fr under the chassis, then the top cor Repeat this operation until a maxim meter reading is obtained.

R. F. ALIGNMENT

1. Set the variable tuning capacitor to a point 1. Turn variable tuning capacitor counti near 1, 000 Kc. where no signals are heard. clockwise to minimum capacity setting

Page 135: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2 SYLVANIA

MODELS 511B, SllH, SUM, 512BR, 512CH, 512GR, 512RE, 512YE, Ch. 1-601-1

2. Tune generator, connected as above, to 1650 Kc.

3. Adjust oscillator trimmer C4 for maximum output.

4. Connect generator to a Hazeltine loop so

as to radiate a 1450 Kc. signal into the receiver.

Tune receiver to 1450 Kc.

Tune antenna trimmer C2 to obtain maxi- mum output.

5.

6.

ANTENNA LOOP

I2BE6 OSC MIXER 35W4 50C5 Ci KC2 RECV AUDIO OUTPUT

I20A6

C3 C4

12AT6 oet-a vc l§T A.F'" SPEAKER

TOP LAYOUT FOR 1-601-1 CHASSIS

CI7 O CIS

PRI

CIS R7 R2 R11 /' C19

Rl R9

R8 G20 0^

SEC. RIO

Clb

LINE CORD

R6 013

d® R5 _ 0T2

rUD Ci4 R3 "I

C5

□ LI C6

RI2

VOLUME CONTROL ON-OFF SWITCH

BOTTOM LAYOUT FOR 1-601-1 CHASSIS

Page 136: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYIVANIA PAGE 23

MODELS 511B, 511H, 511M,

512BR, 512CH, 512GR, 512RI 512YE, Ch. 1-601-1

3 O o5 « +!/▼

5; §

Us

s +b|I or +|/^

si si

1 s ~io oj: a|o

Page 137: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYIVANIA

MODELS 511B, 511H, 511M, 512BR, 512CH, 512GR, 512RE, 512YE, Ch. 1-601-1

SCHEMATIC SERVICE LOCATION PART NUMBER

582-0011 776-0004 482-0002 813-0007 813-0017 813-0019 813-0020 813-0022 813-0009 813-0016 813-0018

C6 166-0100P C17 161-2002 CIS C13, C15 162-06247 C5,C7 162-0411M C16 162-04122 C14, C19, C20 162-04147 01,03 170-0006 C2,C4

487-0004 LI 113-0015 R4 152-0012

195-0002 722-0019 722-0021 740-0024

R9 181-0151 R1 181-0223 H3,R6 181-0473 R12 181-0104 R7,R8 181-0474 R2 181-0225 R5 181-0106 Rll 189-0013 R10 182->0122

497-0005 482-0003 412-0015 539-0501

T1 121-0013 T2 122-0013

T1 121-0016 T2 122-0016 T3 143-0011

REPAIR PARTS LIST

DESCRIPTION

Antenna - Loop Baffle - Speaker Base - Miniature Tube Shield Cabinet - Plastic - Black (51 IB) Cabinet - Plastic - Brown (512BR) Cabinet - Plastic - Chartreuse (512CH) Cabinet - Plastic - Green (512GR) Cabinet - Plastic - Ivory (511H) Cabinet - Plastic - Mahogany (511M) Cabinet - Plastic - Red (512RE) Cabinet - Plastic - Yellow (512YE) Capacitor - Ceramic - . 0001 M/d. - 500 V, Capacitor - Electrolytic - 40 Mfd. - 150 V.

40 Mfd. - 150 V. Capacitor - Paper - . 0047 Mfd. - 600 V. Capacitor - Paper - . 01 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Paper - . 022 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Paper - . 047 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Variable - 2 Gang

Trimmers (Part of 170-0006) Clip - I. F. Transformer Mounting Coil - Oscillator Control - Volume with On-Off Switch Cord - Line Dial - Station Numerals (511B, SUM, 512BR, 512GR,512RE) Dial - Station Numerals (511H, 512CH, 512YE) Knob - On-Off & Volume

500 V. 150 V. 150 V. 600 V. 400 V. 400 V. 400 V.

Resistor - 150 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 47, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 100, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 470, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 2.2 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 10 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 25 Ohm - 1 W. - W. W. Resistor - 1,200 Ohm - 1 W. Retainer & Bushing - Line Cord Shield - Miniature Tube Socket - 7 Prong - Miniature Tube Speaker - 5" P. M. Transformer - I. F. #1 (57-69301-1) M

Transformer - I. F. #2 (57-69302-1)" - Matched Pair

Transformer - I. F. #1 (57-69303-1) Transformer - 1. F. #2 (57-69304-1) Transformer - Output Tube - 12AT6 Tube - 12BA6 Tube - 12BE6 Tube - 35W4 Tube - 50C5

- Matched Pair

Page 138: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 2

MODELS 511B, 511H, 511M, 512BR, 512CH, 512GR, 512R]

512YE, Ch. 1-601-1

^•5

S +11-

S <711-5

sf H

ilH"i

> o -J + ' =:0Q

-^5—' m UJ CS O HH' cn og w ^ i/i < i

f1

-I MS 11-

4 4

£i

S ■N

i H i

o

jD O UJ 2

i|c

^1

* - £!2 og

4+

n a:

ti bi • 2 E" 1 n<

,3 • O o v •o OJQ

Jtog x So

OT1 • kj 5 < ® So w1 .3 u

M O 2 " Ijuwg

J 0<I UJ J ZUJI-

y : C ^ ffl - to s c ^ 3

5 IS 00

-Is o

P o £ -W M

® SH c Q. O O w —. 'O -r4 I

"O (U 0) ® —' f-l 5 a i c a , s-s

52

■2^2 -2

« 2 s C "C XI §2 w. x; a tu :

a to j3 oj U CJ —-1 — -T-< M CQ js cn »-H

5|| T3 ^ ^ £*13

TO c 0) •^4 •F- u sB? rt 2 -o •fH a 0) »s« m m &

c V o (-1

o .. £ 2 x: o 5? JH o w 2 ®

CSJ V J3 -•->

o a «o ' 5 •»H a K Ml 03

£•3 H w

Page 139: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

E 23-6 SYLVANIA

MODELS 541B, H, M, 542BH, OH, GH, RE, YE, Ch. 1-602-1

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The clock on each radio may be used to;

(A) Provide accurate sweep second time. (B) Turn radio off automatically after retiring. (C) Turn radio program on for awakening. (D) Awaken to music with appliance operating. (E) Turn appliance on and off with radio on

or off.

f ^

• . ■■1 - -

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER SUPPLY

105-125 Volts, 60 Cycle AC, 35 Watts

APPLIANCE OUTLET

Maximum Load 1100 Watts

FREQUENCY RANGE 540-1650 Kc.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 455 Kc.

LOUDSPEAKER ... 5" P. M., 1. 47 Oz. Magnet

SYLVANIA TUBE COMPLEMENT

Function

Oscillator-Mixer I. F. Amplifier Detector - A.V.C. - 1st A. F. Output Rectifier

CABINET DIMENSIONS (inches)

12BE6 12BA6 12AT6

50C5 35W4

Width 10. 2, Height 7. 8, Depth 6. 3

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

Take chassis from cabinet as in step C page i.

Insert temporary jumper between closely spaced pins of clock socket.

Allow chassis and signal generator several minutes warm-up.

Connect an AC Voltmeter across voice coil terminals and set volume control to full volume position.

Keep generator output at lowest useable level to prevent AVC action from-interfering with accurate alignment.

I. F. ALIGNMENT

1. Set the variable tuning capacitor to a point near 1, 000 Kc. where no signals are heard.

2. Tune amplitude modulated signal generator to 455 Kc. Connect generator output to Negative "B" and through a 0. 1 Mfd. capa-

citor to control grid (pin 7) of the 12BE6 Oscillator-Mixer tube.

3. Align I. F. transformers T1 and T2 by adjusting first the cores accessible from under the chassis, then the top cores. Repeat this operation until a maximum meter reading is obtained.

R.F. ALIGNMENT

1. Turn tuning shaft clockwise to minimum capacity setting of the variable capacitor.

2. Tune generator, connected as described above, to 1650 Kc.

3. Adjust oscillator trimmer C4 for maximum output.

4. Connect generator to a Hazeltine loop to radiate a 1450 Kc. signal into the receiver.

5. Tune the receiver to 1450 Kc.

6. Adjust antenna trimmer C2 to obtain maxi- mum output.

Page 140: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

Remove the jumper from the closely spaced pins on the clock socket and replace the clock plug. Reinstall the receiver chassis in the cabinet.

SYLVANIA PAGE

MODELS 541B, H, R 542BR, CH, GH, RE, YE, Ch. 1-602-1

12666 OSC MIXER

ON CLOCK O) SOCKET

I2AT6 OCT - five III A Fy I

50C5 OUTPUT

35W4 ^ I28A6 V^ECy UF^AMp

APPLIANCE \\\ POWER OUTLET ^ CORO

lUP LAYOUT FOR 1-602-1 CHASSIS

OUTLET

m m «

annj'

R2 R" CO

R3

0

R9 C/R6 ■\CI3

CI5 \C'6\ ^ y\~R7 \ \l

ON-OFF -SWITCH VOLUME

-CONTROL

[•IWM IAI VL 3

•jHM'ili

Page 141: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-8 SYLVANIA

MODELS 541B, H, M, 542BR, CH, GR, RE, YE, Ch. 1-602-1

V

3 m

S L2 1 O tt*A>0 tfJ > I

i .0

si

0 r. nuj ■m i

^>6006 ^svazi :>939ZI

91VZI

5 O o I Z -I o . < o y o 80 UJ ^ >- o "O o u < 5 x2£: b «o < 2 ^ v- z » _j 111 Ui -§<o

S3SE ZpZ?

*-; uj J UJ Ssgs

2s U a

flj U $53

1^1 Gga m O m f-S IH

~ o S.2 S

CO bO s> c 0} •M t. c o 3 CO o

■§ 6 i (0 K M 0) W 3= rt

s J3 O

*-> 4)

1 O

O 0) cu a 3

t. 5

Page 142: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SYLVANIA PAGE 23

MODELS 541B, H, M 542BR, CH, GR, RE, YE, Ch> 1-602-1

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

SERVICE PART NUMBER

582-0013 482-0002 813-0008 813-0012 813-0014 813-0013 813-0021 813-0010 813-0011 813-0015 166-0100P 161-2002

162-06247 162-0411M 162-04122 162-04147 170-0007

487-0004 113-0015 152-0013 195-0002 715-0008 723-0003 749-0013 740-0021 552-5226 552-0031 792-0006 494-0007 181-0151 181-0223 181-0473 181-0474 181-0225 181-010G 189-0013 182-0122 497-0005 493-0017 482-0003 481-0014 419-0005 419-0004 412-0015 539-0501 496-0023 495-0006 121-0016 122-0018 143-0019

DESCRIPTION

Antenna - Loop Base - Miniature Tube Shield Cabinet - Plastic - Black (541B) Cabinet - Plastic - Brown (542BR) Cabinet - Plastic - Chartreuse (542CH) Cabinet - Plastic - Green (542GR) Cabinet - Plastic - Ivory (541H) Cabinet - Plastic - Mahogany (541M) Cabinet - Plastic - Red (542RE) Cabinet - Plastic - Yellow (542YE) Capacitor - Ceramic - . 0001 Mfd. - 500 V. Capacitor - Electrolytic - 40 Mfd. - 150 V.

40 Mfd. - 150 V. Capacitor - Paper - , 0047 Mfd. - 600 V. Capacitor - Paper - .01 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Paper - .022 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Paper - . 047 Mfd. - 400 V. Capacitor - Variable - 2 Gang

Trimmers (Part of 170-0007) Clip - I. F. Transformer Mounting Coil - Oscillator Control - Volume & On-Off Cord - Line Cover - Front Dial - Station Numerals Knob - Feature Control Knob - Tuning - Volume & On-Off Nut - Speed Tuning Shaft Nut - Speed - Clock Mounting Pointer - Dial Pully - Dial Drive Resistor - 150 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 22, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 47,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 470,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 2.2 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 10 Megohm - 1/2 W. Resistor - 25 Ohm - 1 W. - W. W. Resistor - 1,200 Ohm - 1 W. Retainer & Bushing - Line Cord Shaft - Tuning Shield - Miniature Tube Sleeve - Shaft Bearing Socket - 2 Prong - Appliance Socket - 3 Prong - Clock Socket - 7 Prong - Miniature Speaker - 5" P.M. Spring - String Drive String - Drive (Specify desired length when ordering) Transformer - I. F. #1 Transformer - I. F. #2 Transformer - Output Tube - 12AT6 Tube - 12BA6 Tube - 12BE6 Tube - 35W4 Tube - 50C5

Page 143: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-10 SYLVANIA

MODELS 541B, H, M, 542BR, CH, GR, RE, YE, Ch. 1-602-1

Mi

o ttujo <D %tr

5 OJ T3

'r

® w c CJ w I55

o a x: a, 0 S S-S « q tj »h

-t< B o

t3 „• « a i -a fl> ^ 1— ^ QJ ^ a » w ^ . gUc-g aS £

s-s-a O 0. 5 c C3 ^

ii « w a> "S s ^ ® _ a w "2 w S M • Co

rt.^s-

sii s s|s .' -ir

sf si

«>9V921 :>938ZI

2 -o aJ 8 <ia

W 03 o H 2 c

5 >p U

_j o J > < E i . Q.u,^ s § 3

' U O 5 UJ JC i-sS xS§: S ^ 5 s55o

3:S£

2^5 2

< tt «.£ »-. UJ _l UJ §!8i

Page 144: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 23

MODEL 43 Ch. 1-604-

SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply AC/DC Operation 117 V. DC or AC 15 Watts Battery Operation 7.5V. "A", 75V. or 90V. "B" Frequency Range. . . 540 KC to 1650 KC Intermediate Frequency 455 KC Speaker 4" x 6" P. M.

ALIGNMENT PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Remove chassis from cabinet. 2. Allow chassis and signal generator several

minutes warm up.

TUBE COMPLEMENT

VI Oscillator/Mixer 1R5 V2 IF Amplifier 1U4 V3 Detector, AVC, 1st AF 1U5 V4 Audio Output 3V4

PROCEDURE 3. Keep generator output at lowest usable

level to prevent AVC action from inter- ferring with accurate alignment.

4. Connect AC voltmeter across voice coil. 5. Adjust volume control to full volume.

STEP SIGNAL Frequency

GENERATOR Connection

RADIO DIAL SETTING ADJUST COMMENTS

1. 455 KC Thru . 01 Mfd. to pin 6 of 1R5.

Tuning cap. plates ful- ly open.

T2 D T2 C T1 B T1 A

Connect ground lead of signal generator to negative "B" in receiver.

Adjust T1 and T2 (IF transform- ers) for maximum output.

I

1050 KC Radiated to re-

ceiver thru a loop of sever- al turns.

Tuning cap. plates ful- ly open

C4 trim- mer

Adjust C4 (high-end oscillator trimmer) for maximum output.

Set variable tuning capacitor to minimum capacity.

3. 1400 KC to 1500 KC

Same as 2. 1400 KC to 1500 KC

C1 trim- mer

Adjust C1 (antenna trimmer) for maximum output.

600 KC Same as 2. Approx. 600 KC

L2 core Adjust L2 (low-end oscillator ad-

justment) for maximum output while simultaneously "rocking" variable tuning capacitor.

OB Repeat step 3. |

CHASSIS 1. Remove control knobs, station selector

pointer and base. Remove station selector pointer by gripping it with either a bent wire hook or needle nose pliers inserted in the center slots.

2. Remove the four screws securing chassis and dial caps to the cabinet. Note assem- bly of the handle and dials,and that chassis

REMOVAL slides through grooves in cabinet. The chassis may now be removed.

3. To facilitate calibration,turn volume con- trol until It clicks "Off and Station Selec- tor until tuning capacitor is fully meshed. Line up indicator marks accordingly, and press on knobs.

ON-OFF SWITCH a VOLUME

CONTROL IRI2)

' ; SELENIUM Q.j RECTIFIER

fCIT.Czi RI3 CIRCUIT c 18 RI4 CIS RI5

„ C20 RI6

STATION SELECTOR

y1

BOTTOM LAYOUT

Page 145: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

>AGE 23-12 SYLVANIA

MODEL 433, Oh. 1-604-1

VI IR5 OSC-MXER

V3 V 4 3V4 AUDIO OUTPUT .•tflOVBLUE TS

DET*WC. 1ST AUOKJ tiSX *MV i

& 02V 023 3+ISV zzzu ooi e r~il+«Y

♦asv. • +J6V + 2 4V 3W f+lW TIM RED

RS LOOP rr

RI7 ANT booh

.000 iWv * .001 RIO -V* IO MEG 5 5 MEG. 020 T CI7 RB

.002 «5«/ IBOOul 8200. 07 CIRCUIT PRINTED 03 47-2 RI2

I VOU*C IOMCQ COKTWX. Rl <

lOOK? 22K WS 014 024 CIJ *5 9 ONTO W. ioov. 220—2 1 47 K 33 09 047

NEGATIVE V ON/Ofr SWITCH SWI .047 WO RIO 22000. CIS <5^ .047 SO MFD ISO*

/o"t

CHA AC-00/BATTERY SWITCH SW2 vA ZOTBAI. B coux OOT SELENIUM RECTIFIER vvv-— TtUOW COLOR OOT TIIOV. 00JL IBOOJI. ' 2 BATTERY BLUE LINE COWO PLUG PLUG

WIRE SIDE AC* VIEW) ,*0TE8' I. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH 20.000 OHM/VOLT METER TO NEGATIVE "BT SWITCH SWt SET TO AC/OC POSITION, LINE

VOLTAGE 117 * AO, NO SIGNAL INPUT. 2. COIL RESISTANCES ARE AVERAGE VALUES. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 4BSKC. 3. BATTERV-EVEREADY N0 785 'AB* PACK OR EQUIVALENT SUPPLYING TS V V AND 78 V. *»'. (NO. 756 "AS" PACK OR EQUIVALENT SUPPLYUG 7.8V. A* AND BO * "•" « OPTIONAL,! 4. VOLTAGES OR RESISTANCES NOT SHOWN WHERE TOO SMALL OR WIDELY VARIABLE.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 1-604-1 CHASSIS

V4 3V4

AUDIO OUTPUT

OSC-MIXER

DEt, AVC III AUDIO

F AMR

Page 146: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYIVANIA PAGE 2

MODEL 433, Ch. 1-604

3 £. <« tn ^ — ^ - .S £ 6 - S S t- o * « o >-■ i ® "to « he C (P c O rt r? O q t- W «H 'HA

^ r C- ~ O ' 1 W "qj

E A3 -g < U £ en

EE'S o o E ^ be be x: CO 3 4? 4J O ss Sf' t- ^ S o

o ^ o > C ^ c . . . -* rt !> 5

^ ^ o 31 < "5 C>J CM CM . . W V

£ B C ^ ' ' ' ' u .c .c E i , m ^ CJ o O "S •oSSBB'O 22 5fll 3oooo s oSSOO'Soooo^ - » « o in o o Zp ONMOO wifj^Hinfpq to O CM - O CM , - - „

ssss o o o o o o o o O c-j n i-i cm m o in cm --" cm c-i o cc — o •-' CM ooooo oooo I t I I I I ■ I I <—«—-ho>—' — in ^ CM oo co oo oo go co oo oo co

■-•CO •—i •—i »—i OK O K 05 b-oooo "--co^mco OOOO OK K K K

o ~H c*- »-'CMCQ'M<U^«OC^-COa>T-<T-HrHrH KKKKKKKKKKKKK

• ' 1 ^ ■ 5 o u^et. c c w i m ai re m <o QJ cj aah at- u. io y «rta>reaiM2.3 AAOAOAStd

C 10 C O " U — — U

41 01 01 o, E 1 -se

e r c S ■C 13 53 -C: H > > H

■>>>>*!> i o o o o .2 o > o o o o ^ in in •-« in tt -h

0) . "O I -g . . T3 C 1 2 -o -o t; = . E § 5 S SSS

t-i!2 CM — -O- 01

O o O W moor; in in 2

■ds e 3

gsS| 'H o T/7 O O CM . CM iJ

>• Cl B o ■- o - 1 - ^ 2 S

3 h ki 7i 0 ^ 1 EE

~ 0 o 2 O M « = O e e S rare C- !-■ t- c 2 t- H , ■< re — PL, CL, a. — —• — O U T- o M c J O —I CM

^ ^ ' ■ ^ • id Pd 1 2 2 «

i S S; i ai ; bo *0 I fcc o 3 4) I O ^ J K

— K D W Cd a s a J E >- CO CO CO CO CD CD CO CO CO CO CO <o Tf ^ ^ Tj* TT 'J"

Q) lil li) <3J -o "O -D -O -o T3 O O Q O O O ssssss W 01 U O «J o

22222AAAAAA W M W !fl !/l 1 1 ' 1 1 1 rerererere ojojiumiytyQi AaAAA^-a^^-c? « . . . i .ccccccf? 1 ' ' 'rtrtrtrerere1" r. r. r. r as 3= 33 a: a: s 1

-D X3 X! XI rt u o u u a u u a B. a > cri cd nJ cd rd crl O o o o o o o o

O >*■* m" t\ cj 5 __ aj T3 —i — C O)

is C X o O .2P £

0 w 1 I ' 1 I _ _ X XI

2 5 c c Q Q u: i2

t- t~ Z CM O t- Q -h-h -r -»i i> rM m -r co co cm © —' ' •-I Tf o o ■-< o o o CM OO CM'fOCMO'J' O O O CM OO OOOOOO T 1" O O ■ ■ I >111 oo oocoocoo —I ■— CO ci t- t— m m m o <o to looiDte

o in cm -r -- CM CM CM oooo oooo ttii CM CO — CM CD i-H CM CM

cMcoin-riococ~cMc-i'j,inc-toco<OLnco-clcO'»r CJ el to CM CJ fl •—I »—I T-« T-l --H F—— oooooooooooooooooooa oooooooooooooooooooo > I I I I >> t • 1 I I I I I I I I I I eoeococococoeococococococoocoeoOococM O-—Ir^-—I-—«•—Ir-li—li—l»—I?—leMe-lOCMCM-TVrw-IOl COODCOOOCOOOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOOOc— t-t-C— GOC^

0»—•CMi-iTT-incrioioico-l* -^CMCn^flAOt-COOl---*-''—<»-ir-«»-i*-«v-iCMCMCM uuucjouyuuucjuoooouuuu ■— CM — CM CO J J H H H

Page 147: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-14 SYLVANIA

MODELS 513, 563, Ch. 1-601-2, 1-601-3

SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply 105-128 Volts

25 to 60 Cycle AC or DC, 35 Watts Frequency Range .... 540 KC to 1650 KC Intermediate Frequency 455 KC Loudspeaker 5" P.M.

ALIGNMENT PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Remove chassis from cabinet. 2. Allow chassis and signal generator several

minutes warm up.

TUBE COMPLEMENT VI O sc i 1 lator/M ixe r 12BE6 V2 IF Amplifier 12BAS V3 Detector, AVC, 1st AF 12AT6 V4 Audio Output 50C5 V5 Rectifier 35W4

PROCEDURE 3. Keep generator output at lowest usaRle

level to prevent AVC action from interfer- ing with accurate alignment.

4. Connect AC voltmeter across voice coil. 5. Adjust volume control to full volume.

STEP SIGNAL GENERATOR RADIO DIAL Frequency! Connection SETTING ADJUST

1. 455 KC

2. 1650 KC

3. 1400KC to 1500 KC

4. 600 KC

to pin 7 of (Approx.) 12BE6.

1400 KC to 1500KC

600 KC (Approx.)

C4 trim- mer

C2 trim mer

L2 core

COMMENTS

Connect ground lead of signal generator to negative "B" In receiver.

Set radio dial to approximately 1000 KC where no signals are audible.

Adjust T1 and T2 (IF transform- ers) for maximum output.

Adjust C4 (oscillator trimmer) for maximum output.

Set variable tuning capacitor to minimum capacity.

Adjust C2 (antenna trimmer) for maximum output.

Adjust L2 (low-end oscillator adjustment) for maximum out- gut while simultaneously "rock- ing" variable tuning capacitor.

Repeat step 3.

a

i 35W4 50C5) RFCT'AUDIO OUTPUT

0

IB ti

I DET-AVC 1ST A F

09,CO, CM, I R5 CI2.CI3

Rll RIO R2^> <^R|

BOTTOM AND TOP LAYOUTS

Page 148: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 23

MODELS 513, 563, C 1-601-2, 1-601-3

n 6> 2 o«tg ,o ♦ a?

.^MSC-5A f~

«P ivfg ^

►SOOS-*'* ^ s

►9V93l-«A ^

►93Q3I-3A 1® u >

►9iV2l-iA t

rlij 1

h vTl i ■ ■•r —i ■ ■ • r I 1 • ■ • L

<—4— y x h- ^ — Mo ^

^S° 2

sis 5|S UJ UJ < 0: 3 P 1 O <rt cnK tf)

?P < o -I ^ Q to

U 11 K < i/i _i uj H oogC z o S >

IO>o <» ♦ «>o op

o

Page 149: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-16 SYLVANIA

MODELS 513, 563, Ch. 1-601-2, 1-601-3

.2 o 2

i!| -11 a (p

s 2| S ^ ■32^2° I h ^&

!r • 1 i I ^ .£ "O qj s.2-5 *15 rt — 01 ? 5 m u as m w

sssss o o o o o o o o o o SSSS2 T T V V Tf

. .^C£S ' •* N N N o o

' c E E . sioS0- £ Jfo a ib

o co o o u *n . t»- t- ai cm TT Tf

<N CM O CJ O O O O l l « i

O ^ CM to ouoooososcc

•-• co cs -«■ m cooj •— i- KKKKKKKKX —• o n 'T in >>>>>

I U b L. U ! ) cd rt 3 i o.d< a g ® I ^ < CJ o, w w a

8S§| o CM TT * O I ^^■Sg loot10

[--.2 1

^ i -o : * o; sg , -a -a B J2 JS S 2 'r-nag! (« « U X , > > H -

o« i*- S t* So o o o^- »-< v O "H O *** v-1 OO OO •"-• M ^ ^ OO OO oooo

go o e m in O i/j

gooS

^.. t- a "CI

S^ss Ul

iS&fce: o

: «l«'l 1 ^ tn <

OOOOOOOO oooooooo I t I I I I I I COGOVMCMCMCMCM^1

. s ~ K 1

^■gs- '1^-'

>.-i; IS e o : a>S

_o <J V oooo Sioojmoj^oMw t4jS^Si342^^i2, S.a.SQ,SSSa w ..ooooooo ^;_CC_CCCCC e3SS332S <4«(c4MAc<(4(4 oaooucjuou

T*3£rO)UJCN03UJW»-IOJt«r-l/> pnjO>HNeMOc>j^eo<-<^p30 pooooooooooooo oooOoooooooooo ■ i i i i i i i i t i i i i Ocoeo«««««««>j«e-QO t-cococQcocoaDa3cot-t--^'t-c-

U -C3 o — 5°. p. cm v in co r- •-i--><M««"»'intot-coo>—

ooooooooouoyoooo 3rH CM ^ CMCO H H H HH

O John F. Rider

Page 150: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 23

MODELS 543, 593, C 1-602-2, 1-602-3

SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Range. , , . . 540 KC to 1650 KC IF Frequency 455 KC Power Supply 105 to 128 Volts

60 Cycle AC, 35 Watts Appliance Outlet . . Maximum Load llOOWatts Loudspeaker 5" P.M.

ALIGNMENT PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Remove chassis from cabinet as in step C, under "Chassis Removal."

2. Insert temporary jumper between pins 4 and 5 on clock socket to complete AC circuit.

TUBE COMPLEMENT VI Oscillator/Mixer 12BE6 V2 IF Amplifier 12BA6 V3 Detector, AVC, 1st AF Amplifier 12AT6 V4 Audio Output 50C5 V5 Rectifier 35W4

PROCEDURE 3. Allow chassis and signal generator several

minutes warm-up. 4. Keep generator output at lowest usable

level to prevent AVC action from interfer- ing with accurate alignment.

5. Connect AC voltmeter across voice coil and set volume control to full volume.

STEP SIGNAL GENERATOR Frequency 1 Connection

RADIO DIAL SETTING

ADJUST COMMENTS

1. 455 KC Thru . 01 Mfd. to pin 7 of 12BE6

Extreme right hand side

T1 (Both cores)

T2 (Both cores)

Connect ground lead of signal generator to negative "B" in receiver.

Adjust T1 and T2 (IF transfor- mers) for maximum output.

2

1

1650 KC

Radiated to re- ceiver thru a loop of sev- eral turns

Extreme right hand side

C5 trim- mer

Set variable tuning capacitor to minimum capacity.

Adjust C4 (high-end oscillator trimmer) for maximum output.

3 1400 KC to 1500 KC

Same as 2, 1400 KC to 1500 KC

C2 trim- mer

Adjust C2 (antenna trimmer) for maximum output

|

600 KC Same as 2. Approx. 600 KC L2 Core

Adjust L2 (low-end oscillator adjustment) for maximum out- gut while simultaneously "rock- in^' variable tuning capacitor.

Repeat step 3. Then remove clock socket jumper.

REMOVAL OF CHASSIS AND TIMER MOVEMENT Remove line cord from power socket. Set all clock hands toward upper right hand corner of clock face. Remove chassis from cabinet as follows: 1. Remove volume control and tuning

control knobs. 2. Remove the two upper clips on back

cover. 3. Remove three chassis mounting screws

from the underside of cabinet, 4. Pull chassis part way out of cabinet

and disconnect four-prong clock plug. 5 0 c* m oVinocio ryi t ta 1 . . .

1. Remove two upper clock mounting screws.

2. Loosen two lower clock mounting screws and lift clock assembly up and out from the cabinet.

NOTE: The panelescent clock face (on 543 models only) is an integral part of clock assembly. When replacement of panelescent unit becomes necessary, position ail clock hands at either 12 o'clock or 6 o'clock. Re- move clock hands with care to avoid bending them or enlarging mounting holde in hands. When installing, locate hands at same position as before removal. Remove clock from cabinet as follows: as before removal.

SERVICING OF SESSIONS MOVEMENT The Sessions clock-timer unit is warranted under normal use and service against defects in workmanship and material for a period of one year from date the timer is sold by Sessions. Sessions agrees to repair or re- place without charge any part or parts proved

to be defective within the warranty period. The clock-timer unit must be removed from the radio cabinet when repairs by Sessions are necessary. Sylvania distributors will supply name of the nearest Sessions service station.

Page 151: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-1

ELS 543, 593 !-2, 1-602-3

(D.

m

4 m

(t^S I ■

Ml

IS!

w

m

O

JSti

O John F, Rider

Page 152: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

Eli

aia

I2BE6 OSC. MIXER O A CLOCK

^ oj SOCKET

V2

I2BA6 I F AMP.

APPLIANCE OUTLET

OCT. AVC 141 A F

V4

! 50C5 OUTPUT

SYLVANIA PAGE 23-

MODELS 543,593,0! 1-602-2, 1-602-3

CLOCK PANELESCENT

CONTROL (-2 ONLY)

TOP LAYOUT FOR 1-602-2 & 1-602-3 CHASSIS

PRINTED CIRCUIT 07,08,09,010,011,

R5,R6,R7 CLOCK PANELESCENT n.iT.PT06 ///POWER OUTLET (f CORD

K CONTROL 2 ONLY)

-{012 j. . [VJ QCI7

_____ 1 H

"«v Ss

\ tnru

in

i RIO (-2 ONLY)

^pTprrnp BOTTOM VOLUME ft SELECTOR ON-OFF SWITCH BOTTOM LAYOUT FOR 1-602-2 & 1-602-3 CHASSIS

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SCHEMATIC SERVICE LOCATION PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CAPACITORS

C1 170-0009 Variable - 2 Gang (antenna section) C2 Trimmer (part of Cl) C3 160-04147 . 047 Mfd. - 400 V. - Paper C4 170-0009 Variable - 2 Gang (Oscillator

section) C5 Trimmer (part of C4) C6 166-0100P 100 Mtnfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 07,08,09 Listed under "Miscellaneous ClO.Cll Electrical Parts" C12 160-04147 . 047 Mfd. - 400 V. - Paper C13 161-2002 40 Mfd. - 150 V. - Electrolytic ^ i M v> x ■* t x>o rx a o oi . 022 mfd. - 400 V. - Fitptfr C15 161-2002 40 Mfd. - 150 V. - Electrolytic C16 160-04147 . 047 Mfd. - 400 V. - Paper C17 166-1000D . 001 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic

CHOKES, COILS, AND TRANSFORMERS

LI 582-0017 Loop Antenna (includes back cover) L2 113-0023 Oscillator Coil

jTl 121-0021 1st IF Transformer T2 122-0023 2nd IF Transformer T3 143-0028 Audio Output Transformer

Page 153: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODELS 543, 593, Ch. 1-602-2, 1-602-3

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

SERVICE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

MISCELLANEOUS CABINET PARTS

714-0013 813-0026 813-0029 813-0030 813-0027 813-0028 813-0024 813-0031 721-0009 487-0018 740-0038 740-0033

Bezel Cabinet - Plastic - Black (Models 543B, 593B) Cabinet - Plastic - Chartreuse (Models 543CH, S93CH) Cabinet - Plastic - Green (Models 543GR, 593GR) Cabinet - Plastic - Ivory (Models 543H, 593H) Cabinet - Plastic - Mahogany (Models 543M, 593M) Cabinet - Plastic - Red (Models 543R, 593R) Cabinet - Plastic - Yellow (Models 543YE. 593YE) Dial - Clock and Station (Glass) Fastener - Snap (Loop antenna and back cover mounting) Knob - Panalescent Dimmer Control (543 models only) Knob - Tuning, Volume and On/Off

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

482-0002 492-0045 487-0004 792-0010 494-0007 497-0005 496-0028 482-0003 419-0005 419-0009 412-0015 496-0023

152-0019 153-0022 195-0011 190-0009

539-0501 924-0003 477-0005

477-0004

181-0220 181-0223 181-0225

181-0151 182-0122 181-0123 181-0123 181-0123

189-0013 181-0123 181-0474

Base - Miniature Tube Shield Bracket - Panelescent station Dial Clip - IF Transformer Mounting Pointer - Station Dial Pulley - Dial Drive Retainer and Bushing - Line Cord Shaft - Tuning Shield - Miniature Tube Socket - 2 Prong - Appliance Socket - 4 Prong - Clock Socket - 7 Prong - Miniature Spring - String Drive

MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS

Control - Volume and On/Off Control - Panelescent Dimmer (Chassis 1-602-2 only) Cord - Line Printed Circuit - Detector/Audio Plate

220 Mmfd. - 500 V. .002 Mfd. - 500 V. 250 Mmfd. - 500 V. . 005 Mfd. - 500 V. 250 Mmfd. - 500 V. 6, 8 Megohm - 1/2 W. 470,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. 470,000 Ohm - 1/2 W.

Speaker - 5" P. M. Unit - Clock Motor (Sessions No. A742) Unit - Panelescent Light (Clock dial)

(Chassis 1-602-2 only) Unit - Panelescent Light (Station dial)

(Chassis 1-602-2 only)

RESISTORS

22 Ohm - 1/2 W. 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. 2,2 Megohm - 1/2 W, Listed under "Miscellaneous Electrical Parts"

150 Ohm - 1/2W. 1,200 Ohm - 1 W. 12,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. (Chassis 1-602-2 only) 12 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. (Chassis 1-602-2 on?") 12! 000 Ohm - 1/2 W. (Chassis 1-602-2 onlf) Listed under "Miscellaneous Electrical Parts" 25 Ohm - 1W - W.W. 12.000 Ohm - 1/2 W. (Chassis 1-802-2 only) 470, 000 Ohm - 1/2 W.

TUBE COMPLEMENT

12BE6 - Oscillator/Mixer 12BA6 - IF Amplifier 12AT6 - Detector, AVC, 1st Audio Amplifier 50C5 - Audio Output 35W4 - Rectifier

Page 154: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 23-

CHASSK 1-603- 1-603-2

TUBE COMPLEMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Power Supply 105 to 128V. GOCycle AC80Watts

Frequency Range AM Broadcast. FM Broadcast.

540 KC to 1600 KC . 88 MC to 108 MC

Intermediate Frequency AM Carrier 455 KC FM Carrier 10. 7 MC

RF Amplifier - FM 6AUf Oscillator/Mixer 6BEf 1st IF Amplifier - AM, FM 6BA6 2nd IF Amplifier - FM 6AU6 AM Detector, AVC, 1st AF 6AT( FM Discriminator 6ALf Audio Output (1-603-1) 6W6G1 Audio Output (1-603-2) 6AS! Rectifier 7Z'

NOTE: A SYMBOL INDICATES TUBE INDEX

0

V2 6B£6 • 6AS5 IN

1-603-2

VI 6A\J6 R F AMP

PHONO Socket

SPEAKER SOCKET

6W6GT I OUTPUT )

' O O N o o o o o

V o o /

— V 3 )6BA6

vAM -FM

\ V5 V6 j 6Ar6 6AL5

A M OET AVC-AF X^lSC^

%e E 2,»0 I F /

^VFMy ^

FM ANTENNA CONNECTIONS

AM ANTENNA CONNECTIONS

TOP LAYOUT

II

R

PHONO-MOTOR A. C. SUPPLY

—0 volume a n

SWITCH S-TONE BAND SWITCH

UNING

ON-OFF R24«^Q2T SWITCH R22; NXN

- 0CI7 /CI6

r.A V. '

FM-AM-PHQJ SWITCH ^RI2

s;? . ct=b

3 ^ R'O R9

BOTTOM LAYOUT

Page 155: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODELS 25-M, M-l, 7o-B, B-l, -M, M-l, 178B, BU, M, MU, 373B, BU, M, MU,Ch. 1-603-1; 388B, BU, M, MU, Ch. 1-603-2 ALIGNMENT

GENERAL PREALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

1. Remove chassis from cabinet. 2. Allow receiver and test equipment to

warm up for approximately 15 minutes before proceeding with alignment.

3. Use proper insulated alignment tool for powdered iron cores with slots.

4. When constructing FM alignment detector circuit, keep leads short.

5. Ground all test equipment unless other- wise stated.

PROCEDURE

6. Keep generator output as lowest usable level to prevent AVC action from inter- fering with accurate alignment.

7. Position FM/AM/PHONO switch as follows:

DESIRED POSITION

BAND SWITCH SETTING

FM Full Counterclockwise

AM Center

FM IF ALIGNMENT

Loosely couple mark- er to pin 1 ot 1st IF Amp. - flBA6

10. 6MC To pin 7 ot Osc. 10 7MC Mi*er - 0BE6. 10, SMC

Loosely couple mark- 10. SMC To pin 1 of 2nd er to pin 1 of 2nd 10, 7 MC I IF Amp. - OAUS IF Amp. - 6AU6. 10. SMC

OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTION ADJUST . .

OUTPUT | READING COMMENTS

Thru detector cir-! cuit of Figure A to pin 5 of 2nd IF Amp. - 6AU6

Response curve of Figure B

Connect 500 ohm resistor from ptn 5 to pin 6 of 2nd IF Amp. - 8AU6- Obtain maximum vertical amplitude for response curve. Set sweep generator for approxi- mately 500 KC to 1 MC sweep.

Same as 1. T1 - B T1 - A

Response , curve of Figure B

Same as 1; reduce sweep generator output to avoid AVC distortion of response curve.

Across de-em- phasls capaci- tor, C37 .0033 M!d.

T5 - K T5 - J

Response curve Of

j Figure C REMOVE 500 OHM RESISTOR ADDED FOR STEP 1, Center 10.7 MC marker. Obtain maximum linear output for response curve.

f 10.7 MC \

IQfiMCr \I0.8MC

FIGURE B FIGURE 0

I20TL _

mSmm ■H I20JL

FIGURE D

FM RF ALIGNMENT

STEP TUNING CAPACITOR

POSITION OUTPUT METER

CONNECTION ADJUST OUTPUT READING COMMENTS

|

Thru resistor net- work of Figure D to FM antenna terminal board.

106. 5 MC Fully open Across speaker voice coll.

C9

Set Volume control to full CW position and set Tone control to full CCW posi- tion. Use a 400 cycle modulated sig- nal. Keep generator output at lowest usuable value. Leave AM loop antenna leads connected uilltiug Fm RF aili^iinieiii.

Same as 1. 108 MC 108 MC Same as 1. C8 Maximum Same as 1 using printed calibration dial on chassis assembly to properly position tuning capacitor.

1

Same as 1. 87. 5 MC Fully closed Same as 1. L5 coll

Maximum Same as 1 "spiking" (squeezing or spread- ing turns of coil) LS for maximum output reading. Use a non-metallc pick for this adjustment.

Same as 1 88 MC 88 MC Same as 1. L4 coil

Maximum Same as 2 "spiking" (squeezing or spread- ing turns of coil) L4 for maximum output reading. Use a non-metallic pick for this adjustment.

Page 156: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PA

MODELS 25-M, M-l, 75-B, B-l, M, M- 178B, BU, M, MU, 373B, BU, M, MU, C 1-603-1; 388B,BU,M,MU,Ch. 1-603-

AM ALIGNMENT

TUNING CAPACITOR POSITION

OUTPUT METER CONNECTION

OUTPUT READING

Thru . 1 Mid. capaci- tor to pin 7 of Osc. - Mixer - 6BE6.

Radiated to receiver thru a wire loop of several turns,

or: Thru a SO Mmfd. cap- acitor to AM antenna board.

Across speaker voice coil.

Fully open

Same as 1

Same as 1

Set Volume control to lull CW position and set Tone control t full CCW position. Use a 400 cycle modulated slgna Keep generator output at lowest usuable value.

Same as 1 using printed callbr; lion dial on chassis assembly ( properly position tuning capacit

Same as 2.

(OVERALL LENGTH Of CORD 35")

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

3'/4 TURNS

DIAL CORD HOOKUP

REPAIR PARTS LIST SERVICE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

CAPACITORS

163-0470 163-0470 172-0031 163-0032 170-0008 170-0008 170-0008

170-0008 163-0470

166-0010P 163-0047 165-0006A 165-0006A 166-4700D 163-0470 168-0002D 166-0470N 168-0002D 168-0002D 163-3900 163-0100 163-0100 166-0270N 160-OOO2D 163-0047 166-4700D 168-0002D 166-4700D 166-4700D 163-0100 168 0002D 160-06218 166-2000P 166-3300P

470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica 470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica Trimmer - AM Loop Antenna 22 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica Variable - 4 Gang (FM RF Section) Variable - 4 Gang (FM Oscillator Section) Variable - 4 Gang (AM Antenna Section) Trimmer (Part of C5) Trimmer (Part of C6) Variable - 4 Gang (AM Oscillator Section) 470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica Trimmer (Part of C10) 10 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 47 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica 6 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 6 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic . 0047 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic .0039 Mfd. - 500 V. - Mica 100 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica (Part uf T4) 100 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Mica (Part of T4) 270 Mmfd. - 500 V - Ceramic . 01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic 47 Mmfd - 500 V. - Mica .0047 Mfd.- 500 V, - Ceramic .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic (Chassis 1-603-2 only) .0047 Mid. 500 V. - Ceramic .0047 Mid.- 500 V. - Ceramic 100 Mmfd. - 500 V, - Mica .01 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic .0018 Mfd.- 600 V. - Paper - Molded .002 Mfd - 500 V, - Ceramic .0033 Mfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic

Page 157: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

GE 23-24 SYLVANIA

CHASSIS 1-603-: L, SCHEMATIC SERVICE 1-603-2

LOCATION PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION J

CAPACITORS (CONT'D) 038 1M-0470N 470 Mmfd. - 500 V. - Ceramic C3B 16I-100B 4 Mid. - 50 V. - Electrolytic C40 188-0002D .01 Mid. - 500 V. - Ceramic C41 161-3011 25 Mid. - 25 V. - Electrolytic C42 161-3011 60 Mid. - 250 V. - Electrolytic A C43 160-0411 . 01 Mid. - 400 V. - Paper - Molded C44 161-3011 69 Mid. - 250 V. - Electrolytic □ C45 166-4700D . 0047 Mid. - 500 V. - Ceramic

CHOKES, COILS. AND TRANSFORMERS LI 111-0012 FM Antenna Coll L2 582-0012 AM Loop Antenna L3 146-0014 FM RF Plate Cboke L4 112-0009 FM RF Plate Coil Assembly L5 113-0021 FM Oscillator Coll L6 113-0011 AM Oscillator Coll L7 146-0014 AM Antenna Choke LB 146-0013 Oscillator/Mlaer Cathode Choke T1 121-0017 Ist IF Transformer (FM) T2 121-0018 1st IF Transformer (AM) T3 122-0017 2Dd IF Transformer (FM) T4 122-0010 2nd IF Transformer (AM) TS 128-0007 FM Discriminator Transformer T6 141-0017 117 V. 60 Cycle Power Transformer (Chassis 1-603-1 only) T6 141-0036 117 V. 60 Cycle Power Transformer (Chassis 1-602-2 only) T7 143-0018 Audio Output Transformer

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

726-0003 Background - Dial 418-0011 Board - Antenna (FM) 497-0005 Bushing and Retainer - Line Cord 407-0013 Bushing - Rubber 487-0013 Button - Snap 487-0004 Clip - IF Tranafonner Can Mounting 9S4-OOIO Clip - Tuning Shaft Retaining 417-0006 Connector Pin - Antenna Lead 722-0020 Dial - station 497-0012 Grommet - Rubber 792-0007 Pointer - Dial 494-0007 Pulley - Dial Drive 493-0016 Shaft - Tuning 482-0007 Shield - Miniature Tube 411-0007 Socket - Dial Light 417-0002 Socket - 1 Prong - Phono Input 417-0009 Socket - 2 Prong - Phono Motor 412-0015 Socket - 7 Prong Miniature 412-0020 Socket - 7 Prong Miniature - Mica filled 412-0003 Socket - 8 Prong Octal 412-0001 Socket - 8 Prong Lock-In 419-0003 Socket - 8 Prong - Speaker 496-0023 Spring - Drive String Tension

MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS 1 157-0017 Control-Dual-Tone, Volume and On/Off

Rl» Control-Volume R1S Control-Tone

196-0008 Cord and Receptacle Aanembly 195-0002 Cord - Line 611-0047 Lamp - #47 573-0004 Switch - PM/AM/PHONO

RESISTORS R1 181-0121 120 Ohm - 1/2 W. R2 18X0181 180 Ohm - 1/2 W. R3 181-0223 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R4 181-0101 100 Ohm - 1/2 W. R5 181-0105 1 Megohm' - 1/2 W. R6 181-0270 2, 700 Ohm - 1/2 W. R7 181-0181 180 Ohm - 1/2 W. R8 181-0225 2.2 Megohm - 1/2 W. R9 181-0680 68 Ohm - 1/2 W. RIO 181-0272 2,700 Ohm - 1/2 W. RU 181-0473 47,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R12 161-0474 470.000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R13 Listed under "Miscellaneous Electrical Parts" R14 181-0473 47,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R15 Listed under "Miscellaneous Electrical Parts" R16 181-0101 100 Ohm - 1/2 W. R17 181-0106 10 Megohm - 1/2 W. (Chassis 1-603-2 only) R18 181-0106 10 Megohm - 1/2 W. R19 181-0474 470,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R20 181-0181 180 Ohm - 1/2 W. R21 181-0223 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R22 181-0223 22,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R23 189-0007 4.3 Ohm - 1/2 W. - W. W. R24 182-0181 180 Ohm - 1 W. (Chassis 1-603-1 only) R24 182-0221 220 Ohm - 1 W (Chassis 1-603-2 only) R25 181-0474 470,000 Ohm - 1/2 W. R26 187-0009 1,850 Ohm - 5 W. - W. W. (Chassis 1-603-1 only) R26 187-0015 1,600 Ohm - 5 W. - W. W. (Chassis 1-603-2 only)

Page 158: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

SYLVANIA PAGE 23

a?V,

r^-r-o oo

B 9s aV!

O

M

-Jli 01

Page 159: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODELS 388B, BU, M, MU, Oh. 1-603-2

■pH' I.U, 55; | Q

SI r-^ 3§ 3

S<°-G5

it

S 3tM/ H1 l

t—IM1 ^

sPI^1: ft- 1 <ii£r~

m m ©A

■"■"Sa s 5|5! 2 = §.^2 S Sfi* o

^li: §2^1 *

O John F. Rider

Page 160: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TUBE

35W4 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

85 AC No. 4

120 AC No. 5

120 AC No. 6 No. 7

130 V 50C5 12BE6

0 -10 V

-9.8 V 0 V

26 AC 26 AC

76 AC 13 AC 105 V

110 V 105 V

120 V - -.8 V

"4 Tube Radio"

12AT6 -1 V 0 V 0 AC 13 AC -.8 V -.7 V 58 V

Voltage readings made with V.T.VM from pins designated to B—.

ALIGNMENT CHART

DUMMY GENERATOR ANTENNA FREQUENCY

Hank Ant. 100 mmf. 1500 KC

Repeat Steps 2 and 3

DIAL SETTING

455 KC Hi0EnFdreq-

1650 KC HigE

hn

Fdreq-

1500 KC

CONNECT GENERATOR TO ADJUST

Pin 7—12BE6 T-l Converter Grid Double Slug Pin 7—12BE6 C10B

Converter Grid Osc. Tuner Trim a f i J C10A Ant. Lead R.F. Tuner Trim

OUTPUT METER ACROSS VOICE COII

Peak for Max.

Peak for Max.

Peak for Max.

T T7

Page 161: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

PAGE 23-2

MODEL RK-41, Ch. RD-1

10 o

> ^

< > S

o g t S S § O O « ^ 2 j h o: « < u. w 5 0

u • S g \ in <

5 5

\

U-^_.

'Ml I !1 II i 11 i

■n 000000 I \

O .^5 sssss; ■ — ooLa-a-aLo-ajecro0^ C->oc_>OCJi

Ul ^OOOCJOOOO-J Q- a: QC tt: QIQ^ < O T-

*

t i||i|S=^ll,S-E^^

i S0 O. ^J-ogf-g-g ^^SSSSoEE-KESfogfS^o °§SoSo<=--^®2^5oqS" CXJ<P<—?<Ht—»—CQ^^CNJ-^OD^^

^ "5^ >w l/> o fv W rj co C7> r-- - _ ' m CO

e— "^co J) S -O O IT) cr, Eg _-CMfO'S-intpr>'7,-T'o<V *5 »> o tj tio ci o o o o-j a.

•-itMn«7inix>r«.op^ ^dickocckcheiicct--

Page 162: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

LINE VOLTAGE: 117 VOLTS AC FULL VOLUME CONTROL - NO SIGNAL

98 V 97 V 93 V 97 V

PORTABLE RADIO

Voltage readings made with V.T. VM from pins designated to B—. B-|- at input filter—125V DC. B-j- at output filter — 98V DC.

ALIGNMENT CHART

STEPS ALIGN

2nd I.F.

]$t I.F.

Osc.

DUMMY ANTENNA

. . . Radiate into loop Ant. Loop Ant

Repeat Steps 3 and 4

455 KC

1450 KC

1500 KC

DIAL SETTING

High Freq. End

1500 KC

CONNECT GENERATOR TO

Pin 6-1R5 Converter Grid

Pin 6-1R5 Converter Grid

Pin 6-1R5 Converter Grid Several Turns Around loop

T-2 Double Slog

T-1 Double Slug

C19A Loop Tuner Trim

OUTPUT METER ACROSS VOICE COIL

Peak for Max.

Peak for Max.

Peak for Max.

CI9B CI9A

llllllll lllllllll

DOD ( IU4 ) IU5 3V4

TOP VIEW

Page 163: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TELE KING

MODEL RKP-53, Ch. REP-1

<vj cvi fvj cvj cvj in o? ^ cy cy cy IE -i-cVknin'*fu:>cooggr-,<vj«<i^<^1 e " o i£) co in r-cm r--cm ^ cm cu ooo^ »• oor-v -y o co ^7 f csi tM<M*V -y ^c^T1

»« O ^ oo cj o o o o S co o tj o bt *K _j a. az ilj a: a: a: oc os a: a: a: os az a:—1 t

• o ■•— oJ- p

2 ^ ^ -c tic tko-c 00 E ra ^ _c; o^fajiuOai-c: = 0

" — io _._o_.sc;

10 QC bo-c OoE^^^^r-EfS -c c x: i: p E e 0 0-C o « ^ 0?c J5 0

r»<r ckS

"CO-—IT<MCMCMCMCM'--'-,CO —

«_1 v*~ r— _ t^ f c 00. _ 0«->cmco *r in .—ico 0 >» o'V -"TlfyCOCpfT-OpCn-H^yrTl^^r——l = r-. *>l/) —i oL ex cc cc oL CtZ oz oc ok oL C£ CZ OC OC k— j—"

com t o® ^ 5

1/ ^

Be oa-r ^ 1 r"V o V •* £ " t®<o<VcMeV<V ^ ££ i ®® oo. 0.00.00.0. uj a.>< •-■ 00 OOOOOO O OO-J

L ____J

I

u a Sac .0 — r-.o_i^-' SS oo-ci o r^ci in «B . -fj . cm - v. ro fj to ct> r-^ o& T'V "P S1 T* . . T*«: v» 00 OOOOOO O OO-J

.^r-\ r- i

%

X V Q ■ 3- v)

g§|55

** * O — v) S z o j S z _ o >- P i ? •" 1 = ? g * y 5 X ^ CL

5 9 S " 5 S * _i

© John F. Rider

Page 164: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

m

i

k..-

MODEL H¥ Ch. RE-1

| LINE VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTS AC FULL VOLUME CONTROL - NO SIGNAI PINS • UBC No. I No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7

35W4 — — 88 AC 120 AC 120 AC - 125 V 50C5 12BE6

6.4 V -7.4 V

0 V 0 V

36 AC 24 AC

88 AC 36 AC

0 V 98 V

98 V 115 V 98 V -.8 V "5 Tube Radio"

12BA6 T2AT6

-1 V -1 V

0 V 0 V

24 AC 0 AC

12 AC 12 AC

96 V -1.2 V

98 V 7.3 V —.9 V 52 V

Voltage readings made with V.T.VM from pins designated to B—.

ALIGNMENT CHART

CONNECT

Pin 7-12BE6

ALIGN DUMMY ANTENNA

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

2nd l.F. .05 455 KC

Ist l.F. .05 455 KC

Osc. .05 1650 KC

loop Ant. Radiate info Loop Ant. 1500 KC

ADJUST

T-2 Converter Grid j Double Slug

T-1 Double Slug

CUB Osc. Tuner Trim

C11A Loop Toner Trim

OUTPUT METES ACROSS VOICE C

Peak for Ma;

Peak for Ma:

Peak for Ma;

Peak for Ma:

Repeat Steps 3 and 4

Page 165: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

KAGE 23-<S TELE KING

MODEL RK51, Ch. RE-1

^7 nnrn

1 nrnim*

m «vj- o >0

in

9s i i i l

L ^ ""T , C/1 LTI OJ

.& O —J Q- _J I

CNJ ^ CNI ■-H uS evj o VD OO OO OO t-H < ooou K K QC Q£

-r= 4) o E

< IE O ►■ ojf- S og - oJH d (E < \Z^- *. ^ O

up op en en cti cxz cki

SB

~ 'T,CNIc>j«'^'?U«'7' = » CMtMor^pi * oS t>lo?<v<?"7"Th^t9 tf5ro ^<NJ^■T — "rr Q-Oa-OQ-Q-Li-ia. c co'V ocjoticj CJCSOOOOOOOO. t

ac ai as oc a:

He

s-w

14

G .TnVin "R. R-infir*

— t O CO ^ ^ i >• O— T>. ^

E w) crt £ g g ^ E5 ^22^2 S> s E E J- ^ J= — c- — h- — aJ oj S.-C j= poo

^SSoSpE-KESf0®*1^^ Sr-ICNlStNJ - - S — 'ooCtS^w-TO ewe-c r-r-. •--UO.'—K-CD>-—(OCCNi-—•CnJT

<T> I — CJ CJ «* CQ ^ . -O •—• r-. UO CO

E T*'V "?10 ^ "P T T* T* o ^ >, oooooooooo—IQI L CO .—1 fNJ fo T CO ci: QC QC Of QC

Page 166: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TELE KING PAGE ^

CHASSIS RE-

LINE VOLTAGE: 117 VOLTS AC FULL VOLUME CONTROL - NO SIGNAL

TUBE P 1 N s COMPLEMENT No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8

— 117 AC — — — 117 AC 90 AC 120 V 50L6 — 90 AC 110 V 95 V 0 V — 38 AC 7 V 12SQ7 — —8 V 0 V -.7 V -.7 V 52 V 12.5 AC 0 A( 12SK7 — 38 AC 0 V -.8 V 0 V 96 V 25 AC 96 V 12SA7 — 25 AC 96 V 96 V —7 V 0 V 12.5 AC —.8 V

Voltage readings made with V.T.VM from pins designated to B—

ALIGNMENT CHART

STEPS ALIGN DUMMY ANTENNA

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

DIAL SETTING

CONNECT GENERATOR TO ADJUST OUTPUT MFTEI

ACROSS VOICE C

J 2nd I.F. .05 455 KC High Freq. End

Pin 8-12SA7 Converter Grid

T-2 Double Slug Peak for Mo;

2 lit I.F. .05 455 KC High Freq. End

Pin 8-125A7 Converter Grid

T-l

Double Slug Peak for Ma>

3 Osc. .05 1650 KC High Freq. End

Pin 8-12SA7 Converter Grid

C11B Osc. Tuner Trim Peak for Ma;

4 Loop Ant. Radiate into loop Ant. 1500 KC 1500 KC Several Turns

Around Loop CllA

Loop Tuner Trim Peak for Mo; 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4

» TUBS AM RAIMO MOOIL »I-JA OStD IN COMdNATIONS 1 l-l Bull OKi'lole. Co-i 1

1^5 PC-51 Pindod Clicuil 0*4 SctiMMbc tfatal lit. ■ncnttiM ToMw PkI tdNnnci No. pc-iso no f 25

PiMiod Clrcmi Ptlol Lmo QE 1490 Volume Conlrol 2 HonMm CBT-i no »» 11. C-l 01 Mill MW C-4.|i P 26 lone Cddlfol . Switce 2 MtMM p.* 1 C2 02 Mid »00V Cr-4-12 t-l 22* tdim li* IC 223 2 C-3 I Hid 600V crsoi «-/ M KedoAmi 'j* K-l»I C4 dl Mid 500V CIM47 B-J 1 Hegohm iSW tC 1052 1 C-i 004' Hid saw cn-i? R-4 120* olinis ' iPI IM2« a 25 Mid 50V tltctrolflic CM-427 *5 ISO onmi 'iw BC-I5H M 05 Hid 600V Cf-S-IS t-4 220* otinil ' ,w Kt»} C9. CIO 40 40 Mid 150V {ItcliWylic CW-19 1-2 1000 ohms 2W •C 102 7 I C-ll 2 Gddt VviMIt c»nd » IVum CM t-6 330 ohms IW •C-Ml-4 C Ili. C-l lb liimmei CandviiKi on Ctng C-l li. C-l lb Tl. 1-2 I.F. Tiontfoimti IW-U l-l Ocosl Low IM 1-1» FLudw Ouliiul Tiamlumoi 1-132

Page 167: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

E 23-8 TELE KING

+I(t—ll'

m

m

Hi—p

■■I'i'ri'

r

Page 168: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TRAVELER PAGE 2:

MODEL 51

S -S -S J s g

■gl^ w ■_ S -c OJ . 01 fe t#1

«"C « c -a a. w WJ w 'U _ «

C o *-• o V C v _Q aj "7 <u S ^ > c ^ ^ .SP S Z> g,

,•6 8 & QJ V« S ^ a, -Si .2 <u ^ 3

oo ^ C ^ ^ g & c -g 2 ^ 8 ^

aj >1 2 M-l S

OC e C "i 3 _o D.

1 8 1) c J= — < W) _c d

"> rt JZ o -a v> Qj ^0 Ll T-H *3 a- v U" L. u

rt u 3 u- W >—i O. t_j c 13 3 n 60 G rsj C t> U -C — -o c i— V-'

•-> V) « «-• c o .3 </) t—1 u ■u <u

< <u *-• o c ® g (D

f\J

5 §

Page 169: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

TRAV-LER

o o o o o o

o o o o o o r© I

LKJ 7i

■ II 12 I

SI ii ♦ a

74

apjo fO

Iff*

Si

•m

SOMMI a MICA Ca»0CMSO« .IWFO. CONCCNSC^ *00 * .osMracoNOCNsen zoo * cewroco^oCMSCo 400 v 220MMrD .oo2Mra 220MMfa -OOSMfO. »0 Mfo}tltCT"0lVT'e ,S0V'0C

-OOJMfO COIOCMStB <00W TVIMNC COCCMOI

A Tr*Vir» 17 13 i «r»

Page 170: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL 5:

Operating Instructions

POWER SOURCES; This receiver may be operated on alternating current (AC) of 110 to 125 volts at 60 cycles or on direct current (DC) of 110 to 125 volts. When used on DC, if the tubes light up but set docs not play, reverse the cord plug in the power outlet.

CAUTION; Always predetermine voltage of power source. Never try to plug this receiver into a 220 volt line, as this will cause serious damage.

INSTALLATION: Unwind the power cord and plug into a convenient outlet. This receiver is equipped with a sensitive loop antenna and under ordinary conditions no external antenna would be required.

Due to the directional qualities of the loop antenna the reception of some stations may be improved by placing the receiver in different positions.

CONTROLS: Two knobs control the operation of this receiver. The left hand knob is used to turn set off and on. It is also used to control volume. Rotate knob to your right in a clockwise direction and a click will be heard. This turns receiver on. Allow about 30 seconds for tubes to beat up, then continue to rotate knob to your right to increase volume. The right hand knob is the station selector. Rotate this knob to right or left to locate your station. By mentally adding a zero to the numbers on the dial, the result will be read directly in kilocycles. To turn set off, turn left band knob to your left in a counterclockwise direction as far as it will go and a click will be heard. The power switch will then he turned off.

MODEL-5171 TU8e AND TRWME^ LOCATION

AC. CORD-x^b

e 2nd, I.F.

©

■ 110-125VOLTS 60 CYCLES

A.C. OR D.C. VOLUME CONTROL B OFF-ON SWITCH.

TUNING SHAFT

Page 171: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL 5171 ALIGNMENT AND SERVICE DATA

Remove chassis from cabinet for alignment.

A Signal Generator is required having the following frequencies: 455 KC, 1400 KG, 1650 KG. An output meter should be connected across the speaker.

The volume control of the receiver should be turned to maximum during the I. F. and all subsequent alignment and the generator output as low as possible to prevent the A. V. C. from working and giving false readings.

FIRST STEP: Connect the hot lead from the generator to the ANT. section of the gang condenser through the .1 MFD. condenser. The ground lead from the generator must be connected to "B" minus under the chassis. Turn the gang condenser to complete minimum capacity. Set the generator to 455 KC. Adjust the trimmers of the first and second I.F. transformers until a maximum reading is noted on the output meter.

SECOND STEP: With the leads from the generator still connected in the same manner, adjust the Signal Generator to 1650 KC. Adjust the OSC. trimmer until the 1650 KC signal is tuned in. The gang condenser must be at complete minimum capacity for this adjustment.

THIRD STEP: Remove the generator leads from the gang condenser. Loosely couple the generator to the receiver loop by using a complete turn of wire. With the receiver and generator set at 1400 KC, increase the generator output. Adjust the ANT. trimmer until a maximum signal is noted on the output meter. No further adjustment should be made as the coils and gang condenser in this receiver have been specially handled at the factory to insure proper alignment at the lower frequencies.

I25Q76T

olo Z &9M

18. « fQ&Q QlQ

0 2

3SZ3 SOLO IZSKT ZSA7 12 5 OT *1*

m tee m

CHASSIS OHOWND R-4

0«U-Z-l4-52

Page 172: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL 530(

il I s ^ § g|^ g

K -C -O , i- a < 8 | «

H S ** -9 3 *11 ^

it If a, S o « K »8 S-i

^ fi"® ^ v .S -M o m »- a» a .S £ S .9

i! OJ »-

ft i 2i o o |

O Oh g o « u

OS <LI 53 .-5 § S 15 s-l-s M- ft. ^ O.® p eo q <n ^ "" hn

^ T- ^

: 1 i S'-f coo o -C Z o ■" ^ ft. bb •a w •-

c fa c u --a •«

" S c 15 05 1 ^ ^ J u. ts ?- o S 3 JO « . „ W LH a) x: a> C •5 SJ-S ti; -ft o | « s a. ® ai ..

o_o ^ g — c a ■£

WD 0 ^ M

c" § E § 2

E 0---S I a.S

-o-S « g*- §^.5

• — . cn

J-Jf^

s"! j-sl •» ^ *"*

3^.1: g sZZSS 5^ ^ S S

•" s^s

g|!ss a 'S o c -ft

-ft -a .5 ® jj 2 « "S 2-

•£•5 - ft S^-S -

8 § £■5 £ « •5^3-2 ^ 'd T3 ^2 O 4; n o D- _ §

S 2 ^ £ g — ^ a; *-■ p ^ _ .c <o o a .2; -Q u

O .— ^ o £ j: c g -c -£ ft c ?! o .£ o o .i ^ 3 O M ft », »- 1) o « 4J o S £ « — 2 ^ ^c -ft H 8 p O * J3 « p O > ^3

.> * -3 .2 .2 o o J5 -Jft grS^ - ^ ^ ft c *- O ft = C 4;

-f= S .'-3 ■* — r> '— O .£ £.2 S 8 « 3 .9 ^ ^ o m n «. o

o « « ft"

^ .s sSi^l

lli

ft o -ft 'Sd go-ft

^ J3 — « u "S £ S> - ^ a, 8 S^| t ^ S^Ea^-S

w £ ^ o6 j& 2 o.S^ ^

"3 -C ® W)

to s --- ■ ■ O to « » o 'C « S.^- "5 id w 13 « - O o ^Sfe3o-S

H o ^ p S ft 3"ft o '-J i-i 'O

c -2 ~ u "i >. OD fa CJ —

"d c TO n

.S-* 2 fe

•§li .- •§.11

1-1?

iP i c fc- -ft a v «.2 —

r" ^"2 3 fa o « 5 rt -ft 45 * u ** "ft fa KH S ® 3 p c rj

O "d fa ^ fa 3 0 c 0 o « -2 3 JS d? -73 -H TO s 1 : §3 1

PPs cc; o 3 . s

11II B « n ft

fSjsf

s|?J « J - ^

—i fa « 2 3-- £ °-SzJ 0 c O ^ ftJl o

||3"1

3 ®||| >1(2 s-^

S 3 1" j gs-:s i

slf y i « ~ "ft ►« -Q •IPg J — o ^ J3 •2-s-a- § -a 5 q-2 -2 11 §1 3 -a * 8 g" -3 ^ h " S G Ec a

4S -d ^ 3 ^ js s-2 fa s o ^ o -fc ^

H ft " ^ 9' §,

W C £ -ft >-Q O „ o fa » bc^ s UJ.9 £ ^1

fa ^ -a ^ fa £'2 o .3 W TO d3 3 d5 1 5

n ^ . •*!

1^if« I <3 d ft o —, 5 fa § J^.h § o cn Scans & OS •

SJ ^ W " "ft US g 1 --a" **- •— 9 i-C t -S •fa o o

g '5 "o -S £ 2

Q >-.2 ^

5^^ = < g § ?

g ^ j 03 o 8

>:3 3 g gft-S 1 H « 9 .-9 H -ft g H-d^ g

*•§1 § fa c « . 93 « .9 o ft"« 5 j= _2 o .5

fa fa - -d o "S E •S. s

B ra — ^ S « ft o

11 a, g 9 I |-S

■sl S| « S.s

0- ■i-a>^ H 05 ^

8 o o 'R t-^-ft g1

£ ;2J S £ - w

TO > W Li 2 £ « o V ^ fa « S fa ►

*? « ® *i! s

^ r " I: !< ^

Y & -C oe y »— o a> o~a .

gsgs

QC >- K lO -O -O o> oc rv jr — ^ Ul ■* O. CN O- § 5 6 o" > d

? 22d2

b ?

s ^<2 S > 2 u < v) uj o at AC

® ft i i •a-ail

ft-d ft'S

hillt

i fa H P -d " £ TO u f ufa u f a b~, fa _ o ^ fa 2R ■ft ft o -H 2, = "S o cr a) 1:0 .S * e S?,

C-S-S-S | 8 S-g| £,(S | S "«^'b P -d 2 0 m ft O fao

•5-= .L® o £ 2-s| c3 o Sffa-s o?2-ft

•§ P B JJ ^ fl" g ® g 3

oS w ft ^ S —1 fa TO -I- *" — _ "S —. v v •d *fl — j- g > S ft Co £ 5c To WD-C o — ft T .S TO 531 « ft n.-d ^

a S u

n 0^ ® V gz |

Jh Ui *

ftdo'd .3 TO *C .a Sag Tsgo'd^ oft ft^Ar-C^- ft « « £ •«t2o O 5 ^ ^

do

fe- TO ft 'S E 5 ft § I § ^ ;«s « ^ o S a

g-hli

ill11

< li-j-i

^ *fa - p -t-< , • -d m >- >. c ^ ft «> _ to .5 o « 2 g ^ B'fl

g^-a,s|!s gw« g-3 8 ? ft p «_C 'C '-ft 9" ij o o o « ®

^ c a.d C £; « 1^ O fa S ® o S

9g " > So < ^ > fa u < lu 03 a; ex

ft B *d s § O .E'S & "" 3 -d J4 > V « fa O

S3

*♦130 0 fafa o"flT sc ft J J •5:03

ap e s J s-g

TO O 15 n3-£ "

» ^.a a ns fa I9J ^ TO O ^ 0-2

.9 2 TO _2 £, K to ® ft R fa^ g3

«. a S i'-sn

£"5 Sou

•s-s^

Page 173: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

MODEL 5300 AUGNMENT AND SERVICE DATA

Refer to Fig. No. 1 for locatioxi of mounting screws, and remove the chassis from the cabinet for alignment. A signal generator is required having the following frequencies: 455 KC, 1400 KC, and 1630 KC. An output meter should be connected across the speaker.

FIRST STEP: Connect the hot lead from the generator to the ANT. section of the gang condenser, through a .1 MFD. condenser. The ground lead from the generator may be connected to any spot on the metal chassis. Turn the gang condenser to complete minimum capacity. Set the generator to 455 KC. Adjust the movable iron cores in the IF cans. The IF adjustments are made in the top and in the bottom of the can nearest to the gang condenser. The remaining IF can, farthest from the gang condenser, is adjusted only from the tr Adjust the cores until a maximum reading is noted on the output meter.

The volume control of the receiver should be turned to maximum during the IF and all subsequent alignment and the generator output as low as pos- sible to prevent the AVC from working and giving false readings.

SECOND STEP: With the leads from the generator still connected as in IF alignment, adjust the generator to 1630 KC. Make sure that the gang con- denser is turned to complete minimum capacity. Adjust the generator to 1630 KC. and adjust the oscillator trimmer of the receiver until the signal is tuned in. Next, turn the gang condenser to complete maximum capacity. Ad- just the generator to 535 KC., then adjust the iron core in the end of the oscil- lator coil until the signal is luned in. It may be well to recheck the 1630 KC. setting to make sure that the adjustment of the iron core has not shifted the frequency.

THIRD STEP: Remove the generator leads from the gang condenser and the chassis. Loosely couple the generator to the antenna by laying the hot gen- erator lead near the antenna rod. Set the generator at 1400 KC. and tune in the 1400 KC, signal on the receiver. Adjust the ANT. trimmer until a maxi- mum signal is noted on the output meter.

No further adjustment should be necessary as the coils and gang con- denser in this receiver have been specially handled at the factory to insure proper alignment at the lower frequencies.

I DCTT0M SUHV

[ J 1 c3= - >

Tc* 77 777®

sw/0 / . .uf lu.M.te,

*THeie ARC MBT Of FC-WS- NCfCft TO LltT fOR VALUES.

PART NO SYMBOL C6 C7 CC-9 C8

CC-3 c9 CC-20 ; C10 EC-M 1 Cn IR-20 R5 IR-23 1 «6 IR-39 , R7 VC-40 "a «c-a

0E9CRIPTI0W ANTENNA TRIMMER ON SANG. OSC. TRIMMER ON GANG. 100 mmt CERAMIC CONDENSER 005mid. CERAMIC CONDENSER.

.00)5 mid. CERAMIC CONDENSER. lOlMd. 70V. ELECTROLYTIC CONO. 220 K. 120% ^ Wait. RESISTOR. 3.3 moq.' t 20% YjWoH RESISTOR. 620-w tlOX *4 Woll. RESISTOR. Imog. VOLUME CONTROL. BANS CONDENSER

PART NO LL-SO LO-M LI-10

DESCRIPTION LOOP ANTENNA. OSC. COIL. IF TRANSFORMER INPUT* O P S T SWITCH (Port of Vol csntni SPEAKER TRANSFORMER. VOICE COIL. P.M. SPEAKER I.P. TRANSFORMER OUTPUT RADIO TUBES IR5,ai4.IU313V4

R| " 4.7 Mog, Rj - 10 Mtg. Rj- 3.3 Mog. R4- 10 Mog. C| - 2000 mmf. Cj" 150 mmf. C3" .01 mid. C4 ■ 150 mmf C5 " 5000 mmf.

Page 174: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

23

MODEL 5301

s in £

5H s OG | W - H s

H 2

D uj ^ * E " P O < I- * H 2 - X O r> o>« to

>7 « >» Z 'c

gol H Mti pg2 ^ 3 p, f T3 O

*> Bs f- 0) • fce'c-—

*n « g 4) c o 4= O O 3 WQ

"S ,<s

ill

c"H£ |S| 0 -2 O I o Q ofe

g. ■ p -p O 5, C o£g

g O-a

tc fu ? >- w a> . n c.*5 -S Ml H-S u

^ ^ ^ t^r r- h- O "O >o

g"! _ w.ti -ow-a 5-3 C 15 O M ^ " eS a S cr.2 C S-z&E S S g *.2 c S 0.9.2 ^ O 4) ®

42.t! P*-*3 IS p *J "O y ® ® «w > dj t. O

n .SO C o 1^ o 4^ v-.- 10 FZ w ^ S 2 ci a ^ a

iT ^ "5

® o c O. O «- c O.K « « ■s s J3 o-oj S0

C rt. .P ® rr, *-> oj *j 2 o p c 5 i- ^ £9.2 V fc. +J -•2 B ^ w cfl *-> ■s c "T:

rl *■■ ^ H o cj s: *> c^3

*• K 5 2 Z 2 « 2 ^ C P< .. <1 0 0) H tfi O -Q t— 01 . r_ ^ r*]

^.2 oTO |j!S^ 3 «8 "S mi«§ 5 — +».2 -2.2 c « ® ® « 0) in f h ^ 0) O 5 c « •2 q | 3

-S^Co

5 T3 o ^ ® +»•« W Li I| i s co N4: C u rt >> 3 w M o be O o) f»> C ."O -u ■'• j^; 0) c3 --• O O «Q

>>« -5lc 03^ 2 >>^ o9 S^U

>.g« T3 o

Cd *> oi 'd1

5^: S-O^H 2.?f o S » b M

a"5-5^ 0

CO o C "5 0

§|S9t

■< „.'"< H"- 0) 4= esx! *- uj *j <y +J O

I

It •

OT u 3 •M V

.2 gl ^

i: "i «! s m ^

•ni- 1 .O 1.2^ 5 IJJ in ^•S 5 i ® » s

2 c « 2 0 ««H - « s o-43 £9 P<» w £-?| o

ll

0) c 0) 5—js a j? m « ® V M+j w -t-» aS ■ ««H m r. sv§ 95 « 1 ^ H ot» o M o u— 0) . a c 9> q cC3 o *»:

2 OrC C 4-> +> «o c 2 C «2g

|l| © g 2 S s s

9 "th" d

s*z

9 S.bf f T3fe CQ «.S «^g . £5 S9 «9£.2

a-S ^ ® t? w JJ S-Sjl H

£ w 5 2 ^

03 ^ r ^ cy a; d 5 rv a> c^r:

»-« V _ t P 0) o n? £'-, -mT' 4>*d O 5 ^ 2

4J c c ®H 0) Si So: • & o M «-> Q 5 5 fe 0> £® •' 2

o) E-i " c-55 5^2.2-^ •SS^nfe- ji <9.2.2 £ o P-.P3 O.+J

-2§Q<g| x

Xfi= s ^ « Mc S g 3 •- c c ©.2 tfl ^ to ^ cy "p* ^ o)H ^ c9 H o 0 ^ «• CJ CO 7,' 33 9 c 3 "• L, ^•S-2.S5g

£'i*>2S

ft:-gt..2o" H oj-^.S ») V 5 > ^±1.2 U w ., 'SI •— m P "I C J g M © ©

^.2 q-13

Cd ° c-C 4J £9 -a gaB^^I > © V» c q +i o r*" <V "T © © Ji »-"

S£|5Pb Li at# ;* S ©

.„ w a . © q 2S.I o^rt « _ P -a © 1- ^ a ss: a ©5 u 1^ < » «

M 4-> cy — 4-> a® « o £ J3 q >,09 L. U © © 10 -t> t. o 920 -^Ig p a o ^ «H © -P

T3 ©> © p W -U o 3 © 3W c OJ . o g-u'^ b©2

"IS. •HSo

o«g ©x «ii

JC- « O © a © »-' <9 © xi.2 x a tf £- b © .. a >

Z ^ 05© CO >H E-„ -.

K >»H w «<{

to C O O p o »- «- P 4-J 4-3 S.-2 c c woo « o w o 1°^©

" = £ o "■ -5 -5 © J-. C 60 &.5 O a

s|^ § c|

H:g •"•— - »-< .,«>>© -t-> Qj 5.2 BO .2 -2 9 -S

• c c -

^ •*. <y >•

c^=:-a P

£ o to w .. -*-' © © qj 5^'S'S 5 o g-o-uTS J; B *> <-> © q, o to to q f: o xi x 1- ^"©©5 Ux££.2

Page 175: SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE MODELS 69, Ch. 100. 2C 1066 ......Cheek calibration ond tracking of rocelvor with input signals af M, 98 and 106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting

3-8 TRAV-L

MODEL 5301

ALIGNMENT AND SERVICE DATA

(See Fig. No. 2 For Trimmer Location) Remove chassis from cabinet for alignment. A Signal Generator is required haying the following frequencies: 455 EC.

1400 KC, 1660 KC. An output meter should be connected across the speaker. The volume control of the receiver should be turned to maximum during

the I. P. and all subsequent alignment and the generator output as low as possible to prevent the A. V. C. from working and giving false readings. FIRST STEP: Connect the hot lead from the generator to the ANT. Section of the gang condenser through a .1 MFD. condenser. The ground lead from the generator must be connected to "B" minus under the chassis. Turn the gang condenser to complete minimum capacity. Set the generator to 455 KC. Adjust the movable iron cores in the IF cans. These IF adjustments are made in the top and in the bottom of the can under the chassis. Adjust the cores until a maximum reading is noted on the output meter. SECOND STEP: With the leads from the generator still connected in the same manner, adjust the Signal Generator to 1650 KC. Adjust the OSC. trimmer until the 1650 EC signal is tuned in. Tho gang condenser must be at complete mini- mum capacity for this adjustment. THIRD STEP: Remove the generator leads from the gang condenser and re- place the chassis in the cabinet. Loosely couple the generator to the receiver loop by making a complete turn of wire over the outside of the cabinet. With the receiver and generator set at 1400 KC, increase the generator output. Ad- just toe ANT. trimmer through the hole which is provided in the end of the cabinet until a maximum signal is noted on the output meter. The ANT. trimmer hole in the side of the cabinet is covered by a small ping button. Replace this button after adjustment has been made. No further adjustment should be made as toe colls and gang condenser in this receiver have been specially handled at the factory to insure proper alignment at the lower frequencies.

ocaca^tio* ■ 220M-~AEaSTW I/2W 20 X

S® tlx S5 101 27CK-- Rf SIS TOW l/VW 10 « eao-~- geasTW vjw 5 *

.IMTO CONOCMVR 400 *.V OS ufq coijO€MS£fl 400 W.V rOMTO 10WV ELftmotrllC

PC-« C-7 COSXTD CONOCNSCT aoowv „ ce 40Mn>i EC* 4gkjol 140**1 ecECTMXrnc

MC-7 C-13 OMMFU

BATT CONTAINER TUBE AND TRIMMER LOCATION

BATT CUPS

© ®[I]©GI1 -OSC. TRIMMER

ANTTRMMER

ti:l u WI con

Tu-a# |W5-104-105-^4 •&» COWCIMCT 4?* „ rLL-B MS SC-tt , * AST SCO V LLa VLL-BI fOS •C-H W—Jo^eonl

LL-W fOSK-M LO-rr ros oo-iz lo-«* ros oe-K

VOLUMtebwrnx TUN1NC SHAFT MODEL-5301

nCURE-2

; SELECTOR

rc-s rsrr^ VI .VS

OOOO oO O O 6 o—

T • \

^ -L

A3 „ ■•S

steCHUsis CSCUNC ■♦•FVOKnMC (XHJH3

CMUU ae S GA owe-